I. FUNDAMENTALS AND THEORY
1. J.A.S. Smith, "NMR Absorption," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 7, 279 (1953).
2. E.R. Andrew, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Cambridge University Press, London, 1955.
3. L.M. Jackman, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," Pergamon Press, NY, 1959.
4. J.A. Pople, W.G. Scheidner, and H.J. Bernstein, "High Resolution NMR," McGraw-Hill, NY, 1959.
5. J.D. Roberts, "NMR: Applications to Organic Chemistry," McGraw-Hill, NY, 1959.
6. A. Abragam, "The Principles of Nuclear Magnetism," Oxford University Press, NY, 1961 (published in paperback, 1983).
7. J.C. Martin, "NMR Spectroscopy as an Analytical Tool in Organic Chemistry," J. Chem. Educ., 38, 286 (1961).
8. J.D. Roberts, "NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 38, 581 (1961).
9. E.L. Muetterties and W.D. Phillips, "The Use of NMR in Inorganic Chemistry", Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem., 4, 231 (1962).
10. J.D. Roberts, "An Introduction to the Analysis of Spin-Spin Splitting in High Resolution NMR Spectra," Benjamin, NY, 1962.
11. J.D. Roberts, "Some Illustrative Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Organic Chemistry," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 2, 53 (1963).
12. J.R. Dyer, "Applications of Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds," Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1965, Ch. 4.
13. J.W. Emsley, J. Feeney, and L.H. Sutcliffe, "High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Pergamon Press, NY, 1965 (two volumes).
14. B. Pesce, Ed., "NMR in Chemistry," Academic Press, NY, 1965.
15. A. Carrington and A.D. McLachlan, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance," Harper & Row, NY, 1967.
16. H.G. Hecht, "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1967.
17. K. Mislow and M. Raban, "Stereospecific Relationships of Groups in Molecules," Top. Stereochem., 1, 1 (1967).
18. L. Petrakis, "Spectral Line Shapes," J. Chem. Educ., 44, 432 (1967).
19. D.R. Eaton, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," in "Physical Methods in Advanced Inorganic Chemistry," H.A.O. Hill and P. Day, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1968, Ch. 10.
20. J.D. Memory," Quantum Theory of Magnetic Resonance Parameters," McGraw-Hill, NY, 1968.
21. M. Van Gorkom and G.E. Hall, "Equivalence of Nuclei in High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 22, 14 (1968).
22. R.F.M. White, "High Resolution NMR," Chem. Brit., 4, 20 (1968).
23. F.A. Bovey, "NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1969.
24. L.M. Jackman and S. Sternhell, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Pergamon Press, NY, 1969.
25. A. Chakravorty, "High-Resolution NMR," in "Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," C.N.R. Rao and J.R. Ferraro, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1970, Vol. 1, p. 247.
26. R.A. Hoffman, "Line Shapes in High-Resolution NMR," Adv. Magn. Reson., 4, 87 (1970).
27. B.I. Ionin and B.A. Ershov, "NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," Plenum Press, NY, 1970.
28. R.T. Schumacher, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance," Benjamin, NY, 1970.
29. W.W. Paudler, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Allyn & Bacon, Boston, MA, 1971.
30. E.R. Andrew, "Wide Line NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 33 (1972).
31. W.T. Dixon, "Theory and Interpretation of Magnetic Resonance Spectra," Plenum Press, NY, 1972.
32. H.A. Farach and C.P. Poole, Jr., "Guide to the Magnetic Resonance Literature," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 3 (1972).
33. H.G. Fritzky, D. Wendlisch, and R. Holm, "Structure Determinations of Nitrogen Compounds with the Aid of NQR, NMR, and ESCA Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 979 (1972).
34. W.S. Gall, "Review of NMR Spectroscopy," Am. Lab., 4(6), 22 (1972).
35. G.J. Martin and M.L. Martin, "The Stereochemistry of Double Bonds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 8, 163 (1972).
36. W. McFarlane and R.F.M. White, "Techniques of High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," CRC Press, Cleveland, OH, 1972.
37. K.A. McLauchlin, "Magnetic Resonance," Oxford University Press, NY, 1972.
38. J.D. Memory, "High-Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 91(1972).
39. J.D. Memory, "High-Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 333 (1972).
40. C.P. Poole, Jr., and H.A. Farach, "The Theory of Magnetic Resonance," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1972.
41. E.A. Turov and M.P. Petrov, "NMR in Ferro- and Antiferromagnets," translated by E. Harnik, Halsted Press, NY, 1972.
42. T.J. Batterham, "NMR Spectra of Simple Heterocycles," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1973.
43. G. Govil, "NMR Studies in Gases," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 7, 47 (1973).
44. E.J. Haws, R.R. Hill, and D.P. Mowthorpe, "The Interpretation of Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectra," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1973.
45. S.P. Hiremath and R.S. Hosmane, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Heterocyclic Chemistry: Indole and Its Derivatives," Adv. Heterocycl. Chem., 15, 277 (1973).
46. H.-G. Horn, "NMR Spectra and Characteristic Frequencies of Compounds Containing N-S-F Bonds," Fluorine Chem. Rev., 6, 135 (1973).
47. F. Kasler, "Quantative Analysis by NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1973.
48. J.D. Memory, "High Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 185 (1973).
49. R.J. Myers, "Molecular Magnetism and Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1973.
50. F.A. Rushworth and D.P. Tunstall, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Gordon & Breach, NY, 1973.
51. N.S. Bhacca, "NMR," in "Handbook of Spectroscopy," Vol. 2, J.W. Robinson, Ed., CRC Press, Cleveland, OH, 1974, p. 330.
52. N.F. Chamberlain, "The Practice of NMR Spectroscopy," Plenum Press, NY, 1974.
53. M.J. Cook, A.R. Katritzky, and P. Linda, "Aromaticity of Heterocycles," Adv. Heterocycl. Chem., 17, 256 (1974).
54. J.A. Elvidge, "Some Recent Developments in NMR Spectroscopy," in "An Introduction to Spectroscopic Methods for the Identification of Organic Compounds," F. Scheinmann, Ed., Pergamon Press, NY, 1974, Vol. 2, p. 211.
55. J.D. Memory, "High Resolution NMR Theory," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 105 (1974).
56. E.W. Randall, "New Methods of Research in Chemistry," Chem. Brit., 10, 443 (1974).
57. J.M. Anderson, "Measurements Based on the Symmetry of NMR Spectra," J. Chem. Educ., 42, 363 (1975).
58. G.N. Boiku, Yu. I. Malko, and K.N. Semenenko, "Use of the NMR Method to Study Simple and Complex Hydrides of Light Metals," Russ. Chem. Rev., 44, 1 (1975).
59. K.A. McLauchlin, "Structure Determination by NMR Spectroscopy," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser. 2,2, 119 (1975).
60. K.C. Ramey and D.C. Lini, "General Review of NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 147 (1975).
61. J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, L. Verbit, R.G. Cooks, and G.H. Stout, "Organic Structural Analysis," Macmillan, NY, 1976, Part 1.
62. E.E. Tucker and E. Lippert, "High Resolution NMR Studies of Hydrogen Bonding," in "The Hydrogen Bond," Vol. 2, P. Schuster, G. Zundel, and C. Sandorfy, Eds., North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976, p. 791.
63. R.S. Drago, "Physical Methods in Chemistry," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1977, Chs. 7 and 8.
64. D.E. Leyden and R.H. Cox, "Analytical Applications of NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1977.
65. R.K. Harris, "Introduction," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 1.
66. C.P. Slichter, "Principles of Magnetic Resonance," 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 1978.
67. A. Carrington and A.D. McLachlan, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance," Chapman & Hall, London, 1979.
68. E.D. Becker, "High Resolution NMR: Theory and Chemical Applications," 2nd ed., Academic Press, NY, 1980.
69. H. Günther, "NMR Spectroscopy: An Introduction," Wiley, NY, 1980.
70. J. Jonas and H.S. Gutowky, "NMR in Chemistry-An Evergreen," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 31, 1 (1980).
71. M.L. Martin, J.-J. Delpuech, and G.J. Martin, "Practical NMR Spectroscopy," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1980.
72. C. Thibault and J.W. Cooper, "Applications of Computers in NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 5, 101 (1980).
73. I. Ando and G.A. Webb, "Some Quantum Chemical Aspects of Solvent Effects of NMR Parameters," Org. Magn. Reson., 15, 111 (1981).
74. G.C. Levy and D.J. Craik, "Recent Developments in NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 214, 291 (1981).
75. J. Jonas, "NMR at High Pressures," Science (Washington, DC), 216, 1179 (1982).
76. G.C. Levy, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191.
77. A.P. Marchand, "Stereochemical Applications of NMR Studies in Rigid Bicyclic Systems," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1982.
78. A.G. Marshall, Ed., "Fourier, Hadamard, and Hilbert Transforms in Chemistry," Plenum Press, NY, 1982.
79. J.D. Memory and N.K. Wilson, "NMR of Aromatic Compounds," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1982.
80. P.L. Rinaldi, "The Determination of Absolute Configuration Using NMR Techniques," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 291 (1982).
81. J.W. Akitt, "NMR and Chemistry: An Introduction to the Fourier Transform-Multinuclear Era," 2nd ed., Chapman & Hall/Methuen, NY, 1983.
82. C. Brevard, "High Resolution Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Instrumentation Requirements and Detection Procedures," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 1 (1983).
83. R.H. Cox and D.E. Leyden, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Principles and 1H Spectra," in "Treatise on Analytical Chemistry," 2nd ed., Part 1 (Theory and Practice), Vol. 10, Section 1, "Magnetic Field and Related Methods of Analysis," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1983, Ch. 1.
84. R.K. Harris, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: a Physicochemical View," Pitman, Marshfield, MA, 1983.
85. J.D. Morrison, Ed., "Asymmetric Synthesis," Academic Press, NY, 1983.
86. P. Sohar, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1983 (three volumes).
87. I. Ando and G.A. Webb, "Theory of NMR Parameters," Academic Press, NY, 1984.
88. L.W. Jelinski, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Eng. News, 62(45), 26 (1984).
89. L. Petrakis and J.P. Fraissard, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance-Introduction, Advanced Topics and Applications to Fossil Energy," Reidel, Hingham, MA, 1984.
90. W. McFarlane, "Physical Methods and Techniques. NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 82, 3 (1985).
91. G.A. Webb, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 82, 3 (1985).
92. Atta-ur-Rahman, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Basic Principles," Springer Verlag, NY, 1986.
93. W. Kemp, "NMR in Chemistry: A Multinuclear Introduction," Macmillan, London, 1986.
94. R.K. Harris, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: a Physicochemical View," Longman, England, 1986 (revised paperback edition).
95. I.S. Mackenzie, "NMR for Measurement," J. Phys. E: Sci. Instrum., 19, 324 (1986).
96. G.A. Morris, "Modern NMR Techniques for Structure Elucidation," Magn. Reson. Chem., 24, 371 (1986).
97. L. Petrakis and D. Allen, "NMR for Liquid Fossil Fuels," Elsevier, NY, 1986.
98. D.A.R. Williams, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1986 (Analytical Chemistry by Open Learning).
99. D.L. Wooton, "NMR Spectroscopy-A Practical Application to Petroleum Analysis," Spectroscopy (Springfield, OR), 1(3), 14 (1986).
100. A. Allerhand and S.R. Maple, "Ultra-High Resolution NMR," Anal. Chem., 59, 441A (1987).
101. E.W. Bastiaan, P.C.M. van Zijl, C. Maclean, and A.A. Bothner-By, "High-Resolution NMR of Liquids and Gases: Effects of Magnetic-Field-Induced Molecular Alignment," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 35 (1987).
102. A. E. Derome, "Modern NMR Techniques for Chemistry Research," Pergamon Press, NY, 1987.
103. C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987 (Pract. Spectrosc., Vol. 5).
104. R.R. Ernst, G. Bodenhausen, and A. Wokaun, "Principles of NMR in One and Two Dimensions," Oxford University Press, NY, 1987.
105. R. Freeman, "A Handbook of NMR," Wiley/Longman, NY, 1987.
106. C.J. Jameson and J. Mason, "The Parameters of NMR Spectroscopy," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 2.
107. S.S. Krishnamurthy and M. Woods, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance of Cyclophosphazenes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 175 (1987).
108. J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987.
109. J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, D.A. Lightner, and R.G. Cooks, "Introduction to Organic Spectroscopy," Macmillan, NY, 1987, Part 1.
110. W.W. Paudler, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: General Concepts and Applications," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1987.
111. C.P. Poole and H.A. Farach, "Theory of Magnetic Resonance," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1987.
112. J.K.M. Sanders and B.K. Hunter, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A Guide for Chemists," Oxford University Press, NY, 1987.
113. D.D. Traficante, "NMR Concepts," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 1.
114. C.H. Yoder and C.D. Schaeffer, Jr., "Introduction to Multinuclear NMR; Theory and Application," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1987.
115. R.J. Abraham, J. Fisher, and P. Loftus, "Introduction to NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1988.
116. A.G. Avent, "NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 85, 3 (1988).
117. F.A. Bovey, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Academic Press, Orlando, FL, 1988.
118. P.J. Bray, S.J. Gravina, D.H. Hintenlang, and R.V. Mulkern, "NMR of Glasses," Magn. Reson. Rev., 13, 263 (1988).
119. M. Goldman, "Quantum Description of High-Resolution NMR in Liquids," Oxford University Press, NY, 1988.
120. R.S. Macomber, "NMR Spectroscopy: Essential Theory and Practice," Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, San Diego, CA, 1988 (College Outline Series).
121. D.A. McQuarrie, "Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 65, 426 (1988).
122. M. Munowitz, "Coherence and NMR," Wiley, NY, 1988.
123. L.D. Field and S. Sternhell, Eds., "Analytical NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1989.
124. A.G. Marshall and F.R. Verdun, "Fourier Transforms in NMR, Optical, and Mass Spectrometry: A User's Handbook," Elsevier, NY, 1989.
125. Atta-Ur-Rahman, "One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Elsevier, NY, 1989.
126. P.E. Pfeffer and W.V. Gerasimowicz, Eds., "NMR in Agriculture," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1989.
127. S. Sternhell and L.D. Field, Eds., "Analytical NMR," Wiley, NY, 1989.
128. H. Gesmar, J.J. Led, and F. Abildgaard, "Improved Methods for Quantitative Spectral Analysis of NMR Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 255 (1990).
129. R. Kitamaru, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Principles and Theory," Elsevier, NY, 1990.
130. R.V. Parish, "NMR, NQR, EPR, and Mössbauer Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," Ellis Horwood, NY, 1990.
131. C.P. Slichter, "Principles of Magnetic Resonance," 3rd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 1990.
132. E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W.H. Rankin, and S. Cradock, "Structural Methods in Inorganic Chemistry," 2nd ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1991, Ch. 2.
133. I.T. Horvath and J.M. Millar, "NMR Under High Gas Pressure," Chem. Rev., 91, 1339 (1991).
134. C.J. Jameson, "Gas-Phase NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 91, 1375 (1991).
135. J. Jonas, Ed., "High Pressure NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 24, 1 (1991).
136. W. Kemp, "Organic Spectroscopy," 3rd ed., W.H. Freeman, NY, 1991, Ch. 3.
137. J.J. Led and H. Gesmar, "Application of the Linear Prediction Method to NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 91, 1413 (1991).
138. W. Meiler and R. Meusinger, "NMR of Coals and Coal Products," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 375 (1991).
139. D. Parker, "NMR Determination of Enantiomeric Purity," Chem. Rev., 91, 1441 (1991).
140. A.I. Popov and K. Hallenga, Eds., "Modern NMR Techniques and Their Application in Chemistry," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1991 (Pract. Spectrosc., Vol. 11).
141. J.F. Stebbins, "NMR at High Temperature," Chem. Rev., 91, 1353 (1991).
142. J.W. Akitt, "NMR and Chemistry: An Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy," 3rd ed., Chapman & Hall/Methuen, NY, 1992.
143. S.W. Homans, "A Dictionary of Concepts in NMR-Revised Edition in Paperback," Oxford University Press,NY,1992.
144. R.S. Drago, "Physical Methods in Chemistry," 2nd ed., Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1992, Chs. 7 and 8.
145. J. Grandjean, "NMR Studies of Interfacial Phenomena," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 181 (1992).
146. W. Meiler and R. Meusinger, "Applications of NMR Methods in Coal Research," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 331 (1992).
147. A.E. Torda and W.F. van Gunsteren, "Molecular Modeling Using NMR Data," Rev. Comput. Chem., 3, 143 (1992).
148. P.S. Belton, I.J. Colquhoun, and B.P. Hills, "Applications of NMR to Food Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 1 (1993).
149. E. Breitmaier, "Structure Elucidation by NMR in Organic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 1993.
150. A.F. Casey, "Chiral Discrimination by NMR Spectroscopy," Trends Anal. Chem., 12, 185 (1993).
151. M.S. Conradi, "Low Temperature NMR Techniques," Concepts Magn. Reson., 5, 243 (1993).
152. H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1993.
153. L.F. Gladden, "NMR Studies of Porous Media," Chem. Eng. Res. Des., 71, 657 (1993).
154. J.W. Hennel and J. Klinowski, "Fundamentals of NMR," Wiley, NY, 1993.
155. J. Keeler, "Knowing the Unknown," Chem. Brit., 29, 593 (1993).
156. M. Mehring, "Introduction to the NMR of High Tc Superconductors," Springer Ser. Solid State Sci., 114, 155 (1993).
157. H. Pfeifer and P. Barker, Eds., "Special Applications," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 29, articles therein (1993).
158. C.M. Preston, "The NMR Users Guide to the Forest," Can. J. Appl. Spectrosc., 38, 61 (1993).
159. N.F. Ramsey, "Early NMR Experiments," Phys. Today, 46, 40 (1993).
160. J.K.M. Sanders, "NMR of Nature's Plastics and Spider's Webs: Chemistry, Physics or Biology?," Chem. Soc. Rev., 22, 1 (1993).
161. J.K.M. Sanders and B.K. Hunter, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A Guide for Chemists," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1993.
162. J.N. Shoolery, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Beginning," Anal. Chem., 65, 731A (1993).
163. M.L. Snoddy, "Potential of Process NMR on Flowing Streams," Spectrosc. (Eugene), 8, 41 (1993).
164. G.A. Webb, "NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 89, 3 (1993).
165. D.A.W. Wendisch, "NMR in Industry," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 28, 165 (1993).
166. A.T. Bell and A. Pines, Eds., "NMR Techniques in Catalysis," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1994 (Chemical Industries, Vol. 55).
167. M.J. McCarthy, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Foods," Chapman & Hall, NY, 1994.
168. T.J. Norwood, "Magnetic Field Gradients in NMR: Friend or Foe?," Chem. Soc. Rev., 23, 59 (1994).
169. T. Apple, "NMR Applied to Materials Analysis," Appl. Spectrosc., 49, 12A (1995).
170. P.S. Belton, "NMR in Context," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 1 (1995).
171. P.S. Belton, I. Delgadillo, A.M. Gil, and G.A. Webb, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1995.
172. J.W. Emsley and J. Feeney, "Milestones in the First Fifty Years of NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 1 (1995).
173. L.F. Gladden, "Industrial Applications of NMR," Chem. Eng. J., 56, 149 (1995).
174. H. Günther, "NMR Spectroscopy: A Practical Approach," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1995.
175. P.J. Hore, "NMR," Oxford University Press, NY, 1995.
176. J.E. Maneval, "Applications of NMR to Drying," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 345 (1995).
177. J.N. Shoolery, "Development of Experimental and Analytical High Resolution NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 37 (1995).
178. F.J.M. Van De Ven, "Introduction to Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1995.
179. K. Asayama, Y. Kitaoka, G. Zheng, and K. Ishida, "NMR Studies of High Tc Superconductors," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 221 (1996).
180. J.L. Bonardet, M.C. Barrage, and J. Fraissaard, "NMR Tehniques for Studying the Coking of Zeolite-Based Catalysts," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1996, p. 99, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 634.
181. S. Braun, H.-O. Kalinowski, and S. Berger, "100 and More Basic NMR Experiments: A Practical Course," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1996.
182. W.S. Brey, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance in Perspective," Academic Press, NY, 1996.
183. E. Brosio and R. Barbieri, "NMR in the Analysis of Dairy Products," Rev. Anal. Chem., 15, 273 (1996).
184. M.D. Bruch, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," 2nd ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1996 (Pract. Spectrosc., Vol. 21).
185. D. Canet, "NMR: Concepts and Methods," Wiley, NY, 1996.
186. J. Fraissard, R. Vincent, C. Doremieux, J. Karger, and H. Pfeifer, "Application of NMR Methods to Catalysis," Coord. Chem. Rev., 148, 1 (1996).
187. D.M. Grant and R.K. Harris, Eds., "Encyclopedia of NMR," Wiley, NY, 1996 (eight volumes).
188. C.J. Groombridge, "NMR Spectroscopy in Forensic Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 32, 215 (1996).
189. A.B. Kudryavtsev and W. Linert, "Physico-Chemical Applications of NMR: A Practical Guide," World Scientific Publ. Co., NJ, 1996.
190. J.C. Lindon, J.K. Nicholson, and I.D. Wilson, "Direct Coupling of Chromatographic Separations to NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 1 (1996).
191. A.G. Marshall, "Ion Cyclotron Resonance and NMR Spectroscopies: Magnetic Partners for Elucidation of Molecular Structure and Reactivity," Acc. Chem. Res., 29, 307 (1996).
192. G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and Y.-L. Martin, "Precise & Accurate Determination of Isotope Ratios by NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 9 (1996).
193. J.C. Paniagua and A. Moyano, "On the Way of Introducing Some Basic NMR Aspects," J. Chem. Educ., 73, 310 (1996).
194. C.H. Pennington and V.A. Stenger, "NMR of C60 and Fulleride Superconductors," Rev. Mod. Phys., 68, 855 (1996).
195. W.S. Price, "Gradient NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 32, 51 (1996).
196. Atta-Ur-Rahman and M.I. Choudhary, "Solving Problems with NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1996.
197. Various authors, "Fifty Years of NMR," Chem. Brit., 32(6), 33 (1996).
198. L. Ballard and J. Jonas, "High-Pressure NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 33, 115 (1997).
199. S. Bank, "Some Principles of NMR Spectroscopy and Their Novel Application," Concepts Magn. Reson., 9, 83 (1997).
200. G. Batta, K.E. Köver, and C. Szantay, Eds., "Methods for Structure Elucidation by High-Resolution NMR," Anal. Spectrosc. Libr., 8 (1997).
201. P.S. Belton, "Spectroscopy Approaches to the Measurement of Food Quality," Pure Appl. Chem., 69, 47 (1997).
202. C. Cerf, "NMR Spectroscopy: From Quantum Mechanics to Protein Spectra," Concepts Magn. Reson., 9, 17 (1997).
203. S. Clough, "NMR & Relative Quantum Theory," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 9, 49 (1997).
204. R. Freeman, "A Handbook of NMR," 2nd ed., Wiley/Longman, NY, 1997.
205. R. Freeman, "Spin Choreography: Basic Steps in High Resolution NMR," Oxford/Spectrum/University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 1997.
206. B.J. Hardy, S.W. Doughty, M.F. Parretti, J. Tennison, B.E. Finn, and K. Gardner, "Internet Confereences in NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 107 (1997).
207. L.M. Harwood and T.D.W. Claridge, "Introduction to Organic Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 1997.
208. J.P. Hornak, "The Basics of NMR," J.P. Hornak, Ed., Rochester, NY, 1997. Available URL: http://www.cis.rit.edu/htbooks/nmr.
209. E. Jedryka, M. Wojcik, and S. Nadolski, "NMR as a Tool in Structural Studies of Modern Magnetic Materials," Reidel, Hinghmam, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series E, 335, 253 (1997).
210. R. Kimmich, "NMR: Topography, Diffusometry, Relaxometry," Springer Verlag, NY, 1997.
211. C.B. Lemaster, "NMR Spectroscopy of Molecules in the Gas Phase," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 119 (1997).
212. X.-A. Mao, "Physical Aspects of NMR," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 93, 289 (1997).
213. M. Mcgregor, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Handbook of Instrumental Techniques for Analytical Chemistry," F.A. Settle, Ed., Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1997, p. 309.
214. M. Mehring and G. Wackerle, "Magnetic Resonance with Gas-Phase Atoms," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 20, 67 (1997).
215. A. Webb, "Radiofrequency Microcoils in Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 1 (1997).
216. S. Braun, H.-O. Kalinowski, and S. Berger, "150 and More Basic NMR Experiments: A Practical Course," 2nd expanded ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.
217. I.J. Colquhoun and M. Lees, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Analytical Methods in Food Authentication," P.R. Ashurst and M.J. Dennis, Eds., Blackie, London, 1998, p. 36.
218. B.W.K. Diehl, "Multinuclear High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," in "Lipid Analysis in Oils Fats," R.J. Hamilton, Ed., Blackie, London, 1998, p. 87.
219. S. Divakar, "NMR Spectroscopy in Food Applications: A Critical Appraisal," J. Food Sci. Technol., 35, 469 (1998).
220. J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, D.A. Lightner, and R.G. Cooks, "Organic Structural Spectroscopy," Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1998.
221. R.S. Macomber, "Complete Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1998.
222. M.J. Shapiro and J.R. Wareing, "NMR Methods in Combinatorial Chemistry," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 2, 372 (1998).
223. K. Tompa, "NMR in Geosciences," in "Nuclear Methods in Mineralogy and Geology: Techniques and Applications," A. Vertes, S. Nagy, and K. Suvegh, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1998.
224. E.D. Becker, "High Resolution NMR: Theory and Chemical Applications," 3rd ed., Academic Press, NY, 1999.
225. J. Belloque and M. Ramos, "Application of NMR Spectroscopy to Milk and Dairy Products," Trends Food Sci. Technol., 10, 313 (1999).
226. P.S. Belton, B.P. Hills, and G.A. Webb, Eds, "Advances in Magnetic Resonance in Food Science," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1999, Special Publication of Royal Society of Chemistry, No. 231.
227. G.W. Buchanan, "NMR Studies of Crown Ethers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 327 (1999).
228. A. Chen and M.J. Shapiro, "Affinity NMR," Anal. Chem., 71, 669A (1999).
229. T.D.W. Claridge, "High-Resolution NMR Techniques in Organic Chemistry," Pergamon Press, NY, 1999.
230. S.B. Duckett and C.J. Sleigh, "Applications of the Para Hydrogen Phenomenon: a Chemical Perspective," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 71 (1999).
231. R. Freeman, "Pioneers of High-Resolution NMR," Concepts Magn. Reson., 11, 61 (1999).
232. H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 3rd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 1999.
233. J.H. Kristensen, H. Bildsøe, H.J. Jakobsen, and N.C. Nielsen, "Application of Lie Algebra to NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 1 (1999).
234. M.E. Lacey, R. Subramanian, D.L. Olson, A.G. Webb, and J.V. Sweedler, "High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy of Sample Volumes from 1 nL to 10 mL," Chem. Rev., 99, 3133 (1999).
235. G.J. Martin and M.L. Martin, "Thirty Years of Flavor Chemistry," in "Flavor Chemistry: 30 Years of Progress," R. Teranishi, E.L. Wick, and I. Hornstein, Eds., Kluwer, Boston, MA, 1999, p. 18.
236. H. Pfeifer, "A Short History of NMR Spectroscopy and of Its Early Years in Germany," Magn. Reson. Chem., 37, S154 (1999).
237. J.W. Rathke, R.J. Klingler, R.E. Gerald, D.E. Fremgen, K. Woelk, S. Gaemers, and C.J. Elsevier, "NMR Spectroscopy in Supercritical Fluids, in "Chemical Synthesis Using Supercritical Fluids," P.G. Jessop and W. Leitner, Eds., Wiley, NY, 1999, p. 165.
238. R.R. Ruan and P.L. Chen, "NMR Techniques in Cereal Chemistry Research," Curr. Top. Cereal Chem., 2, 1 (1999).
239. B.A. Salvatore, "Physical Methods and Techniques. NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 95, 395 (1999).
240. M.J. Shapiro and J.S. Gounarides, "NMR Methods Utilized in Combinatorial Chemistry Research," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 153 (1999).
241. G. Vlahov, "Application of NMR to the Study of Olive Oils," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 341 (1999).
242. J. Jonas, "High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy at High Pressure," in "High Pressure Molecular Science," R. Winter and J. Jonas, Eds., Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series E, 358, 231 (1999).
243. Various authors, "NMR in Supramolecular Chemistry," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 526 (1999).
244. J.W. Akitt and B.E. Mann, "NMR and Chemistry: An Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy," 4th ed., Stanley Thornes Publishing Ltd., London, 2000.
245. P.J. Barrie, "Characterization of Porous Media Using NMR Methods," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 41, 265 (2000).
246. E.D. Becker, "High Resolution NMR: Theory and Chemical Applications," 3rd ed., Academic Press, NY, 2000.
247. S. Duckett and B. Gilbert, "Foundations of Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 2000.
248. L. Ernst, "NMR Studies of Cyclophanes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 47 (2000).
249. C. Halkides and C.K. McClure, "NMR Spectroscopic Methods," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 96, 497 (2000).
250. P.J. Hore, J.A. Jones and S. Wimperis, "NMR: The Toolkit," Oxford University Press, NY, 2000.
251. J. Iggo, "NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," Oxford University Press, NY, 2000.
252. J.B. Lambert, C.E. Shawl, and J.A. Stearns, "NMR in Archaeology," Chem. Soc. Rev., 29, 175 (2000).
253. J. Mohan, "Organic Spectroscopy: Principles & Applications," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2000, Ch. 4.
254. J.D. Roberts, "ABCs of FT-NMR," University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 2000.
255. R. Rothchild, "NMR Methods for Determination of Enantiomeric Excess," Enantiomer, 5, 457 (2000).
256. B.C. Sanctuary, "Structure Determination by NMR Spectroscopy," in "Evolutionary Algorithms in Molecular Design," D.E. Clark, Ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2000. Methods and Principles in Medicinal Chemistry, 8, 195 (2000).
257. M.J. Shapiro, "NMR Methods," in "Analytical Techniques in Combinatorial Chemistry," M.E. Swartz, Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2000, p. 77.
258. J.J. Van der Klink and H.B. Brom, "NMR in Metals, Metal Particles and Metal Cluster Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 89 (2000).
259. K. Asayama, Y. Kitaoka, G-q. Zheng, K. Ishida, and Y. Tokunaga, "NMR Study of Strongly Correlated Superconductors," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 44, 76 (2001).
260. S.J. Glaser, "NMR Quantum Computing," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 40, 147 (2001).
261. J.A.N. Gomes, "Aromaticity and Ring Currents," Chem. Rev., 101, 1349 (2001).
262. C. Griesinger, "NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool for the Detemination of Structure and Dynamics of Molecules," in "Essays in Contemporary Chemistry," G. Quinkert and M.V. Kisakuerek, Eds., Verlag Helvetica Chimica Acta, Zurich, Switzerland, 2001, p. 35.
263. X. Han, Z. Yan, W. Zhang, and X. Bao, "Applications of in Situ NMR in Catalytic Processes of Organic Reactions," Curr. Org. Chem., 5, 1017 (2001).
264. R.K. Harris, E.D. Backer, S.M. Cabral De Menezes, R. Goodfellow, and P. Granger, "NMR Nomenclature. Nuclear Spin Properties and Conventions for Chemical Shifts (IUPAC Recommendations 2001)," Pure Appl. Chem., 73, 1795 (2001).
265. J. Higinbotham and I. Marshall, "NMR Lineshapes and Lineshape Fitting Procedures," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 43, 59 (2001).
266. J.A. Jones, "NMR Quantum Computation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 325 (2001).
267. J. Kauppinen and J. Partanen, "Fourier Transforms in Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2001.
268. F.H. Kohler, "Probing Spin Densities by Use of NMR Spectroscopy," in "Magnetism: Molecules to Materials," J.S. Miler and M. Drillon, Eds., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2001, p. 379.
269. M.H. Levitt, "Spin Dynamics: Basics of NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2001.
270. M. Mehring and V.A. Weberruss, "Object-Oriented Magnetic Resonance: Classes & Objects, Calculations & Computations," Academic Press, NY, 2001.
271. R.H. Mitchell, "Measuring Aromaticity by NMR," Chem. Rev., 101, 1301 (2001).
272. N. Nestle, A. Schaff, and W.S. Veeman, "Mechanically Detected NMR, an Evaluation of the Applicability for Chemical Investigations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 1 (2001).
273. D.L. Rabenstein, "NMR Spectroscopy: Past and Present," Anal. Chem., 73, 214A (2001).
274. K. Saito, K. Kanehashi, and I. Komaki, "Applications of NMR Techniques to Coal Science," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 44, 23 (2001).
275. C. Schorn, "NMR Spectroscopy: Data Acquisition," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2001.
276. G.A. Webb, "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: a View to the Future," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2001.
277. D.E. Woessner, "Early Days of NMR in the Southwest," Concepts Magn. Reson., 13, 77 (2001).
278. C. Zhao and T. Asakura, "Structure of Silk Studied with NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 301 (2001).
279. K. Albert, Ed., "On-Line LC-NMR and Related Techniques," Wiley, NY, 2002.
280. E. Alberti, P.S. Belton, and A.M. Gil, "Applications of NMR to Food Science," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 47, 109 (2002).
281. E. Breitmaier, "Structure Elucidation by NMR in Organic Chemistry: A Practical Guide," 3rd ed., Wiley, NY, 2002.
282. C. Halkides and W.R. Thomas, "NMR Spectroscopic Methods," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 98, 639 (2002).
283. L. Helm and A.E. Merbach, "Applications of Advanced Experimental Techniques: High Pressure NMR & Computer Simulations," J. Chem. Soc., Dalton Trans., 633 (2002).
284. T.N. Huckerby, "Keratan Sulfates: Structural Investigations Using NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 35 (2002).
285. R. Laflamme and D. Cory, "NMR Quantum Information Processing and Entanglement," Quantum Inf. Comput., 2, 166 (2002).
286. S.L. Maunu, "NMR Studies of Wood and Wood Products," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 151 (2002).
287. M. Menzel and B. Blümich, "NMR: Still Listening to Whispering Hydrogens? What Else Do They Tell Us Fifty Years After Their Discovery?, Spectrosc. Eur., 14, 12 (2002).
288. A.G. Webb, "Temperature Measurements Using NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 45, 1 (2002).
289. A.M. Wolters, D.A. Jayawickrama, and J.V. Sweedler, "Microscale NMR," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 6, 217 (2002).
290. P.S. Belton, A.M. Gil, G.A. Webb, and D. Rutledge, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: Latest Developments," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2003.
291. D.L. Bryce and R.E. Wasylishen, "Microwave Spectroscopy & NMR Spectroscopy-What is the Connection," Acc. Chem. Res., 36, 27 (2003).
292. R. Freeman, "Beg, Borrow or Steal. Finding Ideas for New NMR Experiments," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 17, 71 (2003).
293. G. Gauglitz and T. Vo-Dinh, Eds., "Handbook of Spectroscopy," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2003, Vols. 1&2.
294. T.S. May, "New High-Throughput NMR," Targets, 2, 39 (2003).
295. J.H. Nelson, "NMR Spectroscopy", Pearson/Prentice Hall, NJ, 2003. Answer key available.
296. N. Ogrinc, I.J. Kosir, J.E. Spangenberg, and J. Kidric, "Application of NMR and MS Methods for the Detection of Adulteration of Wine, Fruit Juices, and Olive Oil. A Review," Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 376, 424 (2003).
297. Y. Sasanuma, "Intramolecular Interactions of Polyethers and Polysulfides, Investigated by NMR, Ab Initio MO Calculations, and Rotational Isomeric State Scheme: An Advanced Analysis of NMR Data," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 213 (2003).
298. E.M.V. Silva, "Advantages and Disadvantages of NMR Spectroscopy as a Hyphenated Technique," Anal. Chim. Acta, 497, 1 (2003).
299. T.J. Wenzel and J.D. Wilcox, "Chiral Reagents for the Determination of Enantiomeric Excess and Absolute Configuration Using NMR Spectroscopy," Chirality, 15, 256 (2003).
300. S. Berger and S. Braun, "200 and More NMR Experiments: A Practical Course," 3rd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004.
301. L. Damoense, M. Datt, M. Green, and C. Steenkamp, "Recent Advances in High-Pressure IR and NMR Techniques for the Determination of Catalytically Active Species in Rhodium- and Cobalt-Catalyzed Hydroformylation Reactions," Coord. Chem. Rev., 248, 2393 (2004).
302. S. Das, "NMR Spectroscopy," Resonance, 9, 34 (2004).
303. C. Dwyer, H. Assumption, J. Coetzee, C. Crause, L. Damoense, and M. Kirk, "Hydroformylation Studies Using High Pressure NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem. Rev., 248, 653 (2004).
304. L. Ernst and K. Ibrom, "NMR Spectra of Cyclophanes," in "Modern Cyclophane Chemistry," R. Gleiter and H. Hopf, Eds., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004, p. 381.
305. J.B. Lambert and E.P. Mazzola, "NMR Spectroscopy: Introduction to Principles, Applications & Experimental Methods," Pearson/Prentice Hall, NJ, 2004. Answer key available.
306. G. Madelin, N. Baril, J.D. de Certaines, J.-M. Franconi, and E. Thiaudière, "NMR Characterization of Mechanical Waves, " Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 53, 203 (2004).
307. D. Raftery, "High-Throughput NMR Spectroscopy," Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 378, 1403 (2004).
308. C. Schorn, "NMR Spectroscopy: Data Acquisition," 2nd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004.
309. J.M. Seco, E. Quiñoá, and R. Riguera, "The Assignment of Absolute Configuration by NMR," Chem. Rev., 104, 17 (2004).
310. A. Suter, "The Magnetic Resonance Force Microscope," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 239 (2004).
311. T.M. Alam and M.K. Alam, "Chemometric Analysis of NMR Spectroscopy Data: A Review," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 54, 41 (2005).
312. A. Bagno, F. Rastrelli, and G. Saielli, "NMR Techniques for the Investigation of Solvation Phenomena and Noncovalent Interactions, "Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 41 (2005).
313. M. Balci, "Basic 1H- and 13C-NMR Spectroscopy," Elsevier, NY, 2005.
314. B. Blümich, "Essential NMR for Scientists and Engineers," Springer Verlag, NY, 2005.
315. H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 4th ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2005.
316. C.A. Hunter, M.K. Packer, and C. Zonta, "From Structure to Chemical Shift and vice-versa," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 27 (2005).
317. J.W. Jaroszewski, "Hyphenated NMR Methods in Natural Products Research. Part 1. Direct Hyphenation," Planta Med., 71, 691 (2005).
318. J.W. Jaroszewski, "Hyphenated NMR Methods in Natural Products Research. Part 2. HPLC-SPE-NMR and Other New Trends in NMR Hyphenation," Planta Med., 71, 795 (2005).
319. A. Jerschow, "From Nuclear Structure to the Quadrupolar NMR Interaction and High-Resolution Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 63 (2005).
320. J. Keeler, "Understanding NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2005.
321. G.E. Martin, "Small-Volume and High-Sensitivity NMR Probes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 56, 205 (2005).
322. C. Mayer, "NMR Studies of Nanoparticles," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 205 (2005).
323. M. Mesilaakso and A. Niederhauser, "NMR Spectroscopy in Analysis of Chemicals Related to the Chemical Weapons Convention," in "Chemical Weapons Convention Chemicals Analysis," M. Mesilaakso, Ed., Wiley, NY, 2005, p. 321.
324. V. Rizzo and V. Pinciroli, "Quantative NMR in Synthetic and Combinatorial Chemistry," J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 38, 851 (2005).
325. S. Szymanski and P. Bernatowicz, "The Symmetrization Postulate of Quantum Mechanics in NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 54, 1 (2005).
326. C.R. Yonker and J.C. Linehan, "Use of Supercritical Fluids as Solvents for NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 95 (2005).
327. J. Dolinsek, M. Vilfan, S. Zumer, Eds., "Novel NMR and EPR Techniques," Springer Verlag, NY, 2006 (Lecture Notes in Physics).
328. S.B. Engelsen, P.S. Belton, and H.J. Jakobsen, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: Multivariate Challenge," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2006.
329. T. Fujiwara and A. Ramamoorthy, "How Far Can the Sensitivity of NMR be Increased?," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 155 (2006).
330. B.P. Hills, "Applications of Low-Field NMR to Food Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 177 (2006).
331. J. Mitchell, P. Blümler, and P.J. McDonald, "Spatially Resolved NMR Studies of Planar Samples," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 161 (2006).
332. C. Odin, "NMR Studies of Phase Transitions," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 59, 117 (2006).
333. I. Pelczer, "NMR in Ligand Screening: Theory, Methods, and Applications," Oxford University Press, NY, 2006.
334. G.A. Webb, Ed., "Modern Magnetic Resonance," Springer Verlag, NY, 2006 (three volumes).
335. J. Bargon and L.T. Kuhn, Eds., "In Situ NMR Methods in Catalysis," Top. Curr. Chem., 276 (2007).
336. P. Carretta and A. Lascialfari, Eds., "NMR-MRI, mSR and Mössbauer Spectroscopies in Molecular Magnets and Magnetic Nanoparticles," Springer Verlag, NY, 2007.
337. J.W. Emsley and J. Feeney, "Forty Years of Progress in NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 50, 179 (2007).
338. L. Ernst, "Recent Advances in NMR Studies of Cyclophanes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 77 (2007).
339. I. Farhat, G.A. Webb, and P.S. Belton, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Food Science: From Molecules to Man," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2007, Special Publication of Royal Society of Chemistry, No. 231.
340. J.A. Iggo, J. Liu, and Y.Z. Khimyak, "NMR Spectroscopy of Inorganic/Organometallic Molecules," in "Applications of Physical Methods to Inorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry," R.A. Scott and C.M. Lukehart, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2007, p. 315.
341. R.A. Izydore, "Fundamentals of NMR Spectroscopy," Durham Eagle Press, Durham, NC, 2007.
342. N.E. Jacobsen, "NMR Spectroscopy Explained: Simplified Theory, Applications and Examples for Organic Chemistry and Structural Biolgy," Wiley, NY 2007.
343. P.A. Keifer, "Flow Techniques in NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 62, 1 (2007).
344. D.A. Lindhout, S.A. McKenna, C.E. Aitken, C.W. Liu, and J.D. Puglisi, "PKR: A NMR Perspective," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 199 (2007).
345. T.C. Pochapsky and S.S. Pochapsky, "NMR for Physical and Biological Scientists," Garland Science/Taylor & Francis, NY, 2007.
346. D. Rovnyak and R.A. Stockland, Jr., Eds., "Modern NMR in Undergraduate Education," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2007, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 969.
347. J.A. Santiago-Blay and J.B. Lambert, "Amber's Botanical Origins Revealed," Am. Sci., 95, 150 (2007).
348. T.J. Wenzel, "Discrimination of Chiral Compounds Using NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2007.
349. R. Abraham and M. Mobli, "Modelling 1H NMR Spectra of Organic Componds: Theory, Applications, and NMR Prediction Software," Wiley, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-470-72301-7).
350. R.H. Bible, Jr., "Guide for Selecting NMR Techniques," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-471-24243-8).
351. B. Blümich, J. Perlo, and F. Casanova, "Mobile Single-Sided NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
352. T.D.W. Claridge, "High-Resolution NMR Techniques in Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Elsevier, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-080-54818-0).
353. A.J. Horsewill, "Quantum Tunnelling in the Hydrogen Bond," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 170 (2008).
354. M.H. Levitt, "Spin Dynamics: Basics of NMR," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2008.
355. J. McEntee, "Snapshots from the NMR Frontier," Chem. World, 5(5), 56 (2008).
356. A. Mohoric and J. Stepisnik, "NMR in the Earth's Magnetic Field," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
357. B. Newling, "Gas Flow Measurements by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 31 (2008).
358. S.M. Pascal, "NMR Primer: An HSQC-Based Approach (with Vector Animations)," IM-Publications, 2008.
359. O.V. Petrov and I. Furo, "NMR Cryoporometry: Principles, Applications and Potential," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
360. S.Veeraraghavan, "NMR Spectroscopy and Its Value: A Primer," J. Chem. Educ., 85, 537 (2008).
361. J. Frölich, "NMR Spectroscopy: Intelligent Data Management," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2009 (ISBN 3-527-28859-7).
362. B. Wrackmeyer, "Guide to Multinuclear Magnetic Resonance," Wiley, NY, 2008 (ISBN 3-527-30505-X).
II. ANALYSIS AND ASSIGNMENT
A. Proton NMR
1. S. Brownstein, "High Resolution NMR and Molecular Structure," Chem. Rev., 59, 463 (1959).
2. P.L. Corio, "The Analysis of NMR Spectra," Chem. Rev., 60, 363 (1960).
3. K.B. Wiberg and B.J. Nist, "The Interpretation of NMR Spectra," Benjamin, NY, 1962.
4. E.D. Becker, "NMR Spectra: Appearance of Patterns from Small Spin Systems," J. Chem. Educ., 42, 591 (1965).
5. R.H. Bible, Jr., "Interpretation of NMR Spectra: An Empirical Approach," Plenum Press, NY, 1965.
6. D.W. Mathieson, Ed., "Interpretation of Organic Spectra," Academic Press, NY, 1965.
7. N.S. Bhacca and D.H. Williams, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," Holden-Day, San Francisco, CA, 1966.
8. D. Chapman and P.D. Magnus, "Introduction to Practical High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1966.
9. P.L. Corio, "Structure of High-Resolution NMR Spectra," Academic Press, NY, 1966.
10. D. Dischler, "Classification and Analysis of NMR Spectra," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 5, 623 (1966).
11. J.D. Swalen, "Computer Techniques in the Analysis of NMR Spectra," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc.,1, 205 (1966).
12. R.H. Bible, Jr., "Guide to the NMR Empirical Method: A Workbook," Plenum Press, NY, 1967.
13. P. Diehl, R.K. Harris, and R.G. Jones, "Sub-Spectral Analysis," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 1 (1967).
14. D.W. Mathieson, Ed., "NMR for Organic Chemists," Academic Press, NY, 1967.
15. K. Nakanishi, V. Woods, and L.J. Durham, "A Guidebook to the Interpretation of NMR Spectra," Holden-Hay, San Francisco, CA, 1967.
16. E.O. Bishop, "The Interpretation of High-Resolution NMR Spectra," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 91 (1968).
17. E.W. Garbisch, Jr., "Analysis of Complex NMR Spectra for the Organic Chemist. Part 1. Second-Order Approach with Specific Application to the Two Spin System," J. Chem. Educ., 45, 311 (1968).
18. E.W. Garbisch, Jr., "Analysis of Complex NMR Spectra for the Organic Chemist. Part 2. Three Spin Systems of the ABC, ABX, ABK, and AB2 Types," J. Chem. Educ., 45, 403 (1968).
19. E.W. Garbisch, Jr., "Analysis of Complex NMR Spectra for the Organic Chemist. Part 3. Four Spin Systems of the ABC2, ABX2, ABK2, AA'BB', and AA'XX' Types," J. Chem. Educ., 45, 481 (1968).
20. R.A.Y. Jones, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 1 (1969).
21. P. Bladon, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 1 (1969).
22. J. Ronayne and D.H. Williams, "Solvent Effects in Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 83 (1969).
23. A. Ault, "Classification of Spin Systems in NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 47, 812 (1970).
24. T.N. Huckerby, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 3, 2 (1970).
25. R.J. Abraham, "Analysis of High Resolution NMR Spectra," Elsevier, NY, 1971.
26. G.R. Bedford, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 2 (1971).
27. R.C. Haddon, V. R. Haddon, and L.M. Jackman, "NMR Spectroscopy of Annulenes," Fortschr. Chem. Forsch., 16, 103 (1971).
28. R.A. Hoffman, S. Forsén, and B. Gestblom, "Analysis of NMR Spectra. A Guide for Chemists," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 5, 1 (1971).
29. C.W. Haigh, "A Simple Guide to the Use of Iterative Computer Programs in the Analysis of NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 311 (1971).
30. K.D. Bartle and D.W. Jones, "Application of PMR Spectroscopy to Structure Identification in Polycyclic Aromatic Molecules," Adv. Org. Chem., 8, 317 (1972).
31. P. Diehl, H. Kellerhals, and E. Lustig, "Computer Assistance in the Analysis of High-Resolution NMR Spectra," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 6, 1 (1972).
32. H. Günther, "1H NMR Spectra of the AA'XX' and AA'BB' Type Analysis and Classification," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 861 (1972).
33. T.N. Huckerby, "General Review of Proton Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 1 (1972).
34. L.D. Hall, "Solutions to the Hidden-Resonance Problem in 1H NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 29, 11 (1974).
35. D.G. de Kowalewski and V. J. Kowalewski, "High Resolution 1H NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 171 (1974).
36. A. Ault and G.O. Dudek, "NMR: An Introduction to Proton NMR Spectroscopy," Holden-Day, San Francisco, CA, 1976.
37. J.F. Brazier, D. Houalla, M. Loenig, and R. Wolf, "NMR Parameters of the Proton Directly Bonded to Phosphorus," Top. Phosphorus Chem., 8, 99 (1976).
38. H. Günther and G. Jikeli, "1H NMR Spectra of Cyclic Monoenes: Hydrocarbons, Ketones, Heterocycles and Benzo Derivatives," Chem. Rev., 77, 599 (1977).
39. W.W. Simons, "The Sadtler Handbook of Proton NMR Spectra," Sadtler Research Laboratories, Philadelphia, PA, 1978.
40. S. Brumby, "Computer Simulation of Magnetic Resonance Spectra," Magn. Reson. Rev., 8, 1 (1983).
41. J.E. Gurst, C.M. Dellinger, and J. Jacobus, "Proton NMR Spectra: Deceptively Simple and Deceptively Complex Examples," J. Chem. Educ., 62, 871 (1985).
42. O.N. Chupakhin, V.N. Charushin, and A.R. Chernyshev, "Application of 1H, 13C and 15N NMR in the Chemistry of 1,4-Diazines," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 95 (1987).
43. D.A. McQuarrie, "Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 65, 426 (1988).
44. S.A. Richards, "Laboratory Guide to Proton NMR Spectroscopy," Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd., Oxford, England, 1988.
45. "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Analytical Applications of Spectroscopy," C.S. Creaser and A.M.C. Davies, Eds., Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1988, Section 4.
46. L.J. Lynch, D.S. Webster, and W.A. Barton, "Proton NMR Thermal Analysis," Adv. Magn. Reson., 12, 385 (1988).
47. K. Albert, "Direct Online Coupling of Capillary Electrophoresis and 1H NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 34, 641 (1995).
48. U. Weber and H. Thiele, "NMR Spectroscopy: Modern Spectral Analysis," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.
49. S. Golotvin, E. Vodopianov, and A. Williams, "New Approach to Automated First-Order Multiplet Analysis," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, 331 (2002).
50. S.L. Manatt, "Tutorial Comparison of the NMRIT and LAOCOON Approaches for Analyses of Complex Solution-Phase NMR Spectra," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, 317 (2002).
51. V. Exarchou, M. Krucker, T.A. van Beek, J. Vervoort, I.P. Gerothanassis, and K. Albert, "LC-NMR Coupling Technology: Recent Advancements & Applications in Natural Products Analysis," Magn. Reson. Chem., 43, 681 (2005).
52. A.G. Webb, "NMR Coupled Microseparations," Magn. Reson. Chem., 43, 688 (2005).
B. Relaxation and Nuclear Overhauser Effect
1. N. Bloembergen, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation," Benjamin, NY, 1961.
2. W.J. Caspers, "Theory of Spin Relaxation," R.E. Krieger Publishing Company, Inc., Melbourne, FL, 1964.
3. A.G. Redfield, "The Theory of Relaxation Processes," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 1 (1965).
4. K.J. Packer, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation Studies of Molecules Adsorbed On Surfaces," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 87 (1967).
5. E.L. Mackor and C. MacLean, "Relaxation Processes in System of Two Non-Identical Spins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 129 (1967).
6. H.G. Hertz, "Microdynamic Behaviour of Liquids as Studied by NMR Relaxation Times, Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 159 (1967).
7. P.D. Kennewell, "Applications of the Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Organic Chemistry," J. Chem. Educ., 47, 28 (1970).
8. G.E. Bachers and T. Schaefer, "Applications of the Intramolecular Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Structural Organic Chemistry," Chem. Rev., 71, 617 (1971).
9. F. Noack, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 3, 83 (1971).
10. J.H. Noggle and R.E Schirmer, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect: Chemical Applications," Academic Press, NY, 1971.
11. C.P. Poole, Jr., and H.A. Farach, "Relaxation in Magnetic Resonance," Academic Press, NY, 1971.
12. J.R. Lyerla, Jr., and D.M. Grant, "Carbon-13 Nuclear Spin Relaxation," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser.1, 4, 155 (1972).
13. R.T. Schumacher, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation in NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 123 (1972).
14. R.A. Bell and J.K. Saunders, "Some Chemical Applications of the Nuclear Overhauser Effect," Top. Stereochem., 7, 2 (1973).
15. J. Jonas, "NMR Relaxation in Liquids and Liquid Crystals," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 203 (1973).
16. G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 Spin-Lattice Relaxation Studies and Their Applications to Organic Chemical Problems," Acc. Chem. Res., 6, 161 (1973).
17. D. Kivelson and K. Ogan, "Spin Relaxation Theory in Terms of Mori's Formalism," Adv. Magn. Reson., 7, 71 (1974).
18. J.R. Lyerla, Jr., and G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 Nuclear Spin Relaxation," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 79 (1974).
19. E. Breitmaier, K.-H. Spohn, and S. Berger, "13C Spin-Lattice Relaxation Times and the Mobility of Organic Molecules in Solution," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 14, 144 (1975).
20. L.D. Hall, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation: A Fourth Dimension for Proton NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 4, 401 (1975).
21. R. Lenk, "Diffusion and Spin Relaxation," Adv. Mol. Relaxation Processes, 6, 287 (1975).
22. J.K. Saunders and J.W. Easton, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 6, F.C. Nachod, J.J. Zuckerman, and E.W. Randall, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1976, Ch.5.
23. F.W. Wehrli, "Organic Structure Assignments Using 13C Spin-Relaxation Data," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 343 (1976).
24. L.G. Werbelow and D.M. Grant, "Intramolecular Dipolar Relaxation in Multispin Systems," Adv. Magn. Reson., 9, 190(1977).
25. S. Berger, "NMR Relaxation: Recent Problems and Progress," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 16, 239 (1978).
26. R.G. Bryant, "NMR Relaxation Studies of Solute-Solvent Interactions," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 29, 167 (1978).
27. H.W. Spiess, "Rotation of Molecules and Nuclear Spin Relaxation," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 15, 55 (1978).
28. R.L. Vold and R.R. Vold, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Coupled Spin Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 79 (1978).
29. D.A. Wright, D.E. Axelson, and G.C. Levy, "Physical Chemical Applications of 13C Spin Relaxation Measurements," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 103 (1979).
30. R.T. Boere and R.G. Kidd, "Rotational Correlation Times in Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 13, 319 (1982).
31. F.A. Rushworth, "Wide-Line NMR and Relaxation Processes in Ionic and Molecular Solids," Magn. Reson. Rev., 7, 197 (1982).
32. T.L. James, "Conformational Flexibility in Nucleic Acids Investigated by NMR Relaxation," Bull. Magn. Reson., 4, 119 (1983).
33. R.G. Kidd, "Quadrupolar and Other Types of Relaxation," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 5.
34. J. Reisse, "Relaxation Processes in NMR," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 63 (1983).
35. D.J. Craik and G.C. Levy, "Factors Affecting Accuracy in 13C Spin-Lattice Relaxation Measurements," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 239 (1984).
36. A.M. Gronenborn and G.M. Clore, "Investigation of the Solution Structures of Short Nucleic Acid Fragments by Means of Nuclear Overhauser Enhancement Measurements," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 1 (1985).
37. A. Schwenk, "Steady-State Techniques for Low Sensitivity and Slowly Relaxing Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 69 (1985).
38. R. Kitamaru, "C-13 Nuclear Spin Relaxation Study as an Aid to Analysis of Chain Dynamics and Conformation of Macromolecules," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 3.
39. K.E. Köver and G. Batta, "Theoretical and Practical Aspects of One- and Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Overhauser Experiments and Selective 13C T1-Determinations of Heteronuclear Distances," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 223 (1987).
40. J.B. Lambert, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation as a Structural and Kinetic Tool," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 5.
41. J.R. McConnell, "The Theory of Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Liquids," Cambridge University Press, NY, 1987.
42. R.E. Wasylishen, "NMR Relaxation and Dynamics," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 2.
43. R.L. Armstrong, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation Effects in Polyatomic Gases," Magn. Reson. Rev., 12, 91 (1987).
44. S. Aime, D. Osella, and G.E. Hawkes, "NMR Relaxation Processes in Metal Carbonyl Chemistry," Top. Phys. Organomet. Chem., 2, p (1988).
45. A. Dölle and T. Bluhm, "Orientation of the Rotational Diffusion Principal Axis System Determined by Nuclear Relaxation Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 175 (1989).
46. D. Neuhaus and M.P. Williamson, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Stereochemical and Conformational Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1989.
47. O.W. Sorensen, "Polarization Transfer Experiments in High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 503 (1989).
48. D.J. Wink, "Spin-Lattice Relaxation Times in 1H NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 66, 810 (1989).
49. J. Kowalewski, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Diamagnetic Fluids. 1. General Aspects and Inorganic Applications," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 308 (1990).
50. L. Banci, I. Bertini, and C. Luchinat, "Nuclear & Electron Relaxation," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1991.
51. J. Kowalewski, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Diamagnetic Fluids. 2. Organic Systems and Solutions of Macromolecules and Aggregates," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 289 (1991).
52. S. Szymanski and G. Binsch, "Permutation Symmetry in NMR Relaxation and Exchange," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 209 (1991).
53. T.E. Bull, "Relaxation in the Rotating Frame in Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 377 (1992).
54. M.H. Levitt and L. Di Bari, "Homogeneous Master Equation and the Manipulation of Relaxation Networks," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 94 (1994).
55. F. Ni, "Recent Developments in Transferred NOE Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 517 (1994).
56. B. Cowan, "NMR and Relaxation," Cambridge University Press, NY, 1997.
57. M. Luhmer and J. Reisse, "Quadrupole NMR Relaxation of the Noble Gases Dissolved in Simple Liquids & Solutions. A Critical Review of Experimental Data in the Light of Computer Simulation Results," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 57 (1998).
58. H. Mo, and T.C. Pochapsky, "Intermolecular Interactions Characterized by Nuclear Overhauser Effects," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 1 (1997).
59. V. Clementi and C. Luchinat, "NMR and Spin Relaxation in Dimers," Acc. Chem. Res., 31, 351 (1998).
60. M. Nigles and S.I. O'Donoghue, "Ambiguous NOEs and Automated NOE Assignment," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 107 (1998).
61. A. Kumar, R. Christy Rani Grace, and P.K. Madhu, "Cross-Correlations in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 191 (2000).
62. D. Neuhaus and M.P. Williamson, "The Nuclear Overhauser Effect in Stereochemical and Conformational Analysis," 2nd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2000.
63. M.J. Stone, "NMR Relaxation Studies of the Role of Conformational Entropy in Protein Stability and Ligand Binding," Acc. Chem. Res., 34, 379 (2001).
64. D.A. Case, "Molecular Dynamics and NMR Relaxation in Proteins," Acc. Chem. Res., 35, 325 (2002).
65. R.W. Pastor, R.M. Venable, and S.E. Feller, "Lipid Bilayers, NMR Relaxation, and Computer Simulations," Acc. Chem. Res., 35, 438 (2002).
66. N. Murali and V.V. Krishnan, "A Primer for Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation in Liquids," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 17, 86 (2003).
67. V. Bakhmutov, "Practical NMR Relaxation for Chemists," Wiley, NY, 2004.
68. D. Fushman, R. Varadan, M. Assfalg, and O. Walker, "Determining Domain Orientation in Macromolecules by Using Spin-Relaxation and Residual Dipolar Coupling Measurements," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 189 (2004).
69. T. Brand, E.J. Cabrita, and S. Berger, "Intermolecular Interaction as Investigated by NOE & Diffusion Studies," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 159 (2005).
70. R.G. Bryant and J.-P. Korb," NMR and Spin Relaxation in Biological Systems," Magn. Reson. Imaging, 23, 167 (2005).
71. D. Canet, "Introduction: General Theory of Relaxation," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 3 (2005).
72. J.F. Desreux, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation Studies on Actinide Ions and Models of Actinide Complexes," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 381 (2005).
73. G. Ferrante and S. Sykora, "Technical Aspects of Fast Field Cycling," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 406 (2005).
74. L. Helm, G.M. Nicolle, and A.E. Merbach, "Water and Proton Exchange Processes on Metal Ions," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 327 (2005).
75. J.-P. Korb and R.G. Bryant, "Magnetic Relaxation Dispersion in Porous and Dynamically Heterogeneous Materials," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 293 (2005).
76. P.S. Pregosin, P.G. Anil Kumar, and I. Fernández, "Pulsed Gradient Spin-Echo (PGSE) Diffusion and 1H,19F Heteronuclear Overhauser Spectroscopy (HOESY) NMR Methods in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry: Something Old and Something New," Chem. Rev., 105, 2977 (2005).
77. M. Vogel, P. Medick, and E.A. Rössler, "Secondary Relaxation Processes in Molecular Glasses Studied by NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 56, 231 (2005).
78. J. Kowalewski and L. Maler, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Liquids: Theory, Experiments and Applications," Taylor & Francis, NY, 2006 (Series in Chemical Physics, Vol. 2).
79. D. Kruk, "Theory of Evolution and Relaxation in Multi-Spin Systems," Arima Publishing (Abramis), NY, 2007.
80. R.N. Muller, L. Vander Elst, A. Roch, J.A. Peters, E. Csajbok, P. Gillis, and Y. Gossuin, "Relaxation by Metal-Containing Nanosystems," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 239 (2005).
81. L. Shao and J.J. Titman, "Chemical Shift Anisotropy Amplification," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 103 (2007).
C. Decoupling, Multiple Resonance and Spin Labeling
1. J.D. Baldeschwieler and E.W. Randall, "Chemical Applications of Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Chem. Rev., 63, 81 (1963).
2. R.A. Hoffman and S. Forsén, "High Resolution Nuclear Magnetic Double and Multiple Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 1, 15 (1966).
3. W. McFarlane, "Heteronuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 135 (1968).
4. V.J. Kowalewski, "The INDOR Technique in High-Resolution NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5, 1 (1969).
5. W. McFarlane, "Magnetic Double-Resonance Techniques in Chemistry," Chem. Brit., 5, 142 (1969).
6. B.D. Nageswara Rao, "Nuclear Spin Relaxation by Double Resonance," Adv. Magn. Reson., 4, 271 (1970).
7. W. McFarlane, "Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance Spectroscopy," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 3.
8. W. Von Philipsborn, "Methods and Applications of Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 10, 472 (1971).
9. L.R. Dalton, "Double Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 301 (1972).
10. R.B. Johannesen and T.D. Coyle, "Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Endeavour, 31, 10 (1972).
11. W. McFarlane, "Heteronuclear Magnetic Double Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 353 (1972).
12. R.L. Mieher, "Double Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 225 (1972).
13. L.R. Dalton and L.A. Dalton, "Double Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 361(1973).
14. J.W. Faller, "Spin Saturation Labeling," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 5, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1973, Ch. 2.
15. W. McFarlane, "Multiple Magnetic Resonance," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 3.
16. L.F. Johnson, "Spin-Decoupling Methods in 13C NMR Studies," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 2 (1979).
17. W. McFarlane and D.S. Rycroft, "Magnetic Multiple Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 320 (1979).
18. J.K.M. Sanders and J.D. Mersh, "Nuclear Magnetic Double Resonance; The Use of Difference Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 353 (1982).
19. M.H. Levitt, R. Freeman, and T. Frenkiel, "Broadband Decoupling in High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Magn. Reson., 11, 47 (1983).
20. W. McFarlane and D.S. Rycroft, "Multiple Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 293 (1985).
21. M.D. Bruch, C. Dybowski, and R.L. Lichter, "Simplification of NMR Spectra," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 4.
22. O. Howarth, "Relaxation and Related Time-Dependent Processes," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 5.
23. A.J. Shaka and J. Keeler, "Broadband Spin Decoupling in Isotropic Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 47 (1987).
24. Various authors, "Spin Labeling: Theory and Applications," Biol. Magn. Reson., 8, (1989).
25. R. Freeman, "Selective Excitation in High-Resolution NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1397 (1991).
26. M. Sattler and S.W. Fesik, "Use of Deuterium Labeling in NMR: Overcoming a Sizeable Problem," Structure (London), 4, 1245 (1996).
27. L.J. Berliner, Ed., "Spin Labeling," Biol. Magn. Reson., 14 (1998).
28. C.E. Hughes, "Spin Counting," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 301 (2004).
D. High Field NMR
1. J.K. Becconsall and M.C. McIvor, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance at High Fields," Chem. Brit., 5, 147 (1969).
2. J.K. Becconsall, P.A. Curnuck, and M.C. McIvor, "Chemical Applications of NMR at High Fields," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 4, 307 (1971).
3. L.F. Johnson, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance with Superconducting Magnets," Anal. Chem., 43(2), 28A (1971).
4. W. Naegele, "Applications of High-Field NMR Spectroscopy," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 1.
5. A.A. Grey, "Applications of 220 MHz NMR. Review," Can. J. Spectrosc., 17, 82 (1972).
6. F.A.L. Anet, "13C NMR at High Fields," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 209 (1974).
7. D.E. MacLaughlin, "Magnetic Resonance in the Superconducting State," Solid State Phys., 31, 1 (1976).
8. A. Bothner-By and J. Dadok, "NMR Spectroscopy at 600 MHz," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 3.
9. F.W. Wehrli, "Ultra High-Field NMR," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 2.
10. W.E. Hull and F.W. Wehril, "Ultra-High-Field NMR: Technology and Applications," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 1 (1984).
11. A.A. Bothner-By and J. Dadok, "The Production of Very High Fields for High Resolution NMR: Progress and Prospects," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 1.
12. A.M. Thayer and A. Pines, "Zero-Field NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 20, 1 (1987).
13. M.F. D'Agostino and M.J. McGlinchey, "Mixed Metal Clusters Containing Carbyne or Ketenylidene Bridges: High Field NMR Spectroscopy as a Probe for Structure and Mechanism," Polyhedron, 7, 807 (1988).
14. S.K. Branch and A.F. Casy, "Applications of Modern High-Field NMR Spectroscopy in Medicinal Chemistry," Prog. Med. Chem., 26, 355 (1989).
15. J.B. Robert and P. Diehl, Eds., "NMR at Very High Field," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 25, 1 (1991).
16. J. Boyd, N. Soffe, and I. Campbell, "NMR at Very High Fields," Structure, 2, 253 (1994).
17. W.D. Markiewicz, "1 GHz NMR Spectroscopy: Innovation in Magnet Technology," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 9, 73 (1997).
18. H.J. Schneider-Muntau, "High Field NMR Magnets," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 9, 61 (1997).
19. J.H. Prestegard, "High Resolution NMR of Biomolecules," in "High Magnetic Fields," C. Berthier, L.P. Levy, and G. Martinez, Eds., Springer Verlag, NY, 2001 (Lecture Notes in Physics, Vol. 595).
20. A. Street, "Developments in Superconducting Magnets for NMR," Am. Lab., 35, 28 (2003).
21. T. Kiyoshi, H. Maeda, J. Kikuchi, Y. Ito, H. Hirota, S. Yokoyama, S. Ito, T. Miki, M. Hamada, O. Ozaki, S. Hayashi, N. Kurihara, H. Suematsu, M. Yoshikawa, S. Matsumoto, A. Sato, and H. Wada, "Present Status of 920 MHz High-Resolution NMR Spectrometers," IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond., 14, 1608 (2004).
22. H. Kovacs, D. Moskau, and M. Spraul, "Cryogenically Cooled Probes: a Leap in NMR Technology," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 131 (2005).
E. Lanthanide Shift Reagents and Paramagnetic Systems
1. D.R. Eaton and W.D. Phillips, "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 103 (1965).
2. E. De Boer and H. Van Willigen, "NMR of Paramagnetic Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 111 (1967).
3. H.J. Keller and K.E. Schwarzhans, "Magnetic Resonance of Paramagnetic Complexes," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 9, 196 (1970).
4. G.A. Webb, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Species," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 3, 211 (1970).
5. K.E. Schwarzhans, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Complexes," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 9, 946 (1970).
6. J.R. Campbell, "Lanthanide Chemical Shift Reagents," Aldrichim. Acta, 4, 55 (1971).
7. F. Lefevre and M.L. Martin, "Utilisation des Complexes des Terres Rares en RMN," Org. Magn. Reson., 4, 737 (1972).
8. M.R. Peterson, Jr., and G.H. Wahl, Jr., "Lanthanide NMR Shift Reagents: A Powerful New Stereochemical Tool," J. Chem. Educ., 49, 790 (1972).
9. J.K.M. Sanders and D.H. Williams, "Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Nature (London), 240, 385 (1972).
10. R. Von Ammon and R.D. Fischer, "Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 675 (1972).
11. A.F. Cockerill, G.L.O. Davies, R.C. Harden, and D.M. Rackham, "Lanthanide Shift Reagents for NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 73, 553 (1973).
12. G.N. La Mar, W. Horrocks, Jr., and R.H. Holm, Eds., "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Academic Press, NY, 1973.
13. B.C. Mayo, "Lanthanide Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 2, 49 (1973).
14. R.E. Sievers, Ed., "NMR Shift Reagents," Academic Press, NY, 1973.
15. I. Ya. Slonim and A. Kh. Bulai, "Paramagnetic Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 42, 904 (1973).
16. R.S. Drago, J.I. Zink, R.M. Richman, and W.D. Peery, "Theory of Isotropic Shifts in the NMR of Paramagnetic Materials, Part I," J. Chem. Educ., 51, 371 (1974); Part II, J. Chem. Educ., 51, 464 (1974).
17. J.D. Roberts, G.E. Hawkes, J. Husar, A.W. Roberts, and D.W. Roberts, "NMR Spectroscopy. Lanthanide Shift Reagents. Useful Tools for Study of Conformational Equilibria in Solution," Tetrahedron, 30, 1833 (1974).
18. V.K. Voronov, "Paramagnetic Reagents for the Investigation of the Structures of Organic Ligands," Russ. Chem. Rev., 43, 171 (1974).
19. G.A. Webb, "The Effects of Paramagnetism on NMR Spectra of Nuclei Other than Protons," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 9.
20. J. Reuben, "Paramagnetic Lanthanide Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy: Principles, Methodology and Applications," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 9, 1 (1975).
21. J. Reuben, "The Lanthanides as Spectroscopic and Magnetic Probes in Biological Systems," Naturwissenschaften, 62, 172 (1975).
22. G.A. Webb, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Species," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 1 (1975).
23. B.D. Flockhart, "Lanthanide Shift Reagents in NMR Spectroscopy," CRC Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem., 6, 69 (1976).
24. O. Hofer, "The Lanthanide Induced Shift Technique: Applications in Conformational Analysis," Top. Stereochem., 9, 111 (1976).
25. K.A. Kime and R.E. Sievers, "A Practical Guide to Uses of Lanthanide NMR Shift Reagents," Aldrichim. Acta, 10, 54 (1977).
26. A.T. Morris and R.A. Dwek, "Some Recent Applications of the Use of Paramagnetic Centers to Probe Biological Systems Using NMR," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 10, 421 (1977).
27. G.R. Sullivan, "Chiral Lanthanide Shift Reagents," Top. Stereochem., 10, 287 (1978).
28. K.G. Orrell, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Species, "Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 1 (1979).
29. J. Reuben and G.A. Elgavish, "Shift Reagents and NMR of Paramagnetic Lanthanide Complexes," in "Handbook of Physics and Chemistry of the Rare Earths," Vol. 4, K.A. Gschneider and L. Eyring, Eds., Elsevier/North Holland, Amsterdam, 1979, p. 483.
30. I. Bertini and R.S. Drago, "ESR and NMR of Paramagnetic Species in Biological and Related Systems," Kluwer, Boston, MA, 1980.
31. C.M. Grisham, "Paramagnetic Probes in NMR and ESR Studies of Membrane Enzymes," J. Biochem. Biophys. Methods, 3, 39 (1980).
32. F. Inagaki and T. Miyazawa, "NMR Analyses of Molecular Conformations and Conformational Equilibria with the Lanthanide Probe Method," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 67 (1981).
33. W.H. Pirkle and D.J. Hoover, "NMR Chiral Solvating Agents,"Top. Stereochem., 13, 263 (1982).
34. S.F. Lindoy, "NMR Studies of Coordination Metal Complexes Using Lanthanide Shift Reagents," Coord. Chem. Rev., 48, 83 (1983).
35. J.A. Peters and A.P.G. Kieboom, "Multinuclear Magnetic Resonance in the Presence of Lanthanide(III) as an Analytical Tool for Structure Determination in Solution," Recl: J.R. Neth. Chem. Soc., 102, 381 (1983).
36. R.E. Lenkinski, "Lanthanide Complexes of Peptides and Proteins," Biol. Magn. Reson., 6, 23 (1984).
37. E. De Boer, C.P. Keijzers, and M.C.M. Gribnau, "NMR of Paramagnetic Particles," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 193 (1985).
38. M.C.M. Gribnau, C.P. Keijzers, and E. De Boer, "NMR of Shift Reagents," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 161 (1985).
39. J. Kowalewski, L. Nordenskiöld, N. Benetis, and P.-O. Westlund, "Theory of Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Paramagnetic Systems in Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 141 (1985).
40. I. Bertini and C. Lucchinat, "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules in Biological Systems," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1986.
41. T.C. Morrill, Ed., "Lanthanide Shift Reagents in Stereochemical Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986.
42. J.D. Satterlee, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Haem Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 79 (1986).
43. H. Sigel, Ed., "Applications of NMR to Paramagnetic Species," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987 (Metal Ions in Biological Systems, Vol. 21).
44. T.J. Wenzel, "NMR Shift Reagents," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987.
45. L.J. Berliner and J. Reuben, Eds., "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Biol. Magn. Reson., 12 (1993).
46. G.N. La Mar, Ed., "NMR of Paramagnetic Macromolecules," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 457 (1995).
47. J.H. Forsberg, "NMR Studies of Paramagnetic Lanthanide Complexes and Shift Reagents," in "Handbook on the Physics & Chemistry of Rare Earths," K.A. Gschneidner & L. Eyring, Eds., Elsevier/North Holland, Amsterdam, 1996, p. 1.
48. J.A. Peters, J. Huskens, and D.J. Raber, "Lanthanide Induced Shifts and Relaxation Rate Enhancements," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 283 (1996).
49. F.A. Walker, "Advances in Single- and Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Metal Complexes," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1998, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 692, p. 30.
50. I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, and G. Parigi, Eds., "Solution NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules," Elsevier Science, NY, 2001 (Current Methods in Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 2).
51. R. Sharp, L. Lohr, and J. Miller, "Paramagnetic NMR Relaxation Enhancement. Recent Advances in Theory," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 115 (2001).
52. H.C. Aspinall, "Chiral Lanthanide Complexes: Coordination Chemistry and Applications," Chem. Rev., 102, 1807 (2002).
53. I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, G. Parigi, and R. Pierattelli, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Metalloproteins," ChemBioChem., 6, 1536 (2005).
54. L. Di Bari and P. Salvadori, "Solution Structure of Chiral Lanthanide Complexes," Coord. Chem. Rev., 249, 2854 (2005).
55. L. Helm, "Relaxivity in Paramagnetic Systems: Theory and Mechanisms," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 45 (2006).
F. Two-Dimensional NMR and Multipulse Techniques
1. R. Freeman and G.A. Morris, "Two-Dimensional Fourier Transformation in NMR," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 5 (1979).
2. D. Terpstra, "Two-Dimensional Fourier Transform 13C NMR," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 62 (1979).
3. K. Wüthrich, K. Nagayama, and R.E. Ernst, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Trends Biochem. Sci., 4N, 178 (1979).
4. G. Bodenhausen, "Multiple-Quantum NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 137 (1980).
5. R. Freeman, "Some Developments in Two-Dimensional Fourier Transform NMR," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 22 (1980).
6. R. Freeman, "NMR Spectroscopy in Two Frequency Domains," Proc. R. Soc. London, Ser. A, 373, 149 (1980).
7. U. Haeberlen, "Achievements of Multiple-Pulse NMR," Philos. Trans. R. Soc. London, Ser. A, 373, 149 (1980).
8. K. Nagayama, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy: An Application to the Study of Flexibility of Protein Molecules," Adv. Biophys., 14, 139 (1981).
9. R.R. Ernst, "The Information Content of Two-Dimensional Fourier Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 4.
10. G.A. Morris, "Two-Dimensional FT NMR," in "Fourier, Hadamard and Hilbert Transforms in Chemistry," A.G. Marshall, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1982, p. 271.
11. R. Benn and H. Günther, "Modern Pulse Methods in High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 22, 350 (1983).
12. S. Emid, "Multiple Quantum Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 4, 99 (1983).
13. D.P. Weitekamp, "Time Domain Multiple Quantum NMR," Adv. Magn. Reson., 11, 111 (1983).
14. A. Bax, "Two-Dimensional NMR in Liquids," D. Reidel Publishing Co., Boston, MA, 1984.
15. A. Bax, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 197 (1984).
16. P.H. Bolton, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy as a Conformational Probe of Cellular Phosphates," Biol. Magn. Reson., 6, 1 (1984).
17. J.N. Shoolery, "Recent Developments in 13C- and Proton-NMR," J. Nat. Prod., 47, 226 (1984).
18. C.J. Turner, "Mutipulse NMR in Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 311 (1984).
19. A. Bax, "A Simple Description of Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 7, 167 (1985).
20. W. Bremser and W. Fachinger, "Multidimensional Spectroscopy," Magn. Reson. Chem., 23, 1056 (1985).
21. G.P. Dorbny, "Multiple Quantum NMR: Studies of Molecules in Ordered Phases," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 36, 451 (1985).
22. U. Haeberlen, "Mutiple Pulse Techniques in Solid State NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 81 (1985).
23. W. McFarlane and D.S. Rycroft, "Multiple Resonance," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 293 (1985).
24. K. Müller, P. Meier and G. Kothe, "Multipulse Dynamic NMR of Liquid Crystal Polymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 211 (1985).
25. D.L. Turner, "Basic Two-Dimensional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 281 (1985).
26. A. Bax and L. Lerner, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 232, 960 (1986).
27. H. Kessler and W. Bermel, "Conformation Analysis of Peptides by Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 6.
28. M.H. Levitt, "Composite Pulses," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 61 (1986).
29. M. Munowitz and A. Pines, "Multiple-Quantum Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 233, 525 (1986).
30. K. Nagayama, "Two-Dimensional NMR Techniques to Determine Molecular Skeleton and Partial Structures of Organic Substances," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 5.
31. M.D. Bruch, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Liquids," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 3.
32. W.R. Croasmun and R.M.K. Carlson, Eds., "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1987.
33. R.R. Ernst, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy: A Powerful Tool for the Investigation of Molecular Structure and Dynamics," Chimia, 41, 323 (1987).
34. R.R. Ernst, G. Bodenhausen, and A. Wokaun, "Principles of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance in One and Two Dimensions," Oxford University Press, NY, 1987.
35. K.E. Köver and G. Batta, "Theoretical and Practical Aspects of One- and Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Overhauser Experiments and Selective 13C T1-Determinations of Heteronuclear Distances," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 223 (1987).
36. A. Kumar, "Recent Developments in Homocorrelated 2D NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 9, 96 (1987).
37. M. Munowitz and A. Pines, "Principles and Applications of Multiple-Quantum NMR," Adv. Chem. Phys., 66, 1 (1987).
38. D.E. Wemmer, "Two-Dimensional NMR Studies of Biomolecular Structures," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 7.
39. F.A. Bovey and P.A. Miran, "2D NMR Spectroscopy of Macromolecules," Acc. Chem. Res., 21, 37 (1988).
40. B. Blümich and H.W. Spiess, "Two-Dimensional Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: New Possibilities for the Investigation of the Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1655 (1988).
41. W.S. Brey, Jr., Ed., "Pulse Methods in 1D and 2D Liquid-Phase NMR," Academic Press, NY, 1988.
42. M. Gielen and R. Willem, "Two-Dimensional NMR Exchange Spectroscopy, a Powerful Tool for the Elucidation of the Dynamic Stereochemistry of Tin Compounds," Top. Phys. Organomet. Chem., 2, p (1988).
43. R.V. Hosur, G. Govil, and H.T. Miles, "Application of Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy in the Determination of Solution Conformation of Nucleic Acids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 26, 927 (1988).
44. H. Kessler, M. Gehrke, and C. Griesinger, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy: Background and Overview of the Experiments," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 490 (1988).
45. G.E. Martin and A.S. Zektzer, "Long-Range Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Chemical Shift Correlation," Magn. Reson. Chem., 26, 631 (1988).
46. G.E. Martin and A.S. Zektzer, "Two-Dimensional NMR Methods for Establishing Molecular Connectivity," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1988.
47. J. Schraml and J.M. Bellama, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1988.
48. W.S. Warren and M.S. Silver, "The Art of Pulse Crafting: Applications to Magnetic Resonance and Laser Spectroscopy," Adv. Magn. Reson., 12, 247 (1988).
49. R. Willem, "2D NMR Applied to Dynamic Stereochemical Problems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 1 (1988).
50. A. Bax, "2D NMR and Protein Structure," Annu. Rev. Biochem., 58, 223 (1989).
51. A.E. Derome, "The Use of NMR Spectroscopy in the Structure Determination of Natural Products: Two-Dimensional Methods," Nat. Prod. Rep., 6, 111 (1989).
52. L. McIntyre and R. Freeman, "Fast Two-Dimensional Correlation Spectroscopy," J. Magn. Reson., 83, 649 (1989).
53. J. Paff and B. Blümich, "Nonlinear Incoherent Spectroscopy. Two-Dimensional Time-Domain CW Magnetic Resonance," Mol. Phys., 68, 225 (1989).
54. Atta-Ur-Rahman, "One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Elsevier, NY, 1989.
55. D.L. Turner, "Recent Developments in Multiple Pulse NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 21, 161 (1989).
56. B.A. Borgias, M. Gochin, D.J. Kerwood, and T.L. James, "Relaxation Matrix Analysis of 2D NMR Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 83 (1990).
57. U. Eggenberger and G. Bodenhausen, "Modern NMR Pulse Experiments: A Graphic Description of the Evolution of Spin Systems," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 29, 374 (1990).
58. R.V. Hosur, "Scaling in One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 1 (1990).
59. K. Nakanishi, Ed., "One-Dimensional and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectra by Modern Pulse Techniques," University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 1990.
60. C.L. Perrin and T.J. Dwyer, "Application of Two-Dimensional NMR to Kinetics of Chemical Exchange," Chem. Rev., 90, 935 (1990).
61. K.R. Williams and R.W. King, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry. Part 4. Two-Dimensional Methods," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A125 (1990).
62. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Applications of Three- and Four-Dimensional Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy to Protein Structure Determination," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 43 (1991).
63. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Structures of Larger Proteins in Solution: Three- and Four-Dimensional Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 252, 1390 (1991).
64. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Two-, Three-, and Four-Dimensional NMR Methods for Obtaining Larger and More Precise Three-Dimensional Structures of Proteins in Solution," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biophys. Chem., 20, 29 (1991).
65. C.A. Fyfe, Y. Feng, H. Grondey, G.T. Kokotailo, and H. Gies, "One- and Two-Dimensional High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Studies of Zeolite Lattice Structures," Chem. Rev., 91, 1525 (1991).
66. H. Kessler, S. Mronga, and G. Gemmecker, "Multidimensional NMR Experiments Using Selective Pulses," Magn. Reson. Chem., 29, 527 (1991).
67. I. Pelczer and S. Szalma, "Multidimensional NMR and Data Processing," Chem. Rev., 91, 1507 (1991).
68. H.W. Spiess, "Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers from 2D- and 3D-NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1321 (1991).
69. T.J. Norwood, "Multiple-Quantum NMR Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 295 (1992).
70. H. Friebolin, "Basic One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1993.
71. G.D. Mateescu and A. Valeriu, "2D NMR Density Matrix and Product Operator Treatment," PTR Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1993.
72. A.D. Bain, I.W. Burton, and W.F. Reynolds, "Artifacts in Two-Dimensional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 59 (1994).
73. W.R. Croasmun and R.M.K. Carlson, Eds., "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1994.
74. S. Macura, J. Fejzo, W.M. Westler, and J.L. Markley, "Influence of Slow Internal Motion in Proteins on Cross Polarization Rates Determined by Two Dimensional Exchange Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 73 (1994).
75. P.K. Madhu, R. Christy, R. Grace, and A. Kumar, "Effects of Cross Correlation in 2D NOE Experiments," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 115 (1994).
76. G. Moad, "Applications of Labelling and Multidimensional NMR in the Characterization of Synthetic Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 287 (1994).
77. M. Rance, "Sensitivity Improvement in Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 54 (1994).
78. O.W. Sorensen, "Selective Rotations Using Non-Selective Pulses and Heteronuclear Couplings," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 49 (1994).
79. J. Weber, F. Herrmann, P. Rösch, and A. Wokaun, "Novel Contour Plot Algorithm for the Processing of 2D and 3D NMR Spectra, Bull. Mag. Reson., 16, 43 (1994).
80. J.G. Pelton and D.E. Wemmer, "Heteronuclear NMR Pulse Sequences Applied to Biomolecules," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 46, 139 (1995).
81. M.W. Urban and T. Provder, Eds., "Multidimensional Spectroscopy of Polymers: Vibrational, NMR and Fluorescence Techniques," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1995, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 598.
82. S. Berger, T. Fäcke, and R. Wagner, "Two-Dimensional Correlation Spectroscopy by Scalar Couplings: a Walk Through the Periodic Table," Magn. Reson. Chem., 34, 4 (1996).
83. D. Li and N.L. Owen, "Structure Determination Using the NMR 'Inadequate' Technique," Adv. Mol. Struct. Res., 2, 191 (1996).
84. S. Lacelle and L. Tremblay, "NMR Multiple Quantum Dynamics in Large Spin Neworks," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 211 (1997).
85. T. Parella, "Pulsed Field Gradients: A New Tool for Routine NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 36, 467 (1998).
86. A. Sodickson and D.G. Cory, "A Generalized k-Space Formalism for Treating the Spatial Aspects of a Variety of NMR Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 77 (1998).
87. C. Dalvit and J.-M. Böhlen, "Proton Phase-Sensitive Pulsed Field Gradient Double-Quantum Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 37, 203 (1999).
88. I.S. Podkorytov, "Multipulse NMR. Part 3. INADEQUATE Pulse Sequence," Concepts Magn. Reson., 11, 97 (1999).
89. V.A. Mandelshtam, "Filter Diagonalization Method for Data Processing in NMR Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 159 (2001).
90. J. Buddrus and J. Lambert, "Connectivities in Molecules by INADEQUATE: Recent Developments," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, 3 (2002).
91. S.W. Cui, "Application of Two Dimensional (2D) NMR Spectroscopy in the Structural Analysis of Selected Polysaccharides," in "Guns and Stabilisers for the Food Industry," P.A. Williams and G.O Phillips, Eds., Royal Society of Chemistry, London, p. 27 (Special Publications-RSC, 11 (2002)).
92. R. Freeman and E. Kupce, "New Methods for Fast Multidimensional NMR," J. Biomol. NMR, 27, 101 (2003).
93. L. Griffiths, "Automatic Analysis of NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 217 (2003).
94. W.S. Veeman, "Diffusion in a Closed Sphere," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 201 (2003).
95. P.F. Flynn, "Multidimensional Multinuclear Solution NMR Studies of Encapsulated Macromolecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 31 (2004).
96. C. Ramanathan, N. Boulant, Z. Chen, D.G. Cory, I. Chuang, and M. Steffen, "NMR Quantum Information Processing," Quantum Inf. Process., 3, 15 (2004).
97. P.L. Rinaldi, "Three-Dimensional Solution NMR Spectroscopy of Complex Structures and Mixtures," Analyst, 129, 687 (2004).
98. N. Bross-Walch, T. Kuehn, D. Moskau, and O. Zerbe, "Strategies and Tools for Structure Determination of Natural Products Using Modern Methods of NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Biodiversity, 2, 147 (2005).
99. J. Brus, "Principles and Applications of Multidimensional NMR Spectroscopy of Solid State Natural Isotope Abundance," Chem. Listy, 99, 99 (2005).
100. Yu. E. Chernysh, V.A. Volynkin, V.T. Panyushkin, V.I. Kondakov, M.S. Korobov, and G.S. Borodkin, "Use of Selective Methods of Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy in Studies of Multicomponent Systems," Russ. Chem. Rev., 74, 317 (2005).
101. J.C. Cobas, P. Groves, M. Martin-Pastor, and A. De Capua, "New Applications, Processing Methods and Pulse Sequences Using Diffusion NMR," Curr. Anal. Chem., 1, 289 (2005).
102. H.T. Pedersen, M. Dyrby, S.B. Engelsen, and R. Bro, "Application of Multi-Way Analysis to 2D NMR Data," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 59, 207 (2006).
103. I.S. Oliveira, T.J. Bonagamba, R.S. Sarthour, J.C.C. Freitas, and E.R. deAzevedo, "NMR Quantum Information Processing," Elsevier, NY, 2007.
104. M.E. Elyashberg, A.J. Williams, and G.E. Martin, "Computer-Assisted Structure Verification and Elucidation Tools in NMR-Based Structure Elucidation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 1 (2008).
105. E. Kupce and R. Freeman, "Hyperdimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 22 (2008).
106. I. Shimada, T. Ueda, M. Matsumoto, M. Sakakura, M. Osawa, K. Takeuchi, N. Nishida, and H. Takahashi, "Cross-Saturation and Transferred Cross-Saturation Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xx (2008).
107. J.H. Simpson, "Organic Structure Determination Using 2-D NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2008.
III. FOURIER TRANSFORM AND PULSED NMR
1. R.R. Ernst, "Sensitivity Enhancement in Magnetic Resonance," Adv. Magn. Reson., 2, 1 (1966).
2. R.R. Ernst and W.A. Anderson, "Application of Fourier Transform Spectroscopy to Magnetic Resonance," Rev. Sci. Instrum., 37, 93 (1966).
3. G.E. Hall, "Signal-to-Noise Enhancement of NMR Spectra," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 227 (1968).
4. N. Boden, "Pulsed NMR Methods," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 2.
5. T.C. Farrar and E.D. Becker, "Pulsed and Fourier Transform NMR: Introduction to Theory and Methods," Academic Press, NY, 1971.
6. G. Horlick, "Fourier Transform Approaches to Spectroscopy," Anal. Chem., 43, 61A (1971).
7. E.D. Becker and T.C. Farrar, "Fourier Transform Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 178, 361 (1972).
8. S.T. Dunn, C.T. Foskett, R. Curbelo, and P.R. Griffiths, "Fourier Transform Spectroscopy in Chemical Research," in "Computers in Chemical and Biochemical Research," C.E. Klopfenstein and C.L. Wilkins, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1972, Vol. 1, p. 107.
9. "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy: Instrumentation," Am. Lab., 4(3) (1972). Seven short articles.
10. T.C. Farrar, A.A. Maryott, and M.S. Malmberg, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 23, 193 (1972).
11. D.G. Gillies, "The Application of Fourier Transformation to High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 557 (1972).
12. E.G. Hoffmann, W. Stempfle, G. Schroth, B. Weimann, E. Ziegler, and J. Brandt, "Use of a Computer in NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 375 (1972).
13. G. Horlick, "Digital Data Handling of Spectra Utilizing FT," Anal. Chem., 44, 943 (1972).
14. D.A. Netzel, "Pulse Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Appl. Spectrosc., 26, 430 (1972).
15. D.C. Champeney, "Fourier Transforms and Their Physical Applications," Academic Press, NY, 1973.
16. E.G. Codding and G. Horlick, "Apodization and Phase Information in Fourier Transform Spectroscopy," Appl. Spectrosc., 27, 85 (1973).
17. J.D. Swalen, T.R. Lusebrink, and D. Ziessow, "Computer Application in Magnetic Resonance," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 165 (1973).
18. E.D. Becker, "Introduction to Pulse and Fourier Transform Methods, in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 2.
19. E.O. Brigham, "The Fast Fourier Transform," Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1974.
20. R.A. Komoroski and G.C. Levy, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 289 (1974).
21. J.W. Cooper, "The Computer in Fourier Transform NMR," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 391 (1976).
22. K. Müllen and P.S. Pregosin, "Fourier Transform NMR Techniques: A Practical Approach," Academic Press, NY, 1976.
23. W.B. Smith and T.W. Proulx, "Pulse NMR-An Old Analytical Technique Oft Neglected by the Chemist," J. Chem. Educ., 53, 700 (1976).
24. P. Anstey and R.K. Harris, "Computerized NMR," Chem. Brit., 13, 303 (1977).
25. P. Griffiths, Ed., "Transform Techniques in Chemistry," Plenum Press, NY, 1978.
26. D. Shaw, "Experimental Methods," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 2.
27. J.C. Lindon and A.G. Ferringe, "Digitisation and Data Processing in Fourier Transform NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 27 (1980).
28. E. Fukushima and S.B.W. Roeder, "Experimental Pulse NMR: A Nuts and Bolts Approach," Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1981.
29. R. Geick, "Fourier Transform NMR," Top. Curr. Chem., 95, 89 (1981).
30. C. Brevard, "Multinuclear Instrumentation and Observation," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 1.
31. P.H. Bolton, "Techniques That Can Enhance Sensitivity, Improve Resolution, Correlate NMR Spectral Parameters, and Lead to Structural Information," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 2.
32. C.L. Dumoulin and G.C. Levy, "Computational Considerations," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 3.
33. D.L. Rabenstein, "Sensitivity Enhancement by Signal Averaging in Pulsed Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 61, 909 (1984).
34. D. Shaw, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Elsevier, NY, 1984 (reprinted with corrections in paperback, 1987).
35. R.S. Macomber, "A Primer on Fourier Transform NMR," J. Chem. Educ., 62, 213 (1985).
36. R.N. Bracewell, "The Fourier Transform and Its Applications," 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, NY, 1986.
37. V. Cizek, "Discrete Fourier Transforms and Their Applications," Hilger, London, 1986.
38. N. Chandrakumar and S. Subramanian, "Modern Techniques in High Resolution FT-NMR," Springer Verlag, NY, 1987.
39. T.C. Farrar, "Pulse Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: An Introduction to the Theory and Applications," Farragut Press, Chicago, IL, 1987.
40. I.P. Gerothanassis, "Methods of Avoiding the Effects of Acoustic Ringing in Pulsed Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 267 (1987).
41. L. Glasser, "Fourier Transforms for Chemists. Part I. Introduction to the Fourier Transform," J. Chem. Educ., 64, A228 (1987).
42. L. Glasser, "Fourier Transforms for Chemists. Part II. Fourier Transforms in Chemistry and Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 64, A260 (1987).
43. L. Glasser, "Fourier Transforms for Chemists. Part III. Fourier Transforms in Data Treatment," J. Chem. Educ., 64, A306 (1987).
44. A.D. Bain, "The Superspin Formalism for Pulse NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 295 (1988).
45. L.J. Schwartz, "A Step-by-Step Picture of Pulsed (Time-Domain) NMR" J. Chem. Educ., 65, 959 (1988).
46. W.S. Warren, "Effects of Pulse Shaping in Laser Spectroscopy and NMR," Science (Washington, DC), 242, 878 (1988).
47. J.P. Chesick, "Fourier Analysis and Structure Determination. Part 1. Fourier Transforms," J. Chem. Educ., 66, 128 (1989).
48. J.P. Chesick, "Fourier Analysis and Structure Determination. Part 2. Pulse NMR and NMR Imaging," J. Chem. Educ., 66, 283 (1989).
49. R.W. King and K.R. Williams, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry. Part 1. NMR: Introduction," J. Chem. Educ., 66, A213 (1989).
50. R.W. King and K.R. Williams, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry. Part 2. NMR: The Single Pulse Experiment," J. Chem. Educ., 66, A243 (1989).
51. R.N. Bracewell, "Numerical Transforms," Science (Washington, DC), 248, 697 (1990).
52. A.G. Marshall and F.R. Verdum, "Fourier Transforms in NMR, Optical and Mass Spectrometry," Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1990.
53. K.R. Williams and R.W. King, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry. Part 3. Multiple-Pulse Experiments," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A93 (1990).
54. R.W. King and K.R. Williams, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry-NMR. A Glossary of NMR Terms," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A100 (1990).
55. P.J. Treado and M.D. Morris, "Hadamard Transform Spectroscopy and Imaging," Spectrochim. Acta Rev., 13, 355 (1990).
56. K.R. Williams and R.W. King, "The Fourier Transform in Chemistry. Part 4. Two-Dimensional Methods," J. Chem. Educ., 67, A125 (1990).
57. R.E. Hoffman and G.C. Levy, "Modern Methods of NMR Data Processing and Data Evaluation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 211 (1991).
58. D.M.S. Bagguley, Ed., "Pulsed Magnetic Resonance: NMR, ESR and Optics," Clarendon Press, NY, 1992.
59. T. Rizvi, "Pulse Techniques in High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Sci. Int., 4, 319 (1992).
60. R. Freeman, "The Fourier Transform Revolution in NMR Spectroscopy," Anal. Chem., 65, 743A (1993).
61. R.R. Ernst, "NMR Fourier Transform Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 5 (1994).
62. J. Jenner, "Emphasizing the Role of Time in Quantum Dynamics," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 35 (1994).
63. D.K. Graff, "Fourier and Hadamard: Transforms in Spectroscopy," J. Chem. Educ., 72, 304 (1995).
64. R.R. Williams, "Spectroscopy and the Fourier Transform," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1995.
65. S.J. Glaser and J.J. Quant, "Homonuclear and Heteronuclear Hartmann-Hahn Transfer in Isotropic Liquids," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 19, 59 (1996).
66. J.C. Hoch and A.S. Stern, "NMR Data Processing," Wiley, NY, 1996.
67. D.N. Rutledge, "Signal Treatment and Signal Analysis in NMR," in "Data Handling in Science and Technology," Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1996, Vol. 18.
68. P. Bigler, "NMR Spectroscopy: Processing Strategies," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1997.
69. S. Berger, "NMR Techniques Employing Selective Radiofrequency Pulses in Combination with Pulsed Field Gradients," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 137 (1997).
70. D. Canet, "Radiofrequency Field Gradient Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 101 (1997).
71. P. Hodgkinson and P.J. Hore, "Sampling and the Quantification of NMR Data," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 20, 187 (1997).
72. G.A. Morris, H. Barjat, and T.J. Horne, "Reference Deconvolution Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 197 (1997).
73. R. Freeman, "Shaped Radiofrequency Pulses in High Resolution NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 59 (1998).
74. P. Koehl, "Linear Prediction Spectral Analysis of NMR Data, "Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 257 (1999).
75. W.S. Price, "Water Signal Suppression in NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 38, 289 (1999).
76. C. Roumestand, C. Delay, J.A. Gavin, and D. Canet, "Practical Approach to Implementation of Selectivity in Homonuclear Multidimensional NMR with Frequency Selective-Filtering Techniques. Application to the Chemical Structure Elucidation of Complex Oligosaccharides," Magn. Reson. Chem., 37, 451 (1999).
77. P. Bigler, "NMR Spectroscopy: Processing Strategies," 2nd ed., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2000.
78. J. Kauppinen and J. Partanen, "Fourier Transforms in Spectroscopy," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2001.
79. D. Jeannerat, "Computer Processing Techniques in High-Resolution NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 46, 152 (2002).
80. W.F. Reynolds and R.G. Enriquez, "Choosing the Best Pulse Sequences, Acquisition Parameters, Postacquisition Processing Strategies, and Probes for Natural Product Structure Elucidation by NMR Spectroscopy," J. Nat. Prod., 65, 221 (2002).
81. E. Kupce, T. Nishida, and R. Freeman, "Hadamard NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 42, 95 (2003).
82. R. Kimmich and E. Anoardo, "Field-Cycling NMR Relaxometry," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 257 (2004).
83. S. Zhang, "Phase Incremented Pulses in NMR with Applications," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 53, 1 (2004).
IV. CHEMICAL SHIFTS AND COUPLING CONSTANTS
1. S. Sternhell, "Long-Range H1-H1 Spin-Spin Coupling in NMR Spectroscopy," Rev. Pure Appl. Chem., 14, 15 (1964).
2. M. Barfield and D.M. Grant, "Theory of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 149 (1965).
3. A.A. Bothner-By, "Geminal and Vicinal Proton-Proton Coupling Constants in Organic Compounds," Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 195 (1965).
4. W.N. Lipscomb, "The Chemical Shift and Other Second-Order Magnetic and Electric Properties of Small Molecules," Adv. Magn. Reson., 2, 138 (1966).
5. J.I. Musher, "Theory of the Chemical Shift," Adv. Magn. Reson., 2, 177 (1966).
6. H. Batiz-Hernandez and R.A. Bernheim, "The Isotope Shift," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 63 (1967).
7. P. Laszlo, "Solvent Effects and NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 3, 231 (1967).
8. D.E. O'Reilly, "Chemical Shift Calculations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 1 (1967).
9. R.F. Zürcher, "The Cause and Calculation of Proton Chemical Shifts in Nonconjugated Organic Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 205 (1967).
10. M. Barfield and B. Charkrabarti, "Long-Range Proton Spin-Spin Coupling," Chem. Rev., 69, 757 (1969).
11. W. McFarlane, "Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants Between Directly Bound Elements," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 23, 187 (1969).
12. S. Sternhell, "Correlation of Interproton Spin-Spin Coupling Constants with Structure," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 23, 236 (1969).
13. J.N. Murrell, "The Theory of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling in High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 6, 1 (1971).
14. V.F. Bystrov, "Spin-Spin Interaction Between Geminal and Vicinal Protons," Russ. Chem. Rev., 41, 281 (1972).
15. J.H. Goldstein, V.S. Watts, and L.S. Rattet, "13CH Satellite NMR Spectra," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 8, 103 (1972).
16. S.L. Smith, "Solvent Effects and NMR Coupling Constants," Fortschr. Chem. Forsch., 27, 117 (1972).
17. M.T. Tribble and J.G. Traynham, "Linear Correlations of Substituent Effects in 1H, 19F and 13C NMR Spectroscopy," in "Advances in Linear Free Energy Relationships," N.B. Chapman and J. Shorter, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1972, Ch. 4.
18. M. Barfield and M.D. Johnston, Jr., "Solvent Dependence of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Chem. Rev., 73, 53 (1973).
19. B.R. Appleman and B.P. Dailey, "Magnetic Shielding and Susceptibility Anisotropies," Adv. Magn. Reson., 7, 231 (1974).
20. V.M.S. Gil and C.F.G.C. Geraldes, "Uses and Misuses of 13C-H Coupling Constants Between Directly Bonded Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 14.
21. G.E. Maciel, "13C-13C Coupling Constants," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 13.
22. J.L. Marshall, D.E. Miiller, S.A. Conn, R. Siewell, and A.M. Ihrig, "Long-Range Carbon-Proton and Carbon-Carbon Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Acc. Chem. Res., 7, 333 (1974).
23. R.E. Wasylishen, "Influence of Lone-Pair Orientation on Some Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants. INDO Molecular Orbital Calculations of Nitrogen-Proton Coupling Constants Over Two and Three Bonds," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 8.
24. D.F. Ewing, "Two-Bond Couplings Between Protons and Carbon-13," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 389 (1975).
25. J. Hilton and L.H. Sutcliffe, "The 'Through-Space' Mechanism in Spin-Spin Coupling," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 27 (1975).
26. J. Homer, "Solvent Effects on NMR Chemical Shifts," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 9, 1 (1975).
27. W.B. Jennings, "Chemical Shift Nonequivalence in Prochiral Groups," Chem. Rev., 75, 307 (1975).
28. F.H.A. Rummens, "Van der Waals Forces and Shielding Effects," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 10, 1 (1975).
29. M. Barfield, R.J. Spear, and S. Sternhell, "Allylic Interproton Spin-Spin Coupling," Chem. Rev., 76, 593 (1976).
30. V.F. Bystrov, "Spin-Spin Coupling and the Conformational States of Peptide Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 41 (1976).
31. P.D. Ellis and R. Ditchfield, "Theory of Indirect Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants with Applications to Carbon-13 NMR," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 433 (1976).
32. W.J. Hehre, R.W. Taft, and R.D. Topsom, "Ab Initio Calculations of Charge Distributions in Monosubstituted Benzenes and in Meta- and Para- Substituted Fluorobenzenes. Comparison with 1H, 13C and 19F NMR Substituent Shifts," Prog. Phys. Org. Chem., 12, 159 (1976).
33. J. Mason, "Correlations in Nuclear Magnetic Shielding. Part I," Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem., 18, 197 (1976).
34. J. Kowalewski, "Calculations of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 1 (1977).
35. R.E. Wasylishen, "Spin-Spin Coupling Between Carbon-13 and the First Row Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 7, 246 (1977).
36. G.A. Webb, "Background Theory of NMR Parameters," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 3.
37. C.W. Haigh and R.B. Mallion, "Ring Current Theories in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc.,13, 303 (1979).
38. J. Mason, "Correlations in Nuclear Magnetic Shielding. Part II," Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem., 22, 199 (1979).
39. V. Wray, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants: A Compilation of Data and a Practical Guide," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 177 (1979).
40. P.E. Hansen, "Carbon-Hydrogen Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 175 (1981).
41. P.E. Hansen, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants: Discussion," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 66 (1981).
42. P.E. Hansen and V. Wray, "One Bond 13C-13C Couplings," Org. Magn. Reson., 15, 102 (1981).
43. V. Wray and P.E. Hansen, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants: Data," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 99 (1981).
44. J. Kowalewski, "Calculations of Nuclear Spin-Spin Couplings," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 12, 81 (1982).
45. S.J. Perkins, "Applications of Ring Current Calculations to the 1H NMR Spectra of the Protein and Transfer RNA," Biol. Magn. Reson., 4, 193 (1982).
46. D.J. Craik, "Substituent Effects on Nuclear Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 15, 1 (1983).
47. D.J. Craik and R.T.C. Brownlee, "Substituent Effects on Chemical Shifts in the Sidechains of Aromatic Systems," Prog. Phys. Org. Chem., 14, 1 (1983).
48. P.E. Hansen, "Isotope Effects on Nuclear Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 15, 105 (1983).
49. J.L. Marshall, "Carbon-Carbon and Carbon-Proton NMR Couplings," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1983.
50. G.A. Webb, "The Calculation and Some Applications of Nuclear Shielding," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F. G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 29 (1983).
51. G.A. Webb, "Calculations of Spin-Spin Couplings," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F. G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 63 (1983).
52. G.A. Webb, "Factors Contributing to the Observed Chemical Shifts of Heavy Nuclei," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 4.
53. R.H. Contreras, M.A. Natiello, and G.E. Scuseria, "Mechanisms Which Produce Spin-Spin Coupling in NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 9, 239 (1985).
54. R.M. Horak, P.S. Steyn, and R. Vleggaar, "Carbon-Carbon Coupling Constants Derived from Biosynthetic Studies," Magn. Reson. Rev., 23, 995 (1985).
55. H. Duddeck, "Substituent Effects on 13C Chemical Shifts in Aliphatic Molecular Systems," Top. Stereochem., 16, 219 (1986).
56. C.J. Jameson and H.J. Osten, "Theoretical Aspects of Isotope Effects on Nuclear Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 1 (1986).
57. V. Mlynarik, "Measurements of Spin Coupling Constants to Quadrupolar Nuclei via Relaxation Studies," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 277 (1986).
58. M. Barfield, "Spin-Spin Coupling in Peptides," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 4.
59. R.H. Contreras, C.G. Giribet, M.C. Ruiz de Azua, and A.C. Diz, "The IPPP Method as a Complementary Tool for High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 3.
60. H. Fukui, "Methods of Calculating NMR Chemical Shifts," Magn. Reson. Rev., 11, 205 (1987).
61. J.B. Grutzner, "Chemical Shift Theory. Orbital Symmetry and Charge Effects on Chemical Shifts," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 2.
62. C.J. Jameson, "Spin-Spin Coupling," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 4.
63. C.J. Jameson and J. Mason, "The Chemical Shift," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 3.
64. P.E. Hansen, "Isotope Effects in Nuclear Shielding," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 207 (1988).
65. V.M.S. Gil and W. Von Philipsborn, "Effect of Electron Lone-Pairs on Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Magn. Reson. Chem., 27, 409 (1989).
66. D.B. Chesnut, "Some Recent ab initio Calculations of the NMR Chemical Shift," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 21, 51 (1989).
67. I. Ando, T. Yamanobe, H. Kurosu, and G.A. Webb, "NMR Nuclear Shielding and the Electronic Structures of Macromolecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 205 (1990).
68. S. Berger, J.M. Risley, N.M. Sergeyev, and R.L. Van Etten, "Isotope Effects in NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 22, 1 (1990).
69. B. Wrackmeyer and K. Horchler, "NMR Parameters of Alkynes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 209 (1990).
70. E. Buncel and J.R. Jones, Eds., "Isotopic Applications in NMR Studies," Elsevier Science Publishers, New York, NY, 1991 (Isotopes in the Physical and Biomedical Sciences, Vol. 2).
71. L.B. Krivdin and E.W. Della, "Spin-Spin Coupling Constants Between Carbons Separated by More Than One Bond," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 301 (1991).
72. R.H. Contreras and J.C. Facelli, "Advances in Theoretical and Physical Aspects of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 255 (1993).
73. J.A. Tossell, Ed., "Nuclear Magnetic Shieldings and Molecular Structure," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Science Institute Series, Series C, 386 (1993).
74. D.B. Chesnut, "Ab Initio Calculations of NMR Chemical Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 71 (1994).
75. A.C. de Dios and C.J. Jameson, "The NMR Chemical Shift: Insight into Structure and Environment," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 1 (1994).
76. D.B. Chestnut, "The Ab Initio Computation of NMR Chemical Shielding," Rev. Comput. Chem., 8, 245 (1996).
77. A.C. de Dios, "Ab Initio Calculations of the NMR Chemical Shift," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 229 (1996).
78. A.C. de Dios and E. Oldfield, "Recent Progress in Understanding Chemical Shifts," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 6, 101 (1996).
79. J.F. Hinton, K. Wolinski, P. Kozlowski, and P. Pulay, "Are NMR Chemical Shift Calculations of Small Molecules Inexpensive? You Get What You Pay For!," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 127 (1996).
80. C.J. Jameson, "Understanding NMR Chemical Shifts," Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem., 47, 135 (1996).
81. H. Fukui, "Theory and Calculation of Nuclear Shielding Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 317 (1997).
82. W.A. Thomas, "Unravelling Molecular Structure and Conformation: the Modern Role of Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 183 (1997).
83. R.J. Abraham, "Model for the Calculation of Proton Chemical Shifts in Nonconjugated Organic Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 85 (1999).
84. M. Buhl, M. Kaupp, O.L. Malkina, and V.G. Malkin, "The DFT Route to NMR Chemical Shifts," J. Comput. Chem., 20, 91 (1999).
85. J.C. Facelli and A.C. de Dios, Eds., "Modeling NMR Chemical Shifts," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1999, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 732.
86. H. Fukui, "Theory and Calculation of Nuclear Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 267 (1999).
87. T. Helgaker, M. Jaszunski, and K. Ruud, "Ab Initio Methods for the Calculation of NMR Shielding and Indirect Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Chem. Rev., 99, 293 (1999).
88. J. Klinowski and T.L. Barr, "NMR and ESCA Chemical Shifts in Aluminosilicates: a Critical Review," Acc. Chem. Res., 32, 633 (1999).
89. D.A. Case, "Interpretation of Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants in Macromolecules," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 10, 197 (2000).
90. H. Dahn, "Understanding Chemical Shifts in π Systems: 13C, 15N, 17O NMR," J. Chem. Educ., 77, 905 (2000).
91. R.H. Contreras, J.E. Peralta, C.G. Giribet, M.C. Ruiz de Azua, and J.C. Facelli," Advances in Theoretical and Physical Aspects of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 41, 55 (2000).
92. R.H. Contreras and J.E. Peralta, "Angular Dependence of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 321 (2000).
93. P. Lazzeretti, "Ring Currents," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 1 (2000).
94. D.L. Bryce and R.E. Wasylishen, "Ab Initio Calculations of NMR Parameters for Diatomic Molecules," J. Chem. Educ., 78, 124 (2001).
95. A.J. Dingley, F. Cordier, and S. Grzesiek, "Introduction to Hydrogen Bond Scalar Couplings," Concepts Magn. Reson., 13, 103 (2001).
96. B.L. Marquez, W.H. Gerwick, and R.T. Williamson, "Survey of NMR Experiments for the Determination of nJ(C,H) Heteronuclear Coupling Constants in Small Molecules," Magn. Reson. Chem., 39, 499 (2001).
97. P.E. Hansen, "Intrinsic Deuterium Isotope Effects on NMR Chemical Shifts of Hydrogen Bonded Systems," Nukleonika, 47, S37 (2002).
98. G.E. Martin, "Qualitative & Quantitative Exploitation of Heteronuclear Coupling Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 46, 37 (2002).
99. B. Simon and M. Sattler, "De Novo Structure Determination from Residual Dipolar Couplings by NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 41, 437 (2002).
100. J. Vaara, J. Jokisarri, R.E. Wasylishen, and D.L. Bryce, "Spin-Spin Coupling Tensors as Determined by Experiment & Computational Chemistry," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 233 (2002).
101. R.H. Contreras, V. Barone, J.C. Facelli, and J.E. Peralta, "Advances in Theoretical and Physical Aspects of Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 51, 167 (2003).
102. P.J. Wilson, "Density Functional Theory and Its Application to NMR Shielding Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 117 (2003).
103. T. Dziembowska, P.E. Hansen, and Z. Rozwadowski, "Studies Based on Deuterium Isotope Effect on 13C Chemical Shifts," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 1 (2004).
104. R.A. Edden and J. Keeler, "Development of a Method for the Measurement of Long-Range 13C-1H Coupling Constants from HMBC Spectra," J. Magn. Reson., 166, 53 (2004).
105. M. Kaupp, M. Bühl, and V.G. Malkin, Eds., "Calculation of NMR and EPR Parameters," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2004.
106. U. Sternberg, R. Witter, and A.S. Ulrich, "3D Structure Determination Using NMR Chemical Shifts," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 52, 53 (2004).
107. Z. Chen, C.S. Wannere, C. Corminboeuf, R. Puchta, and P.R. Schleyer, "Nucleus-Independent Chemical Shifts (NICS) as an Aromaticity Criterion," Chem. Rev., 105, 3842 (2005).
108. R.M. Gschwind, "Residual Dipolar Coupling: a Valuable NMR Parameter for Small Organic Molecules," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 44, 4666 (2005).
109. T. Heine, C. Corminboeuf, and G. Seifert, "The Magnetic Shielding Function of Molecules and p-Electron Delocalization," Chem. Rev., 105, 3889 (2005).
110. G.E. Martin and A.J. Williams, "Long-Range 1H-15N Heteronuclear Shift Correlations," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 1 (2005).
111. C. Gardiennet-Doucet, B. Henry, and P. Tekely, "Probing the Ionisation State of Functional Groups by Chemical Shift Tensor Fingerprints," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 129 (2006).
112. L.B. Krivdin and R.H. Contreras, "Recent Advances in Theoretical Calculations of Indirect Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 61, 133 (2007).
113. S. Platzer, R.R. Gupta, M.D. Jain, H. Duddeck, and B. Mikhova, Eds., "Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants for Fluorine, Nitrogen," in "Landolt-Berstein New Series: NMR Data," Springer Verlag, NY, 2007 (ISBN 3-540-41027-9).
114. I. Alkorta, J. Elguero, and G.S. Denisov, "A Review with Comprehensive Data on Experimental Indirect Scalar NMR Spin-Spin Coupling Constants Across Hydrogen Bonds," Magn. Reson. Chem., 46, 599 (2008).
115. T. Helgaker, M. Jaszunski, and M. Pecul, "The Quantum-Chemical Calculation of NMR Indirect Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 249 (2008).
V. MULTINUCLEAR NMR
A. General
1. P.C. Lauterbur, "NMR Spectra of Elements Other than Hydrogen and Fluorine," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 2, F.C. Nachod and W.D. Phillips, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1962, Ch. 7.
2. G. Mavel, "Studies of Phosphorus Compounds Using the Magnetic Resonance Spectra of Nuclei Other than Phosphorus-31," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 1, 251 (1966).
3. P.R. Wells, "NMR Spectra of the Heavier Elements," in Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 5.
4. J. Winter, "Magnetic Resonance in Metals," Oxford University Press, NY, 1971.
5. R.H. Cox, "NMR of Other Nuclei," Magn. Reson. Rev., 1, 271 (1972).
6. R.R. Sharp, "NMR of Less-Sensitive Spin 1/2 Nuclei," Prog. Anal. Chem., 6, 123 (1973).
7. A.L. Van Geet, "NMR of Solutions of Alkali Metal Ions and Other Nuclei with Spin Greater than 1/2," Prog. Anal. Chem., 6, 155 (1973).
8. E.D. Becker, "Nuclei Other than Hydrogen: A Review of Some Nuclear Properties and a Discussion of Their Relaxation Mechanisms," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 1.
9. R.H. Cox, "NMR of Other Nuclei," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 207 (1974).
10. G.E. Maciel, "Pulse Fourier Transform NMR with Metal Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 23.
11. V.S. Pertosyan and O.A. Reutov, "Study of the Structure and Complexation of Organic and Inorganic Derivatives of Metal by Means of NMR Spectroscopy of Heavy Nuclei," Pure Appl. Chem., 37, 147 (1974).
12. G.A. Webb, "NMR of Nuclei Other than 1H and 19F," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 327 (1974).
13. N.A. Kostromina, "The Application of the High-Resolution NMR Method in Coordination Chemistry," Russ. J. Inorg. Chem., 20, 969 (1975).
14. R.K. Harris, "NMR and the Periodic Table," Chem. Soc. Rev., 5, 1 (1976).
15. K.A.K. Ebraheem and G.A. Webb, "Semi-Empirical Calculations of the Chemical Shifts of Nuclei Other than Protons," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 149 (1977).
16. I.K. O'Neill, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy Through the Periodic Table," Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc., 14, 190 (1977).
17. H. Wennerstrom and G. Lindblom, "Biological and Model Membranes Studied by NMR of Spin 1/2 Nuclei," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 10, 67 (1977).
18. R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., "NMR and the Periodic Table," Academic Press, NY, 1978.
19. R.G. Kidd and R.J. Goodfellow, "The Transition Metals," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 8.
20. B. Lindman and S. Forsén, "The Alkali Metals," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 6.
21. B. Lindman and S. Forsén, "The Alkaline Earth Metals," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 7.
22. B.E. Mann, "The Common Nuclei," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 4.
23. P.S. Pregosin and L.M. Venanzi, "Multinuclear NMR and the Preparative Coordination Chemist," Chem. Brit., 14, 276 (1978).
24. G.J. Schrobilgen, "The Noble Gases," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 14.
25. F.W. Wehrli, "NMR of the Less Common Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 126 (1979).
26. R.G. Kidd, "Nuclear Shielding of the Transition Metals," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10A, 2 (1980).
27. M.A.H. McCausland and J.S. MacKenzie, "NMR in Rare Earth Metals," Taylor & Francis, Philadelphia, PA, 1980.
28. P.L. Rinaldi, G.C. Levy, and G.C. Choppin, "Recent Applications of Metal Ion NMR in Coordination Chemistry," Rev. Inorg. Chem., 2, 53 (1980).
29. C. Brevard and P. Granger, "Handbook of High Resolution Multinuclear NMR," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1981.
30. A. Aime, "Multinuclear NMR Studies of Transition Metal Carbonyl Clusters," Inorg. Chim. Acta, 62, 51 (1982).
31. J.J. Dechter, "NMR of Metal Nuclides. Part I. The Main Group Metals," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 29, 285 (1982).
32. C. Detellier, "Alkali Metals," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 5.
33. P. Granger, "NMR of Less Common Nuclei," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 15.
34. J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103 (1983).
35. P. Laszlo, Ed., "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Academic Press, NY, 1983 (two volumes).
36. C.T. Burt and J.A. Koutcher, "Multinuclear NMR Studies of Naturally Occurring Nuclei," J. Nucl. Med., 25, 237 (1984).
37. D. Rehder, "NMR of the First Transition Series Nuclei (Sc to Zn)," Magn. Reson. Rev., 9, 125 (1984).
38. J.J. Dechter, "NMR of Metal Nuclides. Part II. The Transition Metals," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 33, 393 (1985).
39. T. Drakenberg, "NMR of Less Common Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 231 (1986).
40. R.J. Goodfellow, "Group VIII Transition Metals," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 20.
41. R.J. Goodfellow, "Post-Transition Metals, Copper to Mercury," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 21.
42. C.J. Jameson, "The Noble Gases," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 18.
43. J. Mason, Ed., "Multinuclear NMR," Plenum Press, NY, 1987.
44. J. Mason, "Patterns of Nuclear Magnetic Shielding of Transition-Metal Nuclei," Chem. Rev., 87, 1299 (1987).
45. D. Rehder, "Early Transition Metals, Lanthanides and Actinides" in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 19.
46. M.J. Shapiro, "Structure Assignment with High Resolution NMR: Experimental Results," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 5.
47. H.Y. Aboul-Enein, "Reference Standards for Multinuclear NMR," Anal. Instrum. (N.Y.), 17, 291 (1988).
48. J. Mason, "NMR Spectroscopy of the Early Transition Metals," Polyhedron, 8, 1657 (1989).
49. P. Granger and R.K. Harris, Eds., "Multinuclear Magnetic Resonance in Liquids and Solids: Chemical Applications," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Science Institute Series, Series C, 320 (1990).
50. R.G. Kidd, "The Oxidation-State Dependence of Transition-Metal Shielding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 85 (1991).
51. B.E. Mann, "The Cinderella Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 23, 141 (1991).
52. P.S. Pregosin, Ed., "Transition Metal NMR," in "Studies in Inorganic Chemistry," Elsevier, NY, 1991 (Studies in Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 13).
53. A. Lycka, "Multinuclear NMR of Azo Dystuffs," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 247 (1993).
54. T.W. Swaddle, J. Salerno, and P.A. Tregloan, "Aqueous Aluminates, Silicates, and Aluminosilicates," Chem. Soc. Rev., 23, 319 (1994).
55. N. Chandrakumar, Ed., "Spin-1 NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 34, articles therein (1996).
56. S. Berger, S. Braun, H.-O. Kalinowski, and J.K. Becconsall, "NMR Spectroscopy of the Nonmetallic Elements," Wiley, NY, 1997.
57. A.P.M. Kentgens, "Off-Resonance Nutation NMR Spectroscopy of Half-Integer Quadrupolar Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 141 (1998).
58. M. Luhmer and J. Reisse, "Quadrupole NMR Relaxation of the Noble Gases Dissolved in Simple Liquids and Solutions. A Critical Review of Experimental Data in the Light of Computer Simulation Results," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 57 (1998).
59. M.E. Smith and E.R.H. van Eck, "Recent Advances in Experimental Solid State NMR Methodology for Half-Integer Spin Quadrupolar Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 159 (1999).
60. W. Von Philipsborn, "Probing Organometallic Structure & Reactivity by Transition Metal NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 28, 95 (1999).
61. M. Gerken and G.J. Schrobilgen, "Impact of Multi-NMR Spectroscopy on the Development of Noble-Gas Chemistry," Coord. Chem. Rev., 197, 335 (2000).
62. A. Lycka, "Multinuclear NMR of Azo Dyes and Their Metal Complexes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 42, 1 (2000).
63. D. Gudat, "Applications of Heteronuclear X/Y-Correlation Spectroscopy in Organometallic and Organoelement Chemistry: Recent Developments," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 51, 59 (2003).
64. P.S. Pregosin and H. Rügger, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Comprehensive Coordination Chemistry II," J.A. McCleverty and T.J. Meyer, Eds., Elsevier, NY, 2004, Vol. 2, p. 1.
B. Organometallics and Inorganics
1. M.L. Maddox, S.L. Stafford, and H.D. Kaesz, "Applications of NMR to the Study of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 3, 1 (1965).
2. K. Vrieze, H.C. Volger, and P.W.N.M. Van Leeuwen, "Reactions Involving Organometallic Compounds of Rhodium, Iridium, Palladium, and Platinum: A Survey of NMR Studies," Inorg. Chim. Acta Rev., 3, 109 (1969).
3. L.A. Fedorov, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organometallic Allyl Compounds," Russ. Chem. Rev., 39, 655 (1970).
4. W. McFarlane, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Organometallic Chemistry," in "Spectroscopic Methods in Organometallic Chemistry," W.O. George, Ed., CRC Press, Cleveland, OH, 1970, Ch. 3.
5. R.G. Kidd, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organometallic Chemistry," in "Characterization of Organometallic Compounds," Part II, M. Tsutsui, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1971, Ch. 8.
6. K. Vrieze and P.W.N.M. Van Leeuwen, "Studies of Dynamic Organometallic Compounds of the Transition Metals by Means of NMR," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 14, 1 (1971).
7. B.I. Ionin and T.N. Timofeeva, "Application of PMR to the Investigation of Organo-Phosphorus Compounds," Russ. Chem. Rev., 41, 390 (1972).
8. J. Schraml, "NMR Spectroscopy (of Organosilicon Compounds)," in "Handbook of Organosilicon Compounds: Advances Since 1961," Vol. 1, V. Bazant, M. Horak, V. Chvalovsky, and J. Schraml, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1973, Ch. 1.
9. B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 12, 135 (1974).
10. B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 11.
11. V.S. Petrosyan and O.A. Reutov, "NMR Spectra and Structure of Organomercury Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 76, 123 (1974).
12. L.J. Todd and J.R. Wilkinson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Metal Carbonyl Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 77, 1 (1974).
13. N.M. Sergeyev, "NMR Spectroscopy of Cyclopentadienyl Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 9, 71 (1975).
14. J.W. Faller, "Fluxional and Nonrigid Behavior of Transition Metal Organometallic π-Complexes," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 16, 211 (1977).
15. V.S. Petrosyan, "NMR Spectra and Structures of Organotin Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 115 (1977).
16. P.W. Jolly and R. Mynott, "The Application of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 19, 257 (1981).
17. B.E. Mann and B.F. Taylor, "13C NMR Data for Organometallic Compounds," Academic Press, NY, 1981.
18. J. Schraml, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Investigation and Analysis of Carbon-Functional Organosilicon Compounds," in "Carbon-Functional Organosilicon Compounds," V. Chvalovsky and J.M. Bellama, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1984, Ch. 3.
19. K.C. Dash, "Fluxional Organogold Complexes," Indian J. Chem., Sect. A, 24, 265 (1985).
20. M. Minelli, J.H. Enemark, R.T.C. Brownlee, M.J. O'Connor, and A.G. Wedd, "NMR Properties of Chromium, Molybdenum and Tungsten Compounds," Coord. Chem. Rev., 68, 169 (1985).
21. R. Benn and A. Rufinska, "High-Resolution Metal-NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 25, 861 (1986).
22. H. Günther, D. Moskau, P. Bast, and D. Schmalz, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy of Organolithium Compounds," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 26, 1212 (1987).
23. B.E. Mann, "Recent Developments in NMR Spectroscopy of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 28, 397 (1988).
24. G. Englehardt and D. Michel, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Silicates and Zeolites," Wiley, NY, 1988.
25. H.W.E. Rattle, "NMR Spectroscopy in Bioinorganic Chemistry," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 22.
26. C.D. Roe, "Spectroscopic Characterization of Inorganic and Organometallic Complexes by Metal and High-Pressure NMR," in "Experimental Organometallic Chemistry," A.L. Wayda and M.Y. Darensbourg, Eds., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1987, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 357, Ch. 8.
27. S. Aime, D. Osella, and G.E. Hawkes, "NMR Relaxation Processes in Metal Carbonyl Chemistry," Top. Phys. Organomet. Chem., 2, p (1988).
28. M.F. D'Agostino and M.J. McGlinchey, "Mixed Metal Clusters Containing Carbyne or Ketenylidene Bridges: High Field NMR Spectroscopy as a Probe for Structure and Mechanism," Polyhedron, 7, 807 (1988).
29. K.G. Orrell and V. Sik, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 103 (1993).
30. W. Bauer, "NMR of Organolithium Compounds," Lithium Chem., 125 (1995).
31. J.-A.K. Bonesteel, "NMR Analyses of Grignard Reagents," Chem. Ind. (Dekker), 64, 103 (1996).
32. R.C. Fay, "Stereochemistry and Molecular Rearrangements of Some Six-, Seven-, and Eight-Coordinate Chelates of Early Transition Metals," Coord. Chem. Rev., 154, 99 (1996).
33. P.S. Pregosin and R. Salzmann, "Structure and Dynamics of Chiral Allyl Complexes of Pd(II): NMR Spectroscopy and Enantioselective Allylic Alkylataion," Coord. Chem. Rev., 155, 35 (1996).
34. A.S. Abd-El-Aziz, "Brief Overview of the Structural Determination of Cyclopentadienyliron Arene Complexes," J. Mol. Struct., 405, 93 (1997).
35. M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., "Advanced Applications of NMR to Organometallic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 1997 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 1).
36. M.R. McClure, K.V. Jung, and J.H. Worrell, "High-Resolution NMR Analysis of Cobalt(III) Complexes with 1,8-Diamino-3,6-dithiaoctane, Coord. Chem. Rev., 174, 33 (1998).
37. S. Szymanski, "Proton Tunnelling Effects in Metal Hydride NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 35, 1 (1998).
38. M.A. Fedotov, "NMR in Analytical Chemistry of Inorganic Substances in Solution," J. Anal. Chem., 54, 13 (1999).
39. D. Gudat, "Applications of Heteronuclear X,Y-Correlation Spectroscopy in Organometallic and Organoelement Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 139 (1999).
40. M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., "Unusual Structures and Physical Properties in Organometallic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 2002 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 3).
41. B.T. Heaton, "NMR Studies of Metal Complexes and Clusters with Carbonyls and Phosphines," in "Modern Coordination Chemistry," G.J. Leigh and N. Winterton, Eds., Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK, 2002, p. 89.
42. C.P. Grey, "NMR Studies of Zeolites," in "Handbook of Zeolite Science and Technology," S.M. Auerbach, K.A. Carrado, and P.K. Dutta, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2003, p. 2005.
43. M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," Wiley, NY, 2004, Chs. 2-5 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).
44. B. Le Guennic, K. Matsumoto, and J. Autschbach, "NMR Properties of Pt-Tl Bonded Complexes: Analysis of Relativistic Density Functional Theory Results," Magn. Reson. Chem., 42, S99 (2004).
C. Deuterium and Tritium
1. P. Diehl, "A Survey of Recent Advances in 2D and 3T NMR," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 18.
2. H.H. Mantsch, H. Saito, and I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium Magnetic Resonance: Applications in Chemistry, Physics and Biology," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 211 (1977).
3. J. Seelig, "Deuterium Magnetic Resonance: Theory and Applications to Lipid Membranes," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 10, 353 (1977).
4. I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium NMR-A Useful Technique in Chemistry, Physics and Biology," Aldrichim. Acta, 10, 35 (1977).
5. C. Brevard and J.P. Kintzinger, "Deuterium and Tritium," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 5.
6. J.A. Elvidge, J.R. Jones, V.M.A. Chambers, and E.A. Evans, "Tritium NMR," Isot. Org. Chem., 4, 1 (1978).
7. J.A. Elvidge, "Deuterium and Tritium NMR Spectroscopy," Spec. Publ. Chem. Soc., 35, 123 (1980).
8. I.C.P. Smith and H.H. Mantsch, "Deuterium NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy: New Methods and Applications," G.C. Levy, Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1982, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 191, Ch. 6.
9. J.P. Bloxsidge and J.A. Elvidge, "Practical Aspects of Tritium Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 99 (1983).
10. H.C. Jarrell and I.C.P. Smith, "Applications of High Resolution Deuterium Magnetic Resonance," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 133 (1983).
11. H.C. Jarrell and I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium NMR of Anisotropic Systems," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 151 (1983).
12. J.A. Elvidge, "Tritium NMR Spectroscopy," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 169 (1983).
13. A.L. Odell, "Tritium NMR," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 2.
14. H. Sillescu, "Recent Advances in Deuterium NMR for Studying Molecular Motion in Solid Polymers," Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 619 (1983).
15. I.C.P. Smith, "Deuterium NMR," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 1.
16. E.A. Evans, D.C. Warrell, J.A. Elvidge, and J.R. Jones, "Handbook of Tritium NMR Spectroscopy and Applications," Wiley, NY, 1985.
17. J.W. Akitt, "Hydrogen and Its Isotopes: Hydrogen, Deuterium and Tritium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 6.
18. U. Fleischer, W. Kutzelnigg, H.-H. Limbach, G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and M. Schindler, "Deuterium and Shift Calculation," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 23, 1 (1991).
19. P. Jonsen, "2H Zero Field NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 647 (1995).
20. P.M. Macdonald, "Deuterium NMR and the Topography of Surface Electrostatic Charge," Acc. Chem. Res., 30, 196 (1997).
21. V.I. Bakhmutov, "Deuterium NMR Relaxation as a Method for the Characterization and Study of Transition Metal Hydride Systems in Solution," in "Recent Advances in Hydride Chemistry," M. Peruzzini and R. Poli, Eds., Elsevier Science, NY, 2001, p. 375.
D. Boron
1. R. Schaeffer, "NMR of Boron Hydrides and Related Compounds," Prog. Boron Chem., 1, 417 (1964).
2. G.R. Eaton, "NMR of Boron Compounds," J. Chem. Educ., 46, 547 (1969).
3. G.R. Eaton and W.N. Lipscomb, "NMR Studies of Boron Hydrides and Related Compounds," Benjamin, NY, 1969.
4. W.G. Henderson and E.F. Mooney, "Boron-11 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 219 (1969).
5. H. Beall and C.H. Bushweller, "Dynamic Processes in Boranes, Borane Complexes, Carboranes, and Related Compounds," Chem. Rev., 73, 465 (1973).
6. W.L. Smith, "Boron-11 NMR," J. Chem. Educ., 54, 469 (1977).
7. H. Nöth and B. Wrackmeyer, "NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 14, 1 (1978).
8. L.J. Todd and A.R. Siedle, "NMR Studies of Boranes, Carboranes and Heteroatom Boranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 87 (1979).
9. B. Wrackmeyer, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc.,12, 227 (1979).
10. A.R. Siedle, "Boron-11 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 12, 177 (1982).
11. R.G. Kidd, "Boron-11," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 3.
12. J.D. Kennedy, "Boron," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 8.
13. A.R. Siedle, "Boron-11 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 20, 205 (1988).
14. B. Wrackmeyer, "NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds Containing Two-, Three- and Four-Coordinate Boron," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 20, 61 (1988).
15. S. Hermanek, "11B NMR Spectra of Boranes, Main-Group Heteroboranes, and Substituted Derivatives. Factors Influencing Chemical Shifts of Skeletal Atoms," Chem. Rev., 92, 325 (1992).
16. D. Reed, "Role of NMR in Boron Chemistry," Chem. Soc. Rev., 22, 109 (1993).
17. J. Casanova, Ed., "Borane, Carborane, Carbocation Continuum," Wiley, NY, 1998.
18. I.D. Gridnev and O.L. Tok, "NMR Studies of Intramolecular Dynamics in Allylic Type Triorganoboranes," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 2 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).
19. P. Bendel, "Biomedical Applications of 10B and 11B NMR," NMR Biomed., 18, 74 (2005).
E. Carbon-13
1. P.C. Lauterbur, "Some Applications of 13C NMR Spectra to Organic Chemistry," Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 70, 841 (1958).
2. J.B. Stothers, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 19, 144 (1965).
3. E.F. Mooney and P.H. Winson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy: Carbon-13 Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 153 (1969).
4. E. Breitmaier, G. Jung, and W. Voelter, "Pulse Fourier Transform 13C NMR Spectroscopy, Principles and Applications," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 10, 673 (1971).
5. P.S. Pregosin and E.W. Randall, "13C NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 6.
6. E.W. Randall, "Carbon-13 Magnetic Resonance," Chem. Brit., 7, 371 (1971).
7. J.B. Stothers, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1972.
8. J.B. Stothers, "13C NMR Spectroscopy: A Brief Review," Appl. Spectrosc., 26, 1 (1972).
9. F.A.L. Anet and G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 180, 141 (1973).
10. W. Bremser, "Principles and Instrumentation Assumptions in 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Chem.-Ztg., 97, 248 (1973).
11. W. Bremser, "Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Chem.-Ztg., 97, 259 (1973).
12. R. Ditchfield and P.D. Ellis, "Theory of 13C Chemical Shifts," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 1 (1974).
13. G.E. Maciel, "Substituent Effects on 13C Chemical Shifts," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 53 (1974).
14. B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants of Organometallic Compounds," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 12, 135 (1974).
15. B.E. Mann, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 11.
16. P.S. Pregosin and E.W. Randall, "Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to the Solution of Structural Problems in Some Santonin Derivatives," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 16.
17. J.B. Stothers, "13C NMR Studies of Reaction Mechanisms and Reactive Intermediates," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 229 (1974).
18. L.J. Todd and J.R. Wilkinson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Metal Carbonyl Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 77, 1 (1974).
19. F.W. Wehrli, "Assignment Techniques in 13C NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 12.
20. E. Wenkert, J.S. Bindra, C.-J. Chang, D.W. Cochran, and F.M. Schell, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Naturally Occurring Substances. Alkaloids," Acc. Chem. Res., 7, 46 (1974).
21. N.K. Wilson and J.B. Stothers, "Stereochemical Aspects of 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Top. Stereochem., 8, 1 (1974).
22. H. Günther and H. Schmickler, "Results of Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy in the Field of Cyclic Conjugated π-Electron Systems," Pure Appl. Chem., 44, 807 (1975).
23. G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and S. Odiot, "Theoretical and Empirical Calculations of the Carbon Chemical Shift in Terms of the Electronic Distribution in Molecules," Org. Magn. Reson., 7, 2 (1975).
24. O.A. Gansow and W.D. Vernon, "Carbon-13 NMR Studies of Organometallic Transition Metal Complex Compounds," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 269 (1976).
25. G.L. Nelson and E.A. Williams, "Electronic Structure and 13C NMR," Prog. Phys. Org. Chem, 12, 229 (1976).
26. H.E. Gottlieb, "Techniques for Signal Assignment in Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Naturally Occurring Aromatic Compounds," Isr. J. Chem., 16, 57 (1977).
27. J. Hinton, M. Oka, and A. Fry, "Carbon-13 NMR Methodology and Mechanistic Applications," Isot. Org. Chem., 3, 41 (1977).
28. A.S. Perlin, "Applications of Carbon-13 NMR to Problems of Stereochemistry," Isot. Org. Chem., 3, 171 (1977).
29. J.C. Randall, "Polymer Sequence Determination: Carbon-13 NMR Method," Academic Press, NY, 1977.
30. J.N. Shoolery, "Some Quantitative Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 79 (1977).
31. R.J. Abraham and P. Loftus, "Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy, an Integrated Approach," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1978.
32. E. Breitmaier and W. Voelter, "13C NMR Spectroscopy: Methods and Applications in Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Verlag Chemie, NY, 1978.
33. O.W. Howarth and D.M.J. Lilley, "Carbon-13 NMR of Peptides and Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 1 (1978).
34. W.B. Smith, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Steroids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 8, 199 (1978).
35. H. Sugiyama, "13C NMR Study of Saccharides," Heterocycles, 11, 615 (1978).
36. D. Tourve and G. Van Binst, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Quinolizidine Derivatives," Heterocycles, 9, 507 (1978).
37. F.A.L. Anet, D.L. Dalrymple, D.M. Grant, H. Hill, D.I. Hoult, L.F. Johnson, J.N. Shoolery, D. Terpstra, and A.P. Zens, "Experimental Techniques in 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 1 (1979).
38. E.L. Eliel and K.M. Pietrusiewicz, "13C NMR of Nonaromatic Heterocyclic Compounds," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 171 (1979).
39. D.F. Ewing, "Carbon-13 Substituent Effects in Monosubstituted Benzenes," Org. Magn. Reson., 12, 499 (1979).
40. P.E. Hansen, "13C NMR of Polycyclic Aromatic Compounds. A Review," Org. Magn. Reson., 12, 109 (1979).
41. W.M. Pasika, Ed., "Carbon-13 NMR in Polymer Science," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1979, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 103.
42. P.S. Pregosin and R.W. Kunz, "Phosphorus-31 and Carbon-13 NMR of Transition Metal Phosphine Complexes," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 16, 1 (1979).
43. M. Shamma and D.M. Hindenlang, "Carbon-13 NMR Shift Assignments of Amines and Alkaloids," Plenum Press, NY, 1979.
44. B. Wrackmeyer, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Boron Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 227 (1979).
45. H.J. Jennings and I.C.P. Smith, "Determination of Polysaccharide Structures with 13C NMR," Methods Carbohydr. Chem., 8, 97 (1980).
46. G.C. Levy, R.L. Lichter, and G.L. Nelson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1980.
47. D.M. Rackham, "13C NMR in Medicinal Chemistry," Spec. Publ. Chem. Soc., 35, 97 (1980).
48. F.W. Wehrli and T. Wirthlin, "Interpretation of Carbon-13 NMR Spectra," Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1980.
49. P.K. Agrawal and R.P. Rastogi, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Flavonoids," Heterocycles, 16, 2181 (1981).
50. P.A.J. Gorin, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Polysaccharides,"Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 38, 13 (1981).
51. P.W. Jolly and R. Mynott, "The Application of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to Organo-Transition Metal Complexes," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 19, 257 (1981).
52. B.E. Mann and B.F. Taylor, "13C NMR Data for Organometallic Compounds," Academic Press, NY, 1981.
53. P.S. Pregosin, "13C NMR of Group VIII Metal Complexes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 227 (1981).
54. A.I. Scott and R.L. Baxter, "Applications of 13C NMR to Metabolic Studies," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 10, 151 (1981).
55. F.A. Bovey, "13C NMR Study of Polymer Structure and Dynamics," Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 559 (1982).
56. V. Formacek and K.H. Kubeczka, "Essential Oils Analysis by Capillary Gas Chromatography and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1982.
57. N.A.B. Gray, "Computer Assisted Analysis of Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Data," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 201(1982).
58. N.A. Matwiyoff, "Recent Applications of 13C NMR Spectroscopy to Biological Systems," Anal. Chem. Symp. Ser., 11, 573(1982).
59. R.L. Baxter, N.E. Mackenzie, and A.I. Scott, "13C NMR as a Probe for Metabolic Pathways in vivo," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 1 (1983).
60. K. Bock and C. Pedersen, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Monosaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 41, 27 (1983).
61. T.A. Broadbent and E.G. Paul, "13C NMR in Alkaloid Chemistry," Heterocycles, 20, 863 (1983).
62. A. Lombardo and G.C. Levy, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: 13C Spectra," in "Treatise on Analytical Chemistry," 2nd ed., Part I (Theory and Practice), Vol. 10, Section 1, "Magnetic Field and Related Methods of Analysis," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1983, Ch. 2.
63. K. Bock, C. Pedersen, and H. Pedersen, "Carbon-13 NMR Data for Oligosaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 42, 193 (1984).
64. E. Breitmaier and G. Bauer, "13C NMR Spectroscopy: A Working Manual with Exercises," Harwood Academic Publishers, NY, 1984 (MMI Press Polymer Monograph Series, Vol. 3).
65. J.N. Shoolery, "Recent Developments in 13C- and Proton-NMR," J. Nat. Prod., 47, 226 (1984).
66. C.H. Sotak, C.L. Dumoulin, and G.C. Levy, "High-Accuracy Quantitative Analysis by 13C Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 91 (1984).
67. W.S. Veeman, "Carbon-13 Chemical Shift Anisotropy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 193 (1984).
68. P.E. Hansen, "NMR of Polycyclic Aromatics," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 1 (1985).
69. H. Duddeck, "Substituent Effects on 13C Chemical Shifts in Aliphatic Molecular Systems," Top. Stereochem., 16, 219 (1986).
70. J.P.G. Malthouse, "13C NMR of Enzymes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 1 (1986).
71. A.J. Brandolini, "Chemical and Physical Characterization of Polymer Systems by 13C NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 7.
72. E. Breitmaier and W. Voelter, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy: High Resolution Methods and Applications in Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry," 3rd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1987.
73. O.N. Chupakhin, V.N. Charushin, and A.R. Chernyshev, "Application of 1H, 13C and 15N NMR in the Chemistry of 1,4-Diazines," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 95 (1987).
74. J.C. Facelli, D.M. Grant, and J. Michl, "Carbon-13 Shielding Tensors: Experimental and Theoretical Determination," Acc. Chem. Res., 20, 152 (1987).
75. K.E. Köver and G. Batta, "Theoretical and Practical Aspects of One- and Two-Dimensional Heteronuclear Overhauser Experiments and Selective 13C T1-Determinations of Heteronuclear Distances," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 223 (1987).
76. B.E. Mann, "Carbon," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 10.
77. M.S. Morales-Rios, J. Espineira, and P. Joseph-Nathan, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Indole Derivatives," Magn. Reson. Chem., 25, 377 (1987).
78. P.R. Seidl and L.A. Colnago, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Oilseeds," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 10.
79. B. Shoulders and S.C. Welch, "A Very Brief, Rapid, Simple, and Unified Method for Estimating Carbon-13 NMR Chemical Shifts," J. Chem. Educ., 64, 915 (1987).
80. J.K. Whitesell and M.A. Minton, "Stereochemical Analysis of Alicyclic Compounds by C-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Chapman & Hall, NY, 1987.
81. N. Zanata, P.N. Borer, and G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 NMR Assignment, Structure, and Dynamics of Deoxyoligonucleotides," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 6.
82. H.-O. Kalinowski, S. Berger, and S. Braun (translated by J.K. Becconsall), "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1988.
83. R. Voelkel, "High-Resolution Solid-State 13C-NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1468 (1988).
84. F.W. Wehrli, A.P. Marchand, and S. Wehrli, "Interpretation of Carbon-13 NMR Spectra," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1988.
85. P.K. Agrawal, "Carbon-13 NMR of Flavonoids," Elsevier, NY, 1989.
86. P.C. Jurs, G.P. Sutton, and M.L. Ranc, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Simulation," Anal. Chem., 61, 1115A (1989).
87. L.B. Krivdin and G.A. Kalabin, "Structural Applications of One-Bond Carbon-Carbon Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 293 (1989).
88. J.C. Facelli and D.M. Grant, "Molecular Structure and Carbon-13 Chemical Shielding Tensors Obtained from NMR," Top. Stereochem., 19, 1 (1989).
89. B. Wrackmeyer and K. Horchler, "NMR Parameters of Alkynes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 209 (1990).
90. P.K. Agrawal and D.C. Jain, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Oleanane Triterpenoids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 1 (1992).
91. F. Diederich and R.L. Whetten, "Beyond C60: The Higher Fullerenes," Acc. Chem. Res., 25, 119 (1992).
92. Atta-ur-Rahman and V.U. Ahmad, "13C-NMR of Natural Products," Plenum Press, NY, 1992, two volumes.
93. M. Begtrup, G. Boyer, P. Cabildo, C. Cativiela, R.M. Claramunt, J. Elguero, J. Ignacio Garcia, C. Toiron, and P. Vedso, "Carbon-13 NMR of Pyrazoles," Magn. Reson. Chem., 31, 107 (1993).
94. T. Asakura, M. Demura, and T. Hayashi, "13C NMR Assignments of Polyolefins and Olefine Copolymers Based on the 13C NMR Chemical Shift Calculations and 2D INADEQUATE NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 325 (1994).
95. H.N. Cheng, "13C NMR Spectral Simulation and Shift Prediction," Trends Anal. Chem., 13, 95 (1994).
96. F.D. Gunstone, "High Resolution 13C NMR," Prog. Lipid Res., 33, 19 (1994).
97. K. Pihlaja and E. Kleinpeter, Eds., "Carbon-13 NMR Chemical Shifts in Structural and Sterochemical Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1994.
98. N. Beckmann, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Systems," Academic Press, NY, 1995.
99. M. Budesinsky and D. Saman, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Sesquiterpene Lactones," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 30, 231 (1995).
100. K. Kamienska-Trela, "One-Bond 13C-13C Spin-Spin Coupling Constants," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 30, 131 (1995).
101. D. Farcasiu and A. Ghenciu, "Determination of Acidity Functions and Acid Strengths by 13C NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 129 (1996).
102. B. Mikhova and H. Duddeck, "13C-NMR Spectroscopy of Coumarins and Their Derivatives: A Comprehensive Review," Stud. Nat. Prod. Chem., 18, 971 (1996).
103. M.J.P. Ferreira, V.P. Emerenciano, G.A.R. Linia, P. Romoff, P.A.T. Macari, and G.V. Rodrigues, " 13C NMR Spectroscopy of Monoterpenoids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 153 (1998).
104. B. Mikhoval and H. Duddeck, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Tri- and Tetracyclic Quinolizidine Alkaloids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 36, 779 (1998).
105. R. Araya-Maturana, T. Delgado-Castro, W. Cardona, and B.E. Weiss-Lopez, "Use of Long-Range C-H (nJ n>3) Heteronuclear Multiple Bond Connnectivity in the Assignment of 13C NMR Spectra of Complex Organic Molecules," Curr. Org. Chem., 4, 253 (2000).
106. F.C. Oliveira, M.J.P. Ferreira, C.V. Nunez, G.V. Rodriguez, and V.P. Emerenciano, "13C NMR Spectroscopy of Eudesmane Sesquiterpenes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 37, 1 (2000).
107. B.S. Joshi, S.W. Pelletier, and S.K. Srivastava, "Carbon-13 and Proton NMR Shift Assignments and Physical Constants of Diterpenoid Alkaloids," in "Alkaloids: Chemical and Biological Perspectives," S.W. Pelletier, Ed., Elsevier Science, NY, 2001, Vol. 15, p. 1.
108. E.C. Reynhardt and G.L. High, "NMR Studies of Diamond," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 37 (2001).
109. V. Formacek and K.H. Kubeczka, "Essential Oils Analysis by Capillary Gas Chromatography and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2002.
110. O. Sperber, W. Kaminsky, and A. Geissler, "Structure Analysis of Paraffin Waxes by 13C-NMR Spectroscopy," Petrol. Sci. Technol., 23, 47 (2005).
111. S.V. Dvinskikh, D. Sandström, H. Zimmermann, and A. Maliniak, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy Applied to Columnar Liquid Crystals," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 85 (2006).
F. Nitrogen
1. E.F. Mooney and P.H. Winson, "Nitrogen Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc.,2, 125 (1969).
2. E.W. Randall and D.G. Gillies, "Nitrogen Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 6, 119 (1970).
3. R.L. Lichter, "15N Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 4.
4. M. Witanowski and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu . Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 395 (1972).
5. M. Witanowski and G.A. Webb, Eds., "Nitrogen NMR," Plenum Press, NY, 1973.
6. T. Axenrod, "Structural Effects on the One-Bond 15N-H Coupling Constant," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 6.
7. S. Bulusu, J.R. Autera, and T. Axenrod, "Spin Coupling Between Directly Bonded 15N Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 7.
8. J. Müller, "14N NMR of Some Organometallic Azides," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 5.
9. G.A. Webb, "Some Chemical Shift Calculations for Nitrogen Nuclei," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 4.
10. B. Coxon, "Fourier Transform NMR Spectroscopy. Nitrogen-15 Studies of Amino Sugars," Pure Appl. Chem., 49, 1151 (1977).
11. M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 7, 118 (1977).
12. G.C. Levy and R.L. Lichter, "Nitrogen-15 NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1979.
13. Y. Kyogoku, "Application of 15N NMR Spectroscopy to Studies of the Intermolecular Interaction of Biomolecules," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 17, 279 (1981).
14. G.J. Martin, M.L. Martin, and J.-P. Gouesnard, "Nitrogen-15 NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 18, 1 (1981).
15. J. Mason, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic, Organometallic and Bioinorganic Chemistry," Chem. Rev., 81, 205 (1981).
16. M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11B, 1 (1981).
17. F. Blomberg and H. Rüterjans, "Nitrogen-15 NMR in Biological Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 21 (1983).
18. K. Kanamori and J.D. Roberts, "15N NMR Studies of Biological Systems," Acc. Chem. Res., 16, 35 (1983).
19. R.L. Lichter, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 169 (1983).
20. J. Mason, "Patterns and Prospects in Nitrogen NMR," Chem. Brit., 19, 654 (1983).
21. W. Von Philipsborn and R. Müller, "15N-NMR Spectroscopy-New Methods and Applications," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 25, 383 (1986).
22. M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 18, 1 (1986).
23. O.N. Chupakhin, V.N. Charushin, and A.R. Chernyshev, "Application of 1H, 13C and 15N NMR in the Chemistry of 1,4-Diazines," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 95 (1987).
24. J. Mason, "Nitrogen," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 12.
25. G.W. Buchanan, "Applications of 15N NMR Spectroscopy to the Study of Molecular Structure, Stereochemistry and Binding Phenomena," Tetrahedron, 45, 581 (1989).
26. D.M.P. Mingos and D.J. Sherman, "Transition Metal Nitrosyl Complexes," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 34, 293 (1989).
27. G.B. Richter-Addo and P. Legzdins, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," in "Metal Nitrosyls," Oxford University Press, NY, 1992, p. 58.
28. A. Shoji, S. Ando, S. Kuroki, I. Ando, and G.A. Webb, "Structural Studies of Peptides and Polypeptides in the Solid State by Nitrogen-15 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 55 (1993).
29. D.B. Collum, "Solution Structures of Lithium Dialkylamides & Related N-Lithiated Species: Results from 6Li-15N Double Labeling Experiments," Acc. Chem. Res., 26, 227 (1993).
30. M. Witanowski, L. Stefaniak, and G.A. Webb, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 25, 1 (1993).
31. M. Andreis and J.L. Koenig, "Application of Nitrogen-15 NMR to Polymers," Adv. Polym. Sci., 124, 191 (1995).
32. J. Mason, "NMR Spectroscopy of Azo, Azoxy and Hydrazo Compounds," in "Chemistry of the Hydrazo, Azo and Azoxy Groups," S. Patai, Ed., Wiley, NY, 1997, Vol. 2, p. 137.
33. E. Deleens, J.-F. Morot-Gaudry, F. Martin, A. Thoreux, and A. Gojon, "15N Methodology," in "Nitrogen Assimilation by Plants," J.-F. Morot-Gaudry, Ed., Science Publishers, Inc., Enfield, NH, 2001, p. 301.
34. R. Marek and A. Lycka, "15N NMR Spectroscopy in Structural Analysis," Curr. Org. Chem., 6, 35 (2002).
35. J. Mason, L.F. Larkworthy, and E.A. Moore, "Nitrogen NMR Spectroscopy of Metal Nitrosyls & Related Compounds," Chem. Rev., 102, 913 (2002).
G. Oxygen-17
1. B.L. Silver and Z. Luz, "Chemical Applications of Oxygen-17 Nuclear and Electron Spin Resonance," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 21, 458 (1967).
2. A.M. Achlama (Chmelnick) and D. Fiat, "Applications of 17O Magnetic Resonance in Paramagnetic Systems," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 10.
3. W.G. Klemperer, "17O NMR Spectroscopy as a Structural Probe," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 17, 246 (1978).
4. C. Rodger, N. Sheppard, C. McFarlane, and W. McFarlane, "Group VI- Oxygen, Sulphur, Selenium, and Tellurium," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 12.
5. T.E. St. Amour and D. Fiat, "17O NMR," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 118 (1980).
6. D. Fiat, T.E. St. Amour, M.I. Burgar, A. Steinschneider, B. Valentine, and D. Dhawan, "17O NMR and Its Biological Applications," Bull. Magn. Reson., 2, 18 (1981).
7. J.-P. Kintzinger, "Oxygen-17 NMR: Characteristic Parameters and Applications," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 17, 1 (1981).
8. J.-P. Kintzinger, "Oxygen-17 NMR," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 4.
9. W.G. Klemperer, "Application of 17O NMR Spectroscopy to Structural Problems," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 245 (1983).
10. M.D. Tsai and K. Bruzik, "NMR Methods Involving Oxygen Isotopes in Biophosphates," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 129 (1983).
11. H.C.E. McFarlane and W. McFarlane, "Oxygen," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 14.
12. D.W. Boykin, Ed., "17O NMR Spectroscopy in Organic Chemistry," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1991.
13. I.P. Gerothanassis, "17O NMR Studies of Hemoproteins & Synthetic Model Compounds in the Solution & Solid States," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 239 (1994).
14. I. Zicmane and E. Lukevics, "17O NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Group 14 Organometallic Compounds," Appl. Organomet. Chem., 8, 287 (1994).
15. T.M. Alam, M. Celina, D.R. Wheeler, R.A. Assink, R.L. Clough, and K.T. Gillen, "Using 17O NMR Spectroscopy to Investigate Polymer Degradation," Polym. News, 24, 186 (1999).
16. S. Kuroki, K. Yamauchi, I. Ando, A. Shoji, and T. Ozaki, "17O-Isotope Labeling and Hydrogen-Bonded Structure Investigation in Peptides and Polypeptides by Solid State 17O NMR," Curr. Org. Chem., 5, 1001 (2001).
17. V. Lemaitre, M.E. Smith, and A. Watts, "A Review of Oxygen-17 Solid-State NMR of Organic Materials-Towards Biological Applications," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 26, 215 (2004).
18. X.-H. Zhu, N. Zhang, Y. Zhang, X. Zhang, K. Ugurbil, and W. Chen, "In vivo 17O NMR Approaches for Brain Study at High Field, "NMR Biomed., 18, 83 (2005).
19. E. Balogh and W.H. Casey, "High-Pressure 17O-NMR Studies on Some Aqueous Polyoxoions in Water," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 193 (2008).
20. G. Wu, "Solid-State 17O NMR Studies of Organic and Biological Molecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 118 (2008).
H. Fluorine-19
1. W.D. Phillips, "High Resolution H1 and F19 Magnetic Resonance Spectra of Organic Molecules," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 2, F.C. Nachod and W.D. Phillips, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1962, Ch. 6.
2. E.F. Mooney and P.H. Winson, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 244 (1968).
3. C.H. Dungan and J.R. Van Wazer, "Compilation of Reported F19 NMR Chemical Shifts (1951 to Mid 1967)," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1970.
4. E.F. Mooney, "An Introduction to 19F NMR Spectroscopy," Heyden, London, 1970.
5. J.W. Emsley and L. Phillips, "Fluorine Chemical Shifts," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 7, 1 (1971).
6. K. Jones and E.F. Mooney, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 391 (1971).
7. R. Fields, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 99 (1972).
8. I.R. Ager and L. Phillips, "19F NMR Studies of Some Mono- and Binuclear Aromatic Conjugated Systems," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 21.
9. E.G. Brame, Jr., "19F NMR Studies of Fluorocarbon Polymers," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 20.
10. L. Cavalli, "Fluorine Chemical Shifts and F-F Coupling Constants," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 19.
11. L. Cavalli, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6B, 43 (1976).
12. M. Hudlicky, "Chemistry of Fluorine Compounds," Ellis Horwood, NY, 1976, pp. 576-594.
13. J.W. Emsley, L. Phillips, and V. Wray, "Fluorine Coupling Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 85 (1977).
14. R. Fields, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy of Fluoroalkyl and Fluoroaryl Derivatives of Transition Metals," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 7, 1 (1977).
15. J.T. Gerig, "19F NMR in Biochemistry," Biol. Magn. Reson., 1, 139 (1978).
16. V. Wray, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy (1976-1978)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10B, 1 (1980).
17. J.T. Gerig, "Applications of Fluorine NMR in Biochemistry," in "Biomedical Aspects of Fluorine Chemistry," R. Filler and Y. Kobayashi, Eds., Kodansha, Tokyo, 1982, p. 163.
18. V. Wray, "Fluorine-19 NMR Spectroscopy (1979-1981)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 14, 1 (1983).
19. C.J. Jameson, "Fluorine," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 16.
20. F.J. Weigert and K.J. Karel, "A Fluorine NMR Database," J. Fluorine Chem., 37, 125 (1987).
21. T.S. Everett, "The Correlation of Multinuclear Spectral Data for Selectively Fluorinated Organic Compounds," J. Chem. Educ., 65, 422 (1988).
22. R.K. Harris and P. Jackson, "High-Resolution Fluorine-19 Magnetic Resonance of Solids," Chem. Rev., 91, 1427 (1991).
23. J.T. Gerig, "Fluorine NMR of Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 293 (1994).
24. T.S. Everett, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organofluorine Compounds," in "Chemistry of Organic Fluorine Compounds II," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1995, ACS Monogr. No. 187, p. 1037.
25. J.M. Miller, "Fluorine-19 Magic-Angle Spinning NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 255 (1996).
26. P. Bachert, "Pharmacokinetics Using Fluorine NMR in vivo," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 1 (1998).
27. R. Martino, M. Malet-Martino, and V. Gilard, "Fluorine NMR: a Privileged Tool for Metabolic Studies of Fluoropyrimidine Drugs," Curr. Drug Metab., 1, 271 (2000).
28. A.S. Ulrich, "Solid State 19F NMR Methods for Studying Biomembranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 1 (2005).
29. J. Battiste and R.A. Newmark, "Applications of 19F Multidimensional NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 1 (2006).
30. C. Dalvit, "Ligand- and Substrate-Based 19F NMR Screening: Principles and Applications to Drug Discovery," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 243 (2007).
I. Silicon-29
1. G.C. Levy and J.D. Cargioli, "Silicon-29 Fourier Transform NMR," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 17.
2. R.K. Harris and B.J. Kimber, "Silicon-29 NMR as a Tool for Studying Silicones," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 10, 117 (1975).
3. J. Schraml and J.M. Bellama, "29Si NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 6, F.C. Nachod, J.J. Zuckerman, and E.W. Randall, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1976, Ch. 4.
4. R.K. Harris, J.D. Kennedy, and W. McFarlane, "Group IV-Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 10.
5. E.A. Williams and J.D. Cargioli, "Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 9, 221 (1979).
6. H. Marsmann, "Silicon-29 NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 17, 65 (1981).
7. B. Coleman, "Applications of Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 7.
8. E.A. Williams, "Recent Advances in Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 15, 235 (1983).
9. T.A. Blinka, B.J. Helmer, and R. West, "Polarization Transfer NMR Spectroscopy for Silicon-29: The INEPT and DEPT Techniques," Adv. Organomet. Chem., 23, 193 (1984).
10. S.N. Tandura, M.G. Voronkov, and N.V. Alekseev, "Molecular & Electronic Structure of Penta- and Hexacoordinate Silicon Compounds," Top. Curr. Chem., 131, 99 (1986).
11. J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 11.
12. E.A. Williams, "NMR Spectroscopy of Organosilicon Compounds," in "The Chemistry of Organic Silicon Compounds," Vol. 1, Pt. 1, S. Patai and Z. Rappoport, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1989, p. 511.
13. J. Schraml, "29Si NMR Spectroscopy of Trimethylsilyl Tags," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 289 (1990).
14. M.A. Petrich, "NMR of Amorphous Hydrogenated Silicon," Magn. Reson. Rev., 16, 183 (1993).
15. Y. Takeuchi and T. Takayama, "Silicon-29 NMR Spectroscopy of Organosilicon Compounds," in "The Chemistry of Organic Silicon Compounds," Vol. 2, Pt. 1, Z. Rappoport and Y. Apeloig, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1998, p. 267.
16. J. Schraml, "29Si NMR Experiments in Solutions of Organosilicon Compounds," in "The Chemistry of Organic Silicon Compounds," Vol. 3, Z. Rappoport and Y. Apeloig, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2001, p. 223.
17. B. Wrackmeyer, "Applications of 29Si NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 57, 1 (2006).
18. R.R. Gupta, M.D. Lechner, H. Marsmann, B. Mikhova, F. Uhlig, Eds., "Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants for Silicon-29," in "Landolt-Berstein: Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and Technology," Springer, NY, 2008 (ISBN 3-540-45277-X).
J. Phosphorus-31
1. R.A.Y. Jones and A.R. Katritzky, "Phosphorus NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 1, 32 (1962).
2. M.M. Crutchfield, C.H. Dungan, J.H. Letcher, V. Mark, and J.R. Van Wazer, "P31 NMR," Top. Phosphorus Chem., 5, 1 (1967).
3. J.F. Nixon and A. Pidcock, "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectra of Coordination Compounds," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 346 (1969).
4. E.G. Finer and R.K. Harris, "Spin-Spin Coupling Between Phosphorus Nuclei," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 6, 61 (1971).
5. J.R. Van Wazer, "31P NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 4, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 7.
6. G. Mavel, "NMR Studies of Phosphorus Compounds (1965-1969)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5B, 1 (1973).
7. J.F. Nixon, "Phosphorus-Phosphorus and Phosphorus-Metal Coupling Constants in Transition Metal Phosphine Complexes," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch.25.
8. J.F. Brazier, D. Houalla, M. Loening, and R. Wolf, "NMR Parameters of the Proton Directly Bonded to Phosphorus," Top. Phosphorus Chem., 8, 99 (1976).
9. P.R. Cullis and A.C. McLaughlin, "Phosphorus NMR Studies of Model and Biological Membranes," Trends Biochem. Sci., 2, 196 (1977).
10. C.T. Burt, S.M. Cohen, and M. Barany, "Analysis of Intact Tissue with 31P NMR," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 8, 1 (1979).
11. M. Cohn and B.D.N. Rao, "31P NMR Studies of Enzymic Reactions," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 38 (1979).
12. P.S. Pregosin and R.W. Kunz, "Phosphorus-31 and Carbon-13 NMR of Transition Metal Phosphine Complexes," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 16, 1 (1979).
13. D.P. Hollis, "Phosphorus NMR of Cells, Tissues and Organelles," Biol. Magn. Reson., 2, 1 (1980).
14. D.W. Meek, T.J. Mazanec, and K.D. Tan, "Dynamic and Stereochemical Studies by 31P NMR," Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 333, 141 (1980).
15. I.K. O'Neill and C.P. Richards, "Biological 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10A, 134 (1980).
16. P.E. Garrou, "∆R Ring Contributions to 31P NMR Parameters of Transition-Metal--Phosphorus Chelate Complexes," Chem. Rev., 81, 229 (1981).
17. D.G. Gorenstein, "Nucleotide Conformational Analysis by 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 10, 355 (1981).
18. P. Hanley, "31P NMR in Living Bodies," Chem. Brit., 17, 374 (1981).
19. J.A. Koutcher, K.S. Zaner, and R. Damadian, "31P as a Nuclear Probe for the Diagnosis and Treatment of Malignant Tissue," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 19, 101 (1981).
20. D.W. Meek and T.J. Mazanec, "Determination of Structural and Dynamic Aspects of Organometallic and Coordination Chemistry by Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 14, 266 (1981).
21. A. Pidcock, "Applications of 31P NMR to the Study of Metal-Phosphorus Bonding," Adv. Chem. Ser., 196, 1 (1981).
22. D.G. Gorenstein, "Non-Biological Aspects of Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 1 (1983).
23. B.D. Nageswara Rao, "31P NMR Investigations of Enzyme Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 75 (1983).
24. D.G. Gorenstein, "Phosphorus-31 NMR: Principles and Applications," Academic Press, NY, 1984.
25. C.T. Burt, Ed., "Phosphorus NMR in Biology," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987.
26. K.R. Dixon, "Phosphorus to Bismuth," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 13.
27. J.G. Verkade and L.D. Quin, Eds., "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy in Stereochemical Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1987.
28. J.C. Tebby, Ed., "CRC Handbook of Phosphorus-31 NMR Data," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1991.
29. J.A. Davies, "Solid State 31P NMR Spectroscopic Studies of Tertiary Phosphines and Their Complexes," Coord. Chem. Rev., 114, 61 (1992).
30. C.D. Hall, "Pentacoordinated and Hexacoordinated Compounds," Organophosphorus Chem., 32, 74 (2002).
31. D.G. Gorenstein, "Conformation and Dynamics of DNA and Protein DNA Complexes by 31P NMR," Chem. Rev., 94, 1315 (1994).
32. L.D. Quin and J.G. Verkade, Eds., "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectral Properties in Compound Characterization and Structural Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1994.
33. J.H. Nelson, "Characterization of Diastereomers by 31P{1H} NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem. Rev., 139, 245 (1995).
34. B.J. Cade-Menum, "Characterizing Phosphorus in Environmental and Agricultural Samples by 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Talanta, 66, 359 (2005).
35. M.M. Vaghefi, "Phosphorus NMR Chemical Shifts of Nucleotide Derivatives and Some Related Organophosphorus Compounds," in "Nucleoside Triphosphates and Their Analogs," M. Vaghefi, Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2005, p. 373.
36. P. Dais and A. Spyros, "31P NMR Spectroscopy in the Quality Control and Authentication of Extra-Virgin Olive Oil: A Review of Recent Progress," Magn. Reson. Chem., 45, 367 (2007).
37. A. Iuga, C. Ader, C. Cröger, and E. Brunner, "Applications of Solid-State 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 145 (2007).
38. O. Kühl, "Phosphorus-31 NMR Spectroscopy: Concise Introduction for the Synthetic Organic and Organometallic Chemist," Springer Verlag, NY, 2008. (ISBN 3-540-79117-5).
K. Tin
1. P.J. Smith and L. Smith, "Applications of 119Sn Chemical Shifts to Structural Tin Chemistry," Inorg. Chim. Acta Rev., 7, 11 (1973).
2. J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "119Sn Magnetic Shielding in Tin Compounds," Rev. Si, Ge, Sn, Pb Compd., 1, 235 (1974).
3. V.S. Petrosyan, "NMR Spectra and Structures of Organotin Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 115 (1977).
4. R.K. Harris, J.D. Kennedy, and W. McFarlane, "Group IV-Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 10.
5. P.J. Smith and A.P. Tupciauskas, "Chemical Shifts of 119Sn Nuclei in Organotin Compounds," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 8, 291 (1978).
6. M. Pereyre, J.P. Quintard, and A. Rahm, "The Use of Tin-119 NMR for the Investigation of Organotin Reactions," Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 29 (1982).
7. R. Hani and R.A. Geanangel, "Tin-119 NMR in Coordination Chemistry," Coord. Chem. Rev., 44, 229 (1982).
8. B. Wrackmeyer, "Tin-119 NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 73 (1985).
9. A. Kaur and G.K. Sandhu, "Use of Tin-119m Mössbauer and Tin-119 NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Organotin Complexes," J. Chem. Sci., 12, 1 (1986); Chem. Abstr., 111, 153852q (1989).
10. J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 11.
11. S. Adams and M. Dräger, "Quantitative Relationships Between Molecular Structure, NMR Data and Electronic Transitions in Linear and Branched Organo-Polystannanes," Main Group Met. Chem., 11, 151 (1988).
12. B. Wrackmeyer, "Multinuclear NMR and Tin Chemistry," Chem. Brit., 26, 48 (1990).
13. B. Wrackmeyer, "Application of 119Sn NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 203 (1999).
14. J.C. Martins, M. Biesemans, and R. Willem, "Tin NMR Based Methodologies and Their Use in Structural Tin Chemistry," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 271 (2000).
15. H.C. Marsmann, "Further Advances in Germanium, Tin and Lead NMR," in "The Chemistry of Organic Germanium, Tin and Lead Compounds," Vol. 2, Part 1, Z. Rappoport, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2002, p. 399.
L. Other Nuclei
1. C. Hall, "The Application of Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine NMR Spectroscopy to the Study of Physico-Chemical Processes in Liquids," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 25, 87 (1971).
2. J.W. Akitt, "NMR Spectroscopy in Liquids Containing Compounds of Aluminum and Gallium," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 465 (1972).
3. B. Lindman and S. Forsén, "Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine NMR, Physico-Chemical and Biological Applications," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 12, 1 (1976).
4. R.K. Harris, "Group V-Arsenic, Antimony and Bismuth," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 11.
5. R.K. Harris, J.D. Kennedy, and W. McFarlane, "Group IV-Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 10.
6. J.F. Hinton and R.W. Briggs, "Group III-Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, and Thallium," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 9.
7. P. Laszlo, "Sodium-23 NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 17, 254 (1978).
8. B. Lindman and S. Forsén, "The Halogens-Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 13.
9. C. Rodger, N. Sheppard, C. McFarlane, and W. McFarlane, "Group VI-Oxygen, Sulphur, Selenium, and Tellurium," in "NMR and the Periodic Table," R.K. Harris and B.E. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1978, Ch. 12.
10. S. Forsén and B. Lindman, "Calcium and Magnesium NMR in Chemistry and Biology," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 183 (1981).
11. J.F. Hinton, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Trends Anal. Chem., 1, 288 (1982).
12. P.S. Pregosin, "Platinum-195 NMR," Coord. Chem. Rev., 44, 247 (1982).
13. D. Rehder, "A Survey of 51V NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 4, 33 (1982).
14. I.M. Armitage and Y. Boulanger, "Cadmium-113," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 13.
15. J.J. Delpuech, "Aluminum-27," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 6.
16. P.D. Ellis, "113Cd NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 221, 1141 (1983).
17. P.M. Henrichs, "Silver-109," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 12.
18. J.F. Hinton and K.R. Metz, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 14.
19. P. Laszlo, "Cobalt-59," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 9.
20. B. Lindman, "Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 9.
21. B.E. Mann, "Rhodium-103," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 15.
22. H.C.E. McFarlane and W. McFarlane, "Selenium-77 and Tellurium-125," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 10.
23. K.J. Neurohr, T. Drakenberg, and S. Forsén, "Magnesium-25 and Calcium-43," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 2, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 8.
24. I. Ursu and V. Lupei, "Magnetic Resonance Studies of Some Uranium Compounds," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 253 (1985).
25. P.S. Pregosin, "Platinum NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 285 (1986).
26. J.W. Akitt, "The Alkali and Alkaline Earth Metals: Lithium, Sodium, Potassium, Rubidium, Cesium, Beryllium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium, and Barium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 7.
27. J.W. Akitt, "Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, and Thallium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 9.
28. J.W. Akitt, "The Quadrupolar Halides: Chlorine, Bromine and Iodine," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 17.
29. K.R. Dixon, "Phosphorus to Bismuth," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 13.
30. J.F. Hinton, "Sulfur-33 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 1 (1987).
31. J.F. Hinton, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Magn. Reson. Chem., 25, 659 (1987).
32. J.D. Kennedy and W. McFarlane, "Silicon, Germanium, Tin, and Lead," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 11.
33. K.M. Mackay and R.A. Thomson, "Germanium-73 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Esoteric Study or Useful Tool?," Main Group Met. Chem., 10, 83 (1987).
34. H.C.E. McFarlane and W. McFarlane, "Sulfur, Selenium, and Tellurium," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 15.
35. A.P. Gulya, "Cobalt-59 NMR Spectroscopy in Cobalt Coordination Compound Chemistry," Koord. Khim., 14, 1155 (1988).
36. J.F. Hinton, K.R. Metz, and R.W. Briggs, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 423 (1988).
37. E. Liepins, I. Zicmane, and E. Lukevics, "Germanium-73 NMR Spectroscopic Studies of Organogermanium Compounds," J. Organomet. Chem., 341, 315 (1988).
38. M.F. Summers, "Cd-113 NMR Spectroscopy of Coordination Compounds and Proteins," Coord. Chem. Rev., 86, 43 (1988).
39. J.W. Akitt, "Multinuclear Studies of Aluminum Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 1 (1989).
40. B. Blümich, "High Resolution Solid State NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 28, 1429 (1989).
41. O.W. Howarth, "Vanadium-51 NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 453 (1990).
42. B. Wrackmeyer and K. Horchler, "Lead-207 NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 249 (1990).
43. C. Dybowski, N. Bansal, and T.M. Duncan, "NMR Spectroscopy of Xenon in Confined Spaces: Clathrathes, Intercalates, and Zeolites," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 42, 433 (1991).
44. P.J. Barrie and J. Klinowski, "Xe-129 NMR as a Probe for the Study of Microporous Solids: A Critical Review," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 91 (1992).
45. J.A. Davies and S. Dutremeg, "Solid State NMR Studies of d-Block and p-Block Metal Nuclei," Coord. Chem. Rev., 114, 201 (1992).
46. J.F. Hinton, "Thallium NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 13, 90 (1992).
47. S.J. Kohler and N.H. Kolodny, "Sodium Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Chemical Shift Imaging," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 411 (1992).
48. B. Wrackmeyer and R. Contreras, "Hg-199 NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 267 (1992).
49. J.L. Allis, "The Application of Cation NMR to Living Systems: 87Rb NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 211 (1993).
50. G. Barbarella, "Sulfur-33 NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 25, 317 (1993).
51. S. Forsén, C. Johansson, and S. Linse, "Calcium NMR," Methods Enzymol., 227, 107 (1993).
52. W. Levason and D. Pletche, "195Pt NMR Spectroscopy," Plat. Met. Rev., 37, 17 (1993).
53. D.D. Mota, "Alkali Metal NMR," Methods Enzymol., 227, 78 (1993).
54. M.E. Smith, "Applications of 27Al NMR Techniques to Structure Determination in Solids," Appl. Magn. Reson., 4, 1 (1993).
55. J. Jokisaari, "NMR of Noble Gases Dissolved in Isotropic and Anisotropic Liquids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 1 (1994).
56. D. Raftery and B.F. Chmelka, "Xenon NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 30, 111 (1994).
57. H. Duddeck, "Selenium-77 NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 1 (1995).
58. P. Taylor and B. Everatt, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "The Chemistry of Halides, Pseudohalides, and Azides," S. Patai and Z. Rappoport, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1995, Pt. 1, p. 267.
59. B. Halle, "Spin Dynamics of Exchanging Quadrupolar Nuclei in Locally Anisotropic Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 137 (1996).
60. G. Kirakosyan, "NMR in the Study of Inorganic Complexes of the Noble Metals," in "Complex Formation and Stereochemistry of Coordinating Compounds," Y. Buslaev, Ed., Nova Science Publishers, Commack, NY, 1996, p. 49.
61. T.M. Klapotke and M. Broschag, "Compilation of Reported Selenium-77 NMR Chemical Shifts," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1996.
62. S.F.A. Kettle, "Compilation of Reported 77Se NMR Chemical Shifts up to the Year 1994 by T.M. Klapotke and M. Broschag," Spectrochim. Acta, Part A, 53, 1880 (1997).
63. J. Malito, "Molybdenum-95 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 33, 151 (1997).
64. J. Nattereer and J. Bargon, "Parahydrogen Induced Polarization," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 293 (1997).
65. M.A. Springuel-Huet, "129Xe NMR of Physiosorbet Xenon," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 491, 331, 349 (1997).
66. P. Granger, "Selenium and Tellurium Solid State NMR," Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon, 136, 137 & 138, 373 (1998).
67. M.J. Potrzebowski, "High Resolution Selenium Solid State NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool for Structural Studies of Organoselenium Compounds," Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon, 136, 137 & 138, 423 (1998).
68. C.I. Ratcliffe, "Xenon NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 36, 123 (1998).
69. S. Gaemers and C.J. Elsevier, "Reducing the NMR Line Widths of Quadrupole Nuclei by Employing Supercritical Solvents," Chem. Soc. Rev., 28, 135 (1999).
70. J. Malito, "Copper-63 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 265 (1999).
71. K. Zangger and I.M. Armitage, "Silver and Gold NMR," Met.-Based Drugs, 6, 239 (1999).
72. J.C.C. Chan and S.C.F. Au-Yeung, "Cobalt-59 NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 41, 1 (2000).
73. M. Gerken and G.J. Schrobilgen, "Impact of Multi-NMR Spectroscopy on the Development of Noble-Gas Chemistry," Coord. Chem. Rev., 197, 335 (2000).
74. T. Pietrass, "Optically Polarized 129Xe in Magnetic Resonance Techniques," Magn. Reson. Rev., 17, 263 (2000).
75. C. Dybowski and G. Neue, "Solid State 207Pb NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 153 (2002).
76. B.M. Goodson, "NMR of Laser-Polarized Noble Gases in Molecules, Materials, and Organisms," J. Magn. Reson., 155, 157 (2002).
77. C.P. Grey and S.G. Breenbaum, "NMR Studies of Lithium-Ion Battery Materials," MRS Bull., 27, 613 (2002).
78. J.H. Kristensen and I. Farnan, "Anisotropic Relaxation and Motion of Half-Integer Quadrupole Nuclei Studied by Central Transition NMR Spectroscopy," J. Magn. Reson., 158, 99 (2002).
79. H.C. Marsmann, "Further Advances in Germanium, Tin and Lead NMR," in "The Chemistry of Organic Germanium, Tin and Lead Compounds," Vol. 2, Part 1, Z. Rappoport, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2002, p. 399.
80. B. Wrackmeyer, "Application of 207Pb NMR Parameters," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 47, 1 (2002).
81. Y.-G. Chen, J. Gong, and L.-Y. Qu, "Tungsten-183 NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Polyoxometalates," Coord. Chem. Rev., 238-239, 245 (2003).
82. A.D. Bain and M. Khasawneh, "From NQR to NMR: The Complete Range of Quadrupole Interactions," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 22, 69 (2004).
83. H. Duddeck, "77Se NMR Spectroscopy and Its Applications in Chemistry," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 52, 105 (2004).
84. J.M. Ernsting, S. Gaemers, and C.J. Elsevier, "103Rh NMR Spectroscopy and Its Application to Rhodium Chemistry," Magn. Reson. Chem., 42, 721 (2004).
85. A.-M. Oros and N.J. Shah, "Hyperpolarized Xenon in NMR and MRI," Phys. Med. Biol., 49, R105 (2004).
86. N. Askenasy and G. Navon, "Measurements of Intracellular Volumes by 59Co and 2H/1H NMR and Their Physiological Applications," NMR Biomed., 18, 104 (2005).
87. A. Goldbourt and P.K. Madhu, "Multiple-Quantum Magic-Angle Spinning: High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Half-Integer Spin Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 54, 81 (2005).
88. V.A. Mikhalev, "99Tc Spectroscopy," Radiochemistry (Transl. of Radiokhimiya), 47, 319 (2005).
89. Y. Takeuchi and T. Takayama, "73Ge NMR Spectroscopy of Organogermanium Compounds," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 54, 155 (2005).
90. D.L. Bryce and G.D. Sward, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of the Quadrupolar Halogens: Chlorine-35/37, Bromine-79/81, and Iodine-127," Magn. Reson. Chem., 44, 409 (2006).
91. G.H. Penner and X. Liu, "Silver NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 151 (2006).
92. D. Raftery, "Xenon NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 57, 205 (2006).
93. B.M. Still, P.G. Anil Kumar, J.R. Aldrich-Wright, and W.S. Price, "195Pt NMR: Theory and Application," Chem. Soc. Rev., 36, 665 (2007).
94. D. Rehder, T. Polenova, and B. Bühl, "Vanadium-51 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 62, 49 (2007).
95. L. Carlton, "Rhodium-103 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 49 (2008).
96. R.M. Gschwind, "Organocuprates and Diamagnetic Copper Complexes: Structures and NMR Spectroscopic Structure Elucidation in Solution," Chem. Rev., 108, 3029 (2008).
97. J.A. Iggo, J. Liu, and G. Overend, "Indirect Detection of Metal Nuclei by Correlation Spectroscopy (HSQC & HMQC)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 179 (2008).
VI. DYNAMIC NMR
1. J.E. Anderson, "The Study of Ring Inversion by NMR Spectroscopy," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 19, 426 (1965).
2. N.C. Franklin and H. Feltkamp, "Conformational Analysis of Cyclohexane Derivatives by NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 4, 774 (1965).
3. C.S. Johnson, Jr., "Chemical Rate Processes and Magnetic Resonance,"Adv. Magn. Reson., 1, 33 (1965).
4. L.W. Reeves, "NMR Measurements of Reaction Velocities and Equilibrium Constants as a Function of Temperature," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 3, 187 (1965).
5. R.M. Lynden-Bell, "The Calculation of Line Shapes by Density Matrix Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 163 (1967).
6. G. Binsch, "The Study of Intramolecular Rate Processes by Dynamic NMR," Top. Stereochem., 3, 97 (1968).
7. T.L. Brown, "NMR Studies of Organometallic Exchange Processes," Acc. Chem. Res., 1, 23 (1968).
8. F.A. Cotton, "Fluxional Organometallic Molecules," Acc. Chem. Res., 1, 257 (1968).
9. W.A. Thomas, "NMR Spectroscopy in Conformational Analysis," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 43 (1968).
10. H. Booth, "Applications of 1H NMR Spectroscopy to Conformational Analysis of Cyclic Compounds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5, 149 (1969).
11. N.S. Ham and T. Mole, "The Application of NMR to Organometallic Exchange Reactions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 4, 91 (1969).
12. T.H. Siddall, III and W.E. Stewart, "Magnetic Nonequivalence Related to Symmetry Considerations and Restricted Molecular Motion," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5, 33 (1969).
13. J.C. Davis, Jr., and K.K. Deb, "Analysis of Hydrogen Bonding and Related Association Equilibria by NMR," Adv. Magn. Reson., 4, 201 (1970).
14. H. Kessler, "Detection of Hindered Rotation and Inversion by NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 9, 219 (1970).
15. E.L. Muetterties, "Stereochemically Nonrigid Structures," Acc. Chem. Res., 3, 266 (1970).
16. W.E. Stewart and T.H. Siddall, III, "NMR Studies of Amides," Chem. Rev., 70, 517 (1970).
17. W.A. Thomas, "NMR Spectroscopy as an Aid in Conformational Analysis," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 3, 91 (1970).
18. D.C. Ailion, "NMR and Ultraslow Motions," Adv. Magn. Reson., 5, 177 (1971).
19. F.A.L. Anet and R. Anet, "Configuration and Conformation by NMR," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 3, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1971, Ch. 7.
20. A.I. Kol'tsov and G.M. Kheifets, "Investigation of Keto-Enol Tautomerism by NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 40, 773 (1971).
21. J.B. Lambert, "Pyramidal Atomic Inversion," Top. Stereochem., 6, 19 (1971).
22. I.O. Sutherland, "The Investigation of the Kinetics of Conformational Changes by NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 71 (1971).
23. I. Ugi, D. Marquarding, H. Klusacek, P. Gillespie, and F. Ramirez, "Berry Pseudorotation and Turnstile Rotation," Acc. Chem. Res., 4, 288 (1971).
24. B. Coxon, "Conformational Analysis via NMR Spectroscopy," Methods Carbohydr. Chem., 6, 513 (1972).
25. A.I. Kol'tsov and G.M. Kheifets, "Study of Tautomerism by NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 41, 452 (1972).
26. H. Beall and C.H. Bushweller, "Dynamical Processes in Boranes, Borane Complexes, Carboranes, and Related Compounds," Chem. Rev., 73, 465 (1973).
27. L.A. Fedorov, "Stereochemical Nonrigidity (Internal Rotation and Metallotropy) of Organic Derivatives of Transition Metals Investigated by NMR Spectroscopy," Russ. Chem. Rev., 42, 678 (1973).
28. J.P. Jesson and P. Meakin, "Determination of Mechanistic Information from NMR Line Shapes for Intramolecular Exchange," Acc. Chem. Res., 6, 269 (1973).
29. C.S. Johnson, Jr., and C.G. Moreland, "The Calculation of NMR Spectra for Many-Site Exchange Problems," J. Chem. Educ., 50, 477 (1973).
30. N.M. Sergeyev, "Dynamic NMR," Russ. Chem. Rev., 42, 339 (1973).
31. J. Sandström, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Endeavour, 33, 111 (1974).
32. P.D. Buckley, K.W. Jolley, and D.N. Pinder, "Applications of Density Matrix Theory to NMR Lineshape Calculations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 10, 1 (1975).
33. L.M. Jackman and F.A. Cotton, Eds., "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1975.
34. J.B. Lambert and S.I. Featherman, "Conformational Analysis of Pentamethylene Heterocyclics," Chem. Rev., 75, 611 (1975).
35. R. Srinivasan, "Tunnelling Processes as Studied by Magnetic Resonance Techniques," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser. 1, 4, 209 (1975).
36. M.R. Willcott and R.E. Davis, "Determination of Molecular Conformation in Solution," Science (Washington, DC), 190, 850 (1975).
37. S. Aime and L. Milone, "Dynamic 13C NMR Spectroscopy of Metal Carbonyls," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 183 (1977).
38. S.F. Lincoln, "Kinetic Applications of NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. React. Kinet., 9 (1977).
39. B.E. Mann, "Dynamic 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 11, 95 (1977).
40. C.A. Fyfe, M. Cocivera, and S.W.H. Damji, "Flow and Stopped-Flow NMR Investigations of Intermediates in Chemical Reactions," Acc. Chem. Res., 11, 277 (1978).
41. A. Steigel, "Mechanistic Studies of Rearrangements and Exchange Reactions by Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 15, 1 (1978).
42. S. Szymanski, M. Witanowski, and A. Gryff-Keller, "Problems in Theory and Analysis of Dynamic NMR Spectra," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 8, 228 (1978).
43. P. Laszlo, "Fast Kinetics Studied by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 257 (1979).
44. G. Binsch and H. Kessler, "The Kinetic and Mechanistic Evaluation of NMR Spectra," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 19, 411 (1980).
45. J.L. Kaplan and G. Fraenkel, "NMR of Chemically Exchanging Systems," Academic Press, NY, 1980.
46. W.J.E. Parr and T. Schaefer, "The J Method: Application of NMR Spectroscopy to the Determination of Small Internal Rotation Barriers in Solution," Acc. Chem. Res., 13, 400 (1980).
47. C.J. Jameson, "Effects of Intermolecular Interactions and Intramolecular Dynamics on Nuclear Resonance," Bull. Magn. Reson., 3, 3 (1981).
48. O. Jardetzky, "NMR Studies of Macromolecular Dynamics," Acc. Chem. Res., 14, 291 (1981).
49. C.J. Hawkins and J.A. Palmer, "Conformational Analysis of Chelate Ring Systems by NMR," Coord. Chem. Rev., 44, 1 (1982).
50. H. Kessler and M. Feigel, "Direct Observation of Recombination Barriers of Ion Pairs by Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 15, 2 (1982).
51. B.E. Mann, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 12, 263 (1982).
52. J. Sandström, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1982.
53. J. Brocas and M. Gielen, "The Permutational Approach to Dynamic Stereochemistry," McGraw-Hill, NY, 1983.
54. J.B. Lambert, "Dynamic NMR Processes," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 91 (1983).
55. M.L. Martin, X.Y. Sun, and G.J. Martin, "Isomerization Processes Involving N-X Bonds," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 187 (1985).
56. M. Oki, "Applications of Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy to Organic Chemistry," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1985.
57. Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds., "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986.
58. E.L. Eliel, "Ambient Effects in Conformational Analysis as Detected by NMR Spectroscopy," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 9.
59. R. Rittner, "Substituent Effects of a-Heteroatoms. Stereochemical Consequences," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch.8.
60. K.G. Orrell and V. Sik, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 19, 79 (1987).
61. H.U. Siehl, "Isotope Effects on NMR Spectra of Equilibrating Systems," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 23, 63 (1987).
62. P. Stilbs, "Fourier Transform Pulsed-Gradient Spin-Echo Studies of Molecular Diffusion," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 1 (1987).
63. R. Willem, "2D NMR Applied to Dynamic Stereochemical Problems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 1 (1987).
64. M.F. D'Agostino and M.J. McGlinchey, "Mixed Metal Clusters Containing Carbyne or Ketenylidene Bridges: High Field NMR Spectroscopy as a Probe for Structure and Mechanism," Polyhedron, 7, 807 (1988).
65. K.G. Orrell, "NMR Studies of the Dynamic Stereochemistry of S and Se Complexes of Pt," Coord. Chem. Rev., 96, 1 (1989).
66. K.G. Orrell, V. Sik, and D. Stephenson, "Quantitative Investigations of Molecular Stereodynamics by 1D and 2D NMR Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 141 (1990).
67. C.L. Perrin and T.J. Dwyer, "Application of Two-Dimensional NMR to Kinetics of Chemical Exchange," Chem. Rev., 90, 935 (1990).
68. H.W. Spiess, "Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers from 2D- and 3D-NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1321 (1991).
69. K.G. Orrell and V. Sik, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 103 (1993).
70. R. Tycko, Ed., "NMR Probes of Molecular Dynamics," Kluwer, Norwell, MA, 1994 (Understanding Chemical Reactivity, Vol. 8).
71. J.-J. Delpuech, Ed., "Dynamics of Solutions and Fluid Mixtures by NMR," Wiley, NY, 1995.
72. F. Gasparrini, L. Lunazzi, D. Misiti, and C. Villani, "Organic Stereochemistry & Conformational Analysis from Enantioselective Chromatography & Dynamic NMR Measurements," Acc. Chem. Res., 28, 163 (1995).
73. P.T. Callaghan and J. Stepisnik, "Generalized Analysis of Motions Using Magnetic Field Gradients," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 19, 325 (1996).
74. N.S. Sullivan, "NMR at Very Low Temperatures: Population Difference Thermometry," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 258 (1997).
75. N.S. Sullivan, "NMR Studies of the Dynamics of Orientational Glasses," Bull. Magn. Reson., 18, 265 (1997).
76. H. Desvaux and P. Berthault, "Study of Dynamic Processes in Liquids Using Off-Resonance RF Irradiation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 295 (1999).
77. A.J. Horsewill, "Quantum Tunneling Aspects of Methyl Group Rotation Studied by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 359 (1999).
78. C.S. Johnson, Jr., "Diffusion Ordered NMR Spectroscopy: Principles and Applications," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 203 (1999).
79. K.G. Orrell, "Dynamic NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic and Organometallic Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 37, 1 (1999).
80. R. Böhmer, G. Diezemann, G. Hinze, and E. Rossler, "Dynamics of Supercooled Liquids and Glassy Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 191 (2001).
81. M. Pons and O. Millet, "Dynamic NMR Studies of Supramolecular Complexes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 267 (2001).
82. M. Akke, "NMR Methods for Characterizing Microsecond to Millisecond Dynamics in Recognition and Catalysis," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 12, 642 (2002).
83. A. Bodor, I. Banyai, and I. Toth, "Slow Dynamics of Aluminium-Citrate Complexes by 1H- and 13C-NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem Rev., 228, 163 (2002).
84. A. Bodor, I. Banyai, and I. Toth, "1H- and 13C-NMR as Tools to Study Aluminium Coordination Chemistry-Aqueous Al(III)-CitrateComplexes," Coord. Chem Rev., 228, 175 (2002).
85. I. Furo and S.V. Dvinskikh, "NMR Methods Applied to Anisotropic Diffusion," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, S3 (2002).
86. P. Griffiths and P. Stilbs, "NMR Self-DiffusionStudies of Polymeric Surfactants," Curr. Opinion Colloid Interface Sci., 7, 249 (2002).
87. T. Kameda and T. Asakura, "Dynamics of Silk Fibroin Studied with NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 46, 102 (2002).
88. H. Weingaertner and M. Holz, "NMR Studies of Self-Diffusion in Liquids," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 98, 121 (2002).
89. I. Ardelean and R. Kimmich, "Principles and Unconventional Aspects of NMR Diffusometry," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 43 (2003).
90. A.D. Bain, "Chemical Exchange in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 43, 63 (2003).
91. E. Kolehmainen, "Novel Applications of Dynamic NMR in Organic Chemistry," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 1 (2003).
92. J.M. Brown, "Mechanism in Homogeneous Catalysis: NMR as a Prime Mover," J. Organomet. Chem., 689, 4006 (2004).
93. B. Chankvetadze, "Combined Approach Using Capillary Electrophoresis and NMR Spectroscopy for Understanding Enantioselective Recognition Mechanisms by Cyclodextrins," Chem. Soc. Rev., 33, 337 (2004).
94. P.O. Espinet and J.A. Casares, "Conformational Mobility in Chelated Square-Planar Rh, Ir, Pd, and Pt Complexes," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 4 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).
95. I.D. Gridnev and O.L. Tok, "NMR Studies of Intramolecular Dynamics in Allylic Type Triorganoboranes," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 2 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).
96. F. Li and H. Sun, "Dynamic and Kinetic Aspects of Metallodrugs by NMR," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 5 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).
97. S.G. Sakharov, "Dynamic Behavior of Group 5 and 6 Transition Metal Complexes with NMR," in "Fluxional Organometallic and Coordination Compounds," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2004, Ch. 3 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 4).
98. Y. Cohen, L. Avram, and L. Frish, "Diffusion NMR Spectroscopy in Supramolecular and Combinatorial Chemistry: An Old Parameter-New Insights," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 44, 520 (2005).
99. D. Reichert, "NMR Studies of Dynamic Processes in Organic Solids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 159 (2005).
100. R.M. Claramunt, C. Lopez, M.D. Santa Maria, D. Sanz, and J. Elguero, "Use of NMR Spectroscopy to Study Tautomerism," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 169 (2006).
101. J.D. Roberts, "Fascination with the Conformational Analysis of Succinic Acid, as Evaluated by NMR Spectroscopy, and Why," Acc. Chem. Res., 39, 889 (2006).
102. S.P. Babailov, "Lanthanide Paramagnetic Probes for NMR Spectroscopic Studies of Molecular Conformational Dynamics in Solution. Applications to Macrocyclic Molecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 1 (2008).
103. F. Stallmach and P. Galvosas, "Spin Echo NMR Diffusion Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 61, 51 (2007).
104. A.D. Bain, "Chemical Exchange," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 23 (2008).
105. A. Macchioni, G. Ciancaleoni, C. Zuccaccia, and D. Zuccaccia, "Determining Accurate Molecular Sizes in Solution Through NMR Diffusion Spectroscopy," Chem. Soc. Rev., 37, 479 (2008).
106. W.S. Price, "NMR Studies of Translational Motion: Principles and Applications," Cambridge University Press, NY, 2009 (ISBN 0-521-80696-8).
VII. NMR IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOLOGY
A. Books
1. A.F. Casy, "PMR Spectroscopy in Medicinal and Biological Chemistry," Academic Press, NY, 1971.
2. R.A. Dwek, "NMR in Biochemistry: Applications to Enzyme Systems," Oxford University Press, NY, 1973.
3. J.N. Herak and K.J. Adamic, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Chemistry and Biology," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1975.
4. T.L. James, "NMR in Biochemistry," Academic Press, NY, 1975.
5. P.F. Knowles, D. Marsch, and H.W.E. Rattle, "Magnetic Resonance of Biomolecules," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1976.
6. K. Wüthrich, "NMR in Biological Research: Peptides and Proteins," Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1976.
7. R.A. Dwek, I.D. Cambell, R.E. Richards, and R.J.P. Williams, Eds., "NMR in Biology," Academic Press, NY, 1977.
8. P.F. Agris, Ed., "Biomolecular Structure and Function," Academic Press, NY, 1978.
9. S.J. Opella and P. Lu, Eds., "NMR and Biochemistry," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1979.
10. R.G. Shulman, Ed., "Biological Applications of Magnetic Resonance," Academic Press, NY, 1979.
11. J.S. Cohen, "Magnetic Resonance in Biology," Wiley, NY, 1980 (two volumes).
12. R. Damadian, Ed., "NMR in Medicine," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 19 (1981).
13. O. Jardetzky and G.C.K. Roberts, "NMR in Molecular Biology," Academic Press, NY, 1981.
14. A.A. Bothner-By, J.D. Glickson, and B.D. Sykes, Eds., "Biochemical Structure Determination by NMR," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1982.
15. D.G. Gadian, "NMR and Its Applications to Living Systems," Oxford University Press, NY, 1982.
16. G. Govil and R.V. Hosur, "Conformation of Biological Molecules: New Results from NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 20 (1982).
17. P.T. Beall, S.R. Amtey, and S.R. Kasturi, "NMR Data Handbook for Biomedical Applications," Pergamon Press, NY, 1984.
18. I.D. Campbell and R.A. Dwek, "Biological Spectroscopy," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1984.
19. M.A. Foster, "Magnetic Resonance in Medicine and Biology," Pergamon Press, NY, 1984.
20. M.A. Hopf and F.W. Smith, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance in Medicine and Biology," S. Karger, NY, 1984 (Prog. Nucl. Med., Vol. 8).
21. S.B. Peterson, R.N. Muller, and P.A. Rinck, Eds., "An Introduction to Biomedical Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Thieme, Inc., NY, 1985.
22. T. Axenrod and G. Ceccarelli, Eds., "NMR in Living Systems," Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 164 (1986).
23. I. Bertini and C. Lucchinat, "NMR of Paramagnetic Molecules in Biological Systems," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1986.
24. E. M. Bradbury and C. Nicolini, Eds., "NMR in the Life Sciences," Plenum Press, NY, 1986.
25. H.F. Linskens and J.F. Jackson, Eds., "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Springer Verlag, NY, 1986 (Modern Methods of Plant Analysis, Vol. 2).
26. N. Niccolai and G. Valensin, Eds., "Advanced Magnetic Resonance Techniques in Systems of High Molecular Complexity," Birkhauser Boston, New York, NY, 1986 (Prog. Inorg. Biochem. Biophys., Vol. 2).
27. S. Chien and C. Ho, Eds., "NMR in Biology and Medicine," Raven Press, NY, 1986.
28. K. Wüthrich, "NMR of Proteins and Nucleic Acids," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1986.
29. C.T. Burt, Ed., "Phosphorus NMR in Biology," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987.
30. R.K. Gupta, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy of Cells and Organisms," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987 (two volumes).
31. D.P. Mollis, "Abusing Cancer Science: The Truth About NMR and Cancer," Strawberry Fields Press, 1987.
32. S.M. Cohen, Ed., "Physiological NMR Spectroscopy: From Isolated Cells to Man," Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 508 (1988).
33. B. Maravaglia, Ed., Physics of NMR Spectroscopy in Biology and Medicine," North-Holland, 1988 (Proceedings of the International School of Physics: E Fermi, Course C).
34. N.J. Oppenheimer and T.L. James, Eds., "NMR," Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 1989 (Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 176). Part A-"Spectral Techniques & Dynamics"; Part B-"Structure & Mechanism."
35. J.W. Finley, S.J. Schmidt, and A.S. Serianni, Eds., "NMR Applications in Biopolymers," Plenum Press, NY, 1990.
36. J.W. Pettegrew, Ed., "NMR: Principles and Applications to Biomedical Research," Springer Verlag, NY, 1990.
37. I. Bertini, H. Molinari, and N. Niccoiai, Eds., "NMR and Biomolecular Structure," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1991.
38. J.D. DeCertaines, "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Biology and Medicine," Pergamon Press, NY, 1992.
39. J.C. Hoch, F.M. Poulsen, and C. Redfield, Eds., "Computational Aspects of the Study of Biological Macromolecules by NMR Spectroscopy," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A: Life Sciences, 225 (1992).
40. L.J. Berliner and J. Reuben, Eds., "In Vivo Spectroscopy," Biol. Magn. Reson., 11 (1992).
41. M. Rudin, "In Vivo Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 26-28 (1992).
42. R. Diamond, T.F. Koetzle, C.K. Prout, and J. Richardson, "Molecular Structures in Biology," Oxford University Press, New York, NY, 1993.
43. G.C.K. Roberts, "NMR of Macromolecules: a Practical Approach," Oxford University Press, NY, 1993.
44. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "NMR of Proteins," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1994.
45. R.J. Gillies, Ed., "NMR in Physiology and Biomedicine," Academic Press, NY, 1994.
46. C.I. Stassinopoulou, Ed., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules," Springer Verlag, NY, 1994, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series H, 87 (1994).
47. N. Beckmann, Ed., "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Systems," Academic Press, NY, 1995.
48. J. Cavanagh, W. Fairbrother, A.G. Palmer III, and N. Skelton, "Protein NMR Spectroscopy: Principles & Practice," Academic Press, NY, 1995.
49. J.N.S. Evans, "Biomolecular NMR Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 1995.
50. K. Wüthrich, "NMR in Structural Biology," World Science, Signapore, 1995.
51. D.J. Craik, Ed., "NMR in Drug Design," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1996.
52. D.G. Gadian, "NMR and Its Applications to Living Systems," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1996.
53. H.A. Havel, Ed., "Spectroscopic Methods for Determining Protein Structure in Solution," VCH, NY, 1996.
54. J.L. Markley and S.J. Opella, Eds., "Biological NMR Spectroscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 1996.
55. B.D. Nageswara Rao and M.D. Kemple, "NMR as a Structural Tool for Macromolecules: Current Status & Future Directions," Plenum, NY, 1996.
56. S.K. Sarkar, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy and Its Application to Biomedical Research," Elsevier, NY, 1996.
57. M.A. Nanny, R.A. Minear, and J.A. Leenheer, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy in Environmental Chemistry," Oxford University Press, NY, 1997.
58. D.G. Reid, Ed., "Protein NMR Techniques," Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 1997 (Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 60).
59. L.J. Berliner and P.-M. Robitaille, Eds., "In Vivo Carbon-13 NMR," Biol. Magn. Reson., 15 (1998).
60. R.A. De Graaf, "In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1998.
61. N. R. Krishna and L.J. Berliner, Eds., "Modern Techniques in Protein NMR," Biol. Magn. Reson., 16 (1998).
62. R.R. Ruan and P.L. Chen, "Water in Foods and Biological Materials: A NMR Approach," Technomic, Lancaster, PA, 1998.
63. E.I. Solomon and K.O. Hodgson, Eds., "Spectroscopic Methods in Bioinorganic Chemistry," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1998, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 692.
64. U. Holzgrabe, I. Wawer, and B. Diehl, "NMR Spectroscopy in Drug Developemment and Analysis," Wiley, NY, 1999.
65. B. Lippert, Ed., "Cisplatin: Chemistry and Biochemistry of a Leading Anticancer Drug," VCH, NY, 1999.
66. K.H. Mayo and V.A. Daragan, "Protein Dynamics Using NMR Relaxation," Imperial College Press, London, 1999.
67. N. R. Krishna and L.J. Berliner, Eds., "Structure Computation & Dynamics in Protein NMR," Biol. Magn. Reson., 17 (1999).
68. K.M. Kadish, K.M. Smith, and R.Guilard, Eds., "Porphyrin Handbook, Vol. 5," Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2000.
69. L. Que, Jr., "Physical Methods in Bioinorganic Chemistry: Spectroscopy and Magnetism," University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 2000.
70. T.L. James, Ed., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules, Part B," Academic Press, San Diego (Methods Enzymol., 339 (2001)).
71. T.L. James, V. Dotsch, and U.Schmitz, Eds., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules, Part A," Academic Press, San Diego, CA (Methods Enzymol., 338 (2001)).
72. J. Jimenez-Barbero, "NMR Spectroscopy of Glycoconjugates," Wiley, NY, 2002.
73. K.H. Mayo and V.A. Daragan, "Protein Dynamics NMR Relaxation," Imperial College Press, London, 2002.
74. H.J. Vogel, Ed., "Calcium-Binding Protein Protocols, Vol. 2: Methods and Techniques" (Methods Mol. Biol., 173 (2002)).
75. G. Kaletunc and K.J. Breslauer, Eds., "Characterization of Cerals and Flours, Marcel Dekker, NY, 2003 (Food Science and Technology, Vol. 124).
76. N.R. Krishna and L.J. Berliner, Eds., "Protein NMR for the Millennium," Biol. Magn. Reson., 20 (2003).
77. G. Le Gall and I.J. Colquhoun, "NMR Spectroscopy in Food Authentication," in "Food Authenticity and Traceability," M. Lees, Ed., Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, 2003, p. 131.
78. O. Zerbe, R. Mannhold, H. Kubinyi, and G. Folkers, Eds., "BioNMR in Drug Research," Wiley, NY, 2003.
79. Q. Yan, Ed., "Membrane Transporters: Methods and Protocols" (Methods Mol. Biol., 227 (2003)).
80. A.K. Downing, Ed., "Protein NMR Techniques," 2nd ed., Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 2004 (Methods in Molecular Biology).
81. M.A. Smith and P.B. Barker, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Encyclopedia of Biomaterials and Biomedical Engineering," G.E. Wnek and G.L. Bowlin, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2004, Vol. 2, p. 1084.
82. J.-P. Grivet, "NMR in Microbiology," Horizon Scientific Press, Norwich, UK, 2005.
83. G.G. Hammes, "Spectroscopy for the Biolgical Sciences," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2005.
84. T.L. James, Ed., "NMR of Biological Macromolecules, Part C," in "Methods in Enzymology," Elsevier, San Diego (Methods Enzymol., 394 (2005)).
85. G.S. Rule and T.K. Hitchens, "Fundamentals of Protein NMR Spectroscopy," Springer Verlag, NY, 2005 (Focus on Structural Biology).
86. R.G. Shulman and D.L. Rothman, Eds., "Metabolism by in vivo NMR: The Goal of Proeomics," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2005.
87. L.O. Sillerud and R.S. Larson, "NMR-Based Screening Methods for Drug Discovery," in "Bioinformatics and Drug Discovery," R.S. Larson, Ed., Humana Press, Totowa, NJ (Methods Mol. Biol., 316, 227 (2005)).
88. Q. Teng, "Structural Biology: Practical NMR Applications," Springer Verlag, NY, 2005.
89. J. Cavanagh, W.J. Fairbrother, A.G. Palmer III, and N.J. Skelton, "Protein NMR Spectroscopy: Principles & Practice," 2nd ed., Academic Press, NY, 2006.
90. T. Jue, Ed., "NMR in Biomedicine: Basic and Experimental Principles," Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, 2006 (Methods in Pharmacology & Toxicology).
91. J. Mispelter, "NMR Probeheads for Biophysical and Biomedical Experiments: Theoretical Principles and Practical Guidelines," World Scientific Publishing Co., Hackensack, NJ, 2006 (ISBN 1-860-94637-2).
92. A. Ramamoorthy, Ed., "NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Solids," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2006 (Practical Spectroscopy, 34).
93. H. Saito, I. Ando, and A. Naito, "Solid State NMR Spectroscopy for Biopolymers: Principles and Applications," Springer Verlag, NY, 2006.
94. D.S. Sem, Ed., "Spectral Techniques in Proteomics," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2006.
95. J.F.G. Vliegenthart and R.J. Woods, Eds, "Advances in NMR Spectroscopy and Modeling of Carbohydrates," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2006, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 930.
96. K.L. Bren, "NMR Spectroscopy of Metallobiomolecules," in "Applications of Physical Methods to Inorganic and Bioinorganic Chemistry," R.A. Scott and C.M. Lukehart, Eds., Wiley, NY, 2007, p. 357.
97. R.A. De Graaf, "In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy: Principles and Techniques," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 2007 (ISBN 0-470-02670-7).
98. G. Govil and K.V.R. Chary, "NMR in Biological Systems: From Molecules to Human," Springer Verlag, NY, 2008 (ISBN 1-402-06679-1).
99. I. Wawer, B. Diehl, and U. Holzgrabe, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy in Pharmaceutical Analysis," Elsevier, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-444-53173-4).
100.. D.A. Case and E.R. Zuiderweg, "NMR in Biophysical Chemistry," Oxford University Press, NY, 2009 (ISBN 0-199-29831-9).
101. T. Jue, Ed., "NMR in Biomedicine: Applications," Springer Verlag, NY, 2008 (ISBN 0-896-03884-X).
B. Review Articles
1. T.D. Inch, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Carbohydrates and Related Compounds," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 2, 35 (1969).
2. J.E. Page, "NMR Spectra of Steroids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 3, 149 (1970).
3. J.J.M. Rowe, J. Hinton, and K.L. Rowe, "NMR Studies on the Biochemistry of Biopolymers," Chem. Rev., 70, 1 (1970).
4. M. Cohn and J. Reuben, "Paramagnetic Probes in Magnetic Resonance Studies of Phosphoryl Transfer Enzymes," Acc. Chem. Res., 4, 214 (1971).
5. O. Jardetzky and N.G. Wade-Jardetzky, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to the Study of Macromolecules," Annu. Rev. Biochem., 40, 605 (1971).
6. T. Yamane, "NMR Studies of Nucleic Acids," Proc. Nucleic Acid Res., 2, 262 (1971).
7. T.D. Inch, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Carbohydrates and Related Compounds," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 5A, 305 (1972).
8. B.D. Sykes and M.D. Scott, "NMR Studies of the Dynamic Aspects of Molecular Structure and Interaction in Biological Systems," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 1, 27 (1972).
9. J.A. Glasel, "Lanthanide Ions as NMR Chemical Shift Probes in Biological Systems," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 18, 383 (1973).
10. G.A. Gray, "13C NMR in Biochemistry," Crit. Rev. Biochem., 1, 247 (1973).
11. G. Kotowycz and R.U. Lemieux, "NMR in Carbohydrate Chemistry," Chem. Rev., 73, 669 (1973).
12. A.G. Lee, N.J.M. Birdsall, and J.C. Metcalfe, "NMR Studies of Biological Membranes," Chem. Brit., 9, 116 (1973).
13. W.D. Phillips and M. Poe, "NMR Spectroscopy of the Iron-Sulfur Proteins," in "Iron-Sulfur Proteins," W. Lovenberg, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1973, Ch. 2.
14. M.B. Hayes, J.S. Cohen, and M.L. McNeel, "NMR of Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins," Magn. Reson. Rev., 3, 1 (1974).
15. D.R. Kearns and R.G. Shulman, "High-Resolution NMR Studies of the Structure of Transfer Ribonucleic Acid and Other Polynucleotides in Solution," Acc. Chem. Res., 7, 33 (1974).
16. O. Oster, E. Breitmaier, and W. Voelter, "13C NMR Studies of Proline Peptides and Carbohydrates," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 15.
17. U. Sequin and A.I. Scott, "Carbon-13 as a Label in Biosynthetic Studies," Science (Washington, DC), 186, 101 (1974).
18. T.A. Crabb, "NMR of Alkaloids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 250 (1975).
19. J.L. Markley, "Observation of Histidine Residues in Proteins by Means of NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 8, 70 (1975).
20. A.G. McInnes and J.L.C. Wright, "Use of Carbon-13 Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy for Biosynthetic Investigations," Acc. Chem. Res., 8, 313 (1975).
21. P.J. Sadler, "NMR Spectroscopy in Biological Sciences," Prog. Med. Chem., 12, 159 (1975).
22. T.J. Simpson, "Carbon-13 NMR in Biosynthetic Studies," Chem. Soc. Rev., 4, 497 (1975).
23. I.C.P. Smith, H.J. Jennings, and R. Deslauriers, "Carbon-13 NMR and the Conformations of Biological Molecules," Acc. Chem. Res., 8, 306 (1975).
24. R. Deslauriers and I.C.P. Smith, "Conformation and Structure of Peptides," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 1 (1976).
25. A.G. McInnes, J.A. Walter, J.L.C. Wright, and L.C. Vining, "13C NMR Biosynthetic Studies," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 123 (1976).
26. S.N. Rosenthal and J.H. Fendler, "13C NMR Spectroscopy in Macromolecular Systems of Biochemical Interest," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 13, 279 (1976).
27. W.A. Thomas, "NMR and Conformations of Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6B, 1 (1976).
28. E. Wenkert, B.L. Buckwalter, I.R. Burfitt, M.J. Gasic, H.E. Gottlieb, E.W. Hagaman, F.A. Schell, P.M. Wovkulich, and A. Zheleva, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Naturally Occurring Substances," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 81 (1976).
29. W. Egan, H. Shindo, and J.S. Cohen, "Carbon-13 NMR Studies of Proteins," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 6, 383 (1977).
30. D.R. Kearns, "High Resolution NMR Studies of Double Helical Polynucleotides," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 6, 477 (1977).
31. A.S. Mildvan, "Magnetic Resonance Studies of the Conformations of Enzyme-Bound Substrates," Acc. Chem. Res., 10, 246 (1977).
32. E. Nieboer and H. Falker, "Peptide Sequence Analysis by NMR Spectroscopy," Mol. Biol., Biochem. Biophys., 25, 149 (1977).
33. B.R. Reid and R.E. Hurd, "Applications of High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Base Pairing and the Solution Structure of Transfer RNA," Acc. Chem. Res., 10, 396 (1977).
34. J.K.M. Sanders, "NMR Spectral Changes as Probe of Chlorophyll Chemistry," Chem. Soc. Rev., 6, 467 (1977).
35. A. Allerhand, "Natural-Abundance Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Proteins. Observation and Uses of Nonprotonated Aromatic Carbon Resonances," Acc. Chem. Res., 11, 469 (1978).
36. D.F. Bocian and S.I. Chan, "NMR Studies of Membrane Structure and Dynamics," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 29, 307 (1978).
37. P.M. Bolton and D.R. Kearns, "Proton NMR Studies of Secondary and Tertiary Structure of t -RNA in Solution," Biol. Magn. Reson., 1, 91 (1978).
38. M.M. Civin and M. Shporer, "NMR of 23Na and 39K in Biological Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 1, 1 (1978).
39. T.A. Crabb, "NMR of Alkaloids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6A, 249 (1978).
40. C. Crane-Robinson, "High Resolution NMR Studies of Histones," Biol. Magn. Reson., 1, 33 (1978).
41. D.B. Davies, "Conformations of Nucleosides and Nucleotides," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 135 (1978).
42. S. Forsén and B. Lindman, "NMR Studies of Ion Binding in Biological Macromolecules," Chem. Brit., 14, 29 (1978).
43. O.W. Howarth and D.M.J. Lilley, "Carbon-13 NMR of Peptides and Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 1 (1978).
44. D.J. Patel, "High Resolution NMR Studies of the Structure and Dynamics of t-RNA in Solution," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 29, 337 (1978).
45. R.J.P. Williams, "Inorganic Probes of Biological Structures," Chem. Brit., 14, 25 (1978).
46. D.R. Burton, S. Forsén, G. Karlström, and R.A. Dwek, "Proton Relaxation Enhancement (PRE) in Biochemistry: a Critical Survey," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 1 (1979).
47. M.J. Garson and J. Staunton, "Some New NMR Methods for Tracing the Fate of Hydrogen in Biosynthesis," Chem. Soc. Rev., 8, 539 (1979).
48. D.P. Hollis, "NMR Studies of Cancer and Heart Disease," Bull. Magn. Reson., 1, 27 (1979).
49. T.R. Janson and J.J. Katz, "NMR Spectroscopy of Diamagnetic Porphyrins," Porphyrins, 4B, 1 (1979).
50. G.N. La Mar and F.A. Walker, "NMR of Paramagnetic Metallo-Porphyrins," Porphyrins, 4B, 61 (1979).
51. B.A. Levine, G.R. Moore, R.G. Ratcliffe, and R.J.P. Williams, "NMR Studies of the Solution Structure of Proteins," Int. Rev. Biochem., 24, 77 (1979).
52. D.J. Patel, "NMR Studies of Drug-Nucleic Acid Interactions at the Synthetic DNA Level in Solution," Acc. Chem. Res., 12, 118 (1979).
53. G.K. Radda and P.J. Seeley, "Recent Studies on Cellular Metabolism by NMR," Annu. Rev. Physiol., 41, 749 (1979).
54. D.A. Torchia and D.L. Vanderhart, "High-Power Double Resonance Studies of Fibrous Proteins, Proteoglycans, and Model Membranes," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 325 (1979).
55. R. Deslauriers and I.C.P. Smith, "The Multinuclear Approach to Peptides: Structures, Conformations and Dynamics," Biol. Magn. Reson., 2, 243 (1980).
56. G.B. Friedmann and H.S. Sandhu, "NMR in Blood," Magn. Reson. Rev., 5, 247 (1980).
57. R.E. Jacobs and E. Oldfield, "NMR of Membranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 14, 113 (1980).
58. I.K. O'Neill and C.P. Richards, "Biological 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10A, 134 (1980).
59. J.J. Villafranca and F.M. Raushel, "Biophysical Applications of NMR to Phosphoryl Transfer Enzymes and Metal Nuclei of Metalloproteins," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Bioeng., 9, 363 (1980).
60. S. Forsén and B. Lindman, "Calcium and Magnesium NMR in Chemistry and Biology," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 183 (1981).
61. D.G. Gadian and G.K. Radda, "NMR Studies of Tissue Metabolism," Annu. Rev. Biochem., 50, 69 (1981).
62. C. Grathwohl and K. Wüthrich, "NMR Studies of Peptide and Protein Conformations," in "Perspectives in Peptide Chemistry," A.N. Eberle, R. Geiger, and T. Wieland, Eds., S. Karger, NY, 1981.
63. P.W. Kuchel, "NMR of Biological Samples," CRC Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem., 12, 155 (1981).
64. H.W.E. Rattle, "NMR of Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins (1977-1979)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 11A, 2 (1981).
65. B.R. Reid, "NMR Studies on RNA Structure and Dynamics," Annu. Rev. Biochem., 50, 969 (1981).
66. I.M. Armitage and J.D. Otvos, "Principles and Applications of 113Cd NMR to Biological Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 4, 79 (1982).
67. K. Bock and H. Thogerson, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Study of Mono- and Oligosaccharides," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 13, 1 (1982).
68. T.A. Crabb, "NMR of Alkaloids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 13, 59 (1982).
69. J.T. Gerig, "Applications of Fluorine NMR in Biochemistry," in "Biomedical Aspects of Fluorine Chemistry," R. Filler and Y. Kobayashi, Eds., Kodansha, Tokyo, 1982, p. 163.
70. R.E. Gordon, P.E. Hanley, and D. Shaw, "Topical Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 1 (1982).
71. G. Govil and R.V. Hosur, "Conformation of Biological Molecules: New Results from NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 20, 1 (1982).
72. R.A. Iles, A.N. Stevens, and J.R. Griffiths, "NMR Studies of Metabolites in Living Tissue," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 49 (1982).
73. S.J. Opella, "Solid State NMR of Biological Systems," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 33, 533 (1982).
74. S.J. Perkins, "Applications of Ring Current Calculations to the 1H NMR Spectra of the Protein and Transfer RNA," Biol. Magn. Reson., 4, 193 (1982).
75. R.L. Baxter, N.E. Mackenzie, and A.I. Scott, "13C NMR as a Probe for Metabolic Pathways in vivo," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 1 (1983).
76. F. Blomberg and H. Rüterjans, "Nitrogen-15 NMR in Biological Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 21 (1983).
77. K. Bock and C. Pedersen, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Monosaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 41, 27 (1983).
78. H. Degani, "Antibiotic Ionophores," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 10.
79. P.F. Devaux, "ESR and NMR Studies of Lipid Protein Interactions in Membranes," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 183 (1983).
80. G.B. Friedmann, "NMR and ESR Studies Related to Blood," Magn. Reson. Rev., 8, 243 (1983).
81. T.L. James and P.G. Schmidt, "NMR of Nucleic Acids," Magn. Reson. Rev., 8, 139 (1983).
82. B.D. Nageswara Rao, "31P NMR Investigations of Enzyme Systems," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 75 (1983).
83. R.G. Shulman, "NMR Spectroscopy of Living Cells," Sci. Am., 248, 86 (1983).
84. I.C.P. Smith and H.C. Jarrell, "Deuterium and Phosphorus NMR of Microbial Membranes," Acc. Chem. Res., 16, 266 (1983).
85. M.-D. Tsai and K. Bruzik, "NMR Methods Involving Oxygen Isotopes in Biophosphates," Biol. Magn. Reson., 5, 129 (1983).
86. H.J. Vogel, T. Drakenberg, and S. Forsén, "Calcium-Binding Proteins," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 7.
87. K. Bock, C. Pedersen, and H. Pedersen, "Carbon-13 NMR Data for Oligosaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 42, 193 (1984).
88. P.H. Bolton, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy as a Conformational Probe of Cellular Phosphates," Biol. Magn. Reson., 6, 1 (1984).
89. C.K. Chu, F.M. El-Kabbari, and B.B. Thompson, "Determination of the Anomeric Configuration of C Nucleosides by Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Nucleosides, Nucleotides, 3, 1 (1984).
90. R.E. Lenkinski, "Lanthanide Complexes of Peptides and Proteins," Biol. Magn. Reson., 6, 23 (1984).
91. B.C. Loughman and R.G. Ratcliffe, "NMR and the Study of Plants," Adv. Plant Nutr., 1, 241 (1984).
92. P.S. Belton and R.G. Ratcliffe, "NMR and Compartmentation in Biological Tissues," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 241 (1985).
93. J.L. Bock, "Recent Developments in Biological NMR Spectroscopy," Methods Biochem. Anal., 31, 259 (1985).
94. W.H. Braunlin, T. Drakenberg, and S. Forsén, "Metal Ion NMR: Applications to Biological Systems," Curr. Top. Bioenerg., 14, 97 (1985).
95. M.F. Brown and G.D. Williams, "Membrane NMR: A Dynamic Research Area," J. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Methods, 11, 71 (1985).
96. K. Dill, E. Berman, and A.A. Pavia, "Natural Abundance Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Studies of Carbohydrates Linked to Amino Acids and Proteins," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 43, 1 (1985).
97. G. Englert, "NMR of Caratenoids: New Experimental Techniques," Pure Appl. Chem., 57, 801 (1985).
98. H. Hessler, W. Bermel, A. Müller, and K.H. Pook, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy of Peptides," Peptides, 7, 437 (1985).
99. S.J. Opella and L.M. Gierasch, "Solid State NMR of Peptides," Peptides, 7, 405 (1985).
100. H.W.E. Rattle, "NMR Studies of Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins: A Brief Review, 1980-1982," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 16, 1 (1985).
101. A.I. Scott, "Applications of Carbon-13 NMR in the Study of Biosynthetic Mechanisms," J. Nat. Prod., 48, 689 (1985).
102. D.E. Wemmer and B.R. Reid, "High Resolution NMR Studies of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 36, 105 (1985).
103. K. Dill and R.D. Carter, "13C-NMR Spectral Studies of the N-Terminal Portion of Glycophorins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 307 (1986).
104. H. Kessler and W. Bermel, "Conformation Analysis of Peptides by Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 6.
105. J.P.G. Malthouse, "13C NMR of Enzymes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 1 (1986).
106. C.E. Mountford, K.T. Holmes, and C.P. Smith, "NMR Analysis of Cancer Cells," Prog. Clin. Biochem. Med., 3, 73 (1986).
107. N. Niccolai and G. Valensin, Eds., "Advanced Magnetic Resonance Techniques in Systems of High Molecular Complexity," Birkhauser Boston, NY, 1986.
108. G.K. Radda, "The Use of NMR Spectroscopy for the Understanding of Disease," Science (Washington, DC), 233, 640 (1986).
109. P. Rösch, "NMR-Studies of Phosphoryl Transferring Enzymes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 123 (1986).
110. J.D. Satterlee, "NMR Spectroscopy of Paramagnetic Haem Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 79 (1986).
111. M. Barfield, "Spin-Spin Coupling in Peptides," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 4.
112. K.M. Brindle, I.D. Campbell, and R.J. Simpson, "NMR Methods for Studying Enzyme Kinetics in Cells and Tissues," Biol. Magn. Reson., 7, 81 (1987).
113. C.A. Bush, "High Resolution NMR in the Determination of Structure in Complex Carbohydrates," Bull. Magn. Reson., 9, 73 (1987).
114. C. Chachaty, "Application of NMR Methods to the Physical Chemistry of Micellar Solutions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 183 (1987).
115. G.A. Elgavish, "NMR Spectroscopy of the Intact Heart," Biol. Magn. Reson., 7, 1 (1987).
116. J. Mason, "Biomedical NMR," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 23.
117. J.K. Nicholson and I.D. Wilson, "High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy of Biological Samples as an Aid to Drug Development," Prog. Drug Res., 31, 427 (1987).
118. D.J. Patel, L. Shapiro, and D. Hare, "NMR and Distance Geometry Studies of DNA Structures in Solution," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biophys. Chem., 16, 423 (1987).
119. H.W.E. Rattle, "NMR Spectroscopy in Bioinorganic Chemistry," in "Multinuclear NMR," J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, NY, 1987, Ch. 22.
120. W. Robien, B. Kopp, D. Schabl, and H. Schwarz, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy of Cardenolides and Bufadienolides," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 19, 131 (1987).
121. H.J. Vogel and S. Forsén, "NMR Studies of Calcium-Binding Proteins," Biol. Magn. Reson., 7, 249 (1987).
122. A. Watts, "NMR Studies of Membrane Surfaces," Bull. Magn. Reson., 9, 66 (l987).
123. D.E. Wemmer, "Two-Dimensional NMR Studies of Biomolecular Structures," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 7.
124. N. Zanatta, P.N. Borer, and G.C. Levy, "Carbon-13 NMR Assignment, Structure, and Dynamics of Deoxyoligonucleotides," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 6.
125. J.D. Bell, J.C.C. Brown, and P.J. Sadler, "NMR Spectroscopy of Body Fluids," Chem. Brit., 24, 1021 (1988).
126. K.M. Brindle, "NMR Methods for Measuring Enzyme Kinetics in vivo," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 257 (1988).
127. R. Csuk and B.I. Glänzer, "NMR Spectroscopy of Fluorinated Monosaccharides," Adv. Carbohydr. Chem. Biochem., 46, 73 (1988).
128. R.V. Hosur, G. Govil, and H.T. Miles, "Application of Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy in the Determination of Solution Conformation of Nucleic Acids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 26, 927 (1988).
129. M.R. Jefson, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Protein Structure Determination," Annu. Rep. Med. Chem., 23, 275 (1988).
130. R.E. London, "13C Labeling in Studies of Metabolic Regulation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 20, 337 (1988).
131. P.G. Morris, "NMR Spectroscopy in Living Systems," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 20, 1 (1988).
132. D.L. Rabenstein, K.K. Millis, and E.J. Strauss, "Proton NMR Spectroscopy of Human Blood Plasma and Red Blood Cells," Anal. Chem., 60, 1380A (1988).
133. S.O. Smith and R.G. Griffin, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Proteins," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 39, 511 (1988).
134. S.K. Branch and A.F. Casy, "Applications of Modern High-Field NMR Spectroscopy in Medicinal Chemistry," Prog. Med. Chem., 26, 355 (1989).
135. S. Cheatham, "NMR Spectroscopy in Biochemistry," J. Chem. Educ., 66, 111 (1989).
136. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Determination of Three-Dimensional Structures of Proteins and Nucleic Acids in Solution by NMR Spectroscopy," Crit. Rev. Biochem. Mol. Biol., 24, 479 (1989).
137. B.P. Hills and P.S. Belton, "NMR Studies of Membrane Transport," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 21, 99 (1989).
138. J.K. Nicholson and I.D. Wilson, "High Resolution Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy of Biological Fluids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 449 (1989).
139. K. Wüthrich, "The Development of NMR Spectroscopy as a Technique for Protein Structure Determination," Acc. Chem. Res., 22, 36 (1989).
140. K. Wüthrich, "Protein Structure Determination in Solution by NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 243, 45 (1989).
141. P.H. Bolton, "A Primer on Isotopic Labeling in NMR Investigations of Biopolymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 423 (1990).
142. B.A. Borgias and T.L. James, "Structure Determination via Complete Relaxation Matrix Analysis (CORMA) of Two-Dimensional Nuclear Overhauser Effect Spectra: DNA Fragments," Biol. Magn. Reson., 9, 119 (1990).
143. A.A.S. Bright and R.G. Ratcliffe, "Applications of NMR in the Analysis of Agrochemicals and Pesticides," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 139 (1990).
144. D.J. Craik and K.A. Higgins, "NMR Studies of Ligand-Macromolecule Interactions," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 61 (1990).
145. S.W. Homans, "Oligosaccharide Conformations: Application of NMR and Energy Calculations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 55 (1990).
146. A.G. Marshall and J. Wu, "Investigation of Ribosomal 5S Ribonucleic Acid Solution Structure and Dynamics by Means of High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy," Biol. Magn. Reson., 9, 55 (1990).
147. J.A. Meier and A.G. Marshall, "Methods for Suppression of the H2O Signal in Proton FT/NMR Spectroscopy: A Review," Biol. Magn. Reson., 9, 199 (1990).
148. S.J. Opella, "Solid State NMR Spectroscopy of Proteins," Biol. Magn. Reson., 9, 177 (1990).
149. A.D. Robertson and J.L. Markley, "Methods of Proton Resonance Assignment for Proteins," Biol. Magn. Reson., 9, 155 (1990).
150. I.C.P. Smith and G.N. Chmurny, "NMR Spectroscopy and Cancer Research: The Present and the Future," Anal. Chem., 62, 853 (1990).
151. G. Wagner, "NMR Investigations of Protein Structure," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 101 (1990).
152. P.L. Yeagle, "Phosphorus NMR of Membranes, Biol. Magn. Reson., 9, 1 (1990).
153. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Two-, Three-, and Four-Dimensional NMR Methods for Obtaining Larger and More Precise Three-Dimensional Structures of Proteins in Solution," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biophys. Chem., 20, 29 (1991).
154. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Applications of Three- and Four-Dimensional Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy to Protein Structure Determination," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 43 (1991).
155. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Structures of Larger Proteins in Solution: Three- and Four-Dimensional Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy," Science (Washington, DC), 252, 1390 (1991).
156. A.E. Derome and S. Bowden, "Low-Temperature Solid-State NMR of Proteins," Chem. Rev., 91, 1307 (1991).
157. J.R. Everett and S.A. Redshaw, "NMR Studies on the Structures of Carbohydrates," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 87, 3 (1991).
158. T.L. James and V.J. Basus, "Generation of High-Resolution Protein Structures in Solution from Multidimensional NMR," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 42, 501 (1991).
159. C. Jones, "NMR Methods for the Structural Analysis of Polysaccharides and Glycoprotein Carbohydrate Chains," Adv. Carbohydr. Anal., 1, 145 (1991).
160. G. Varani and I. Tinoco, Jr., "RNA Structure & NMR Spectroscopy," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 24, 479 (1991).
161. M.P. Williamson, "NMR in Protein Studies," Chem. Brit., 27, 335 (1991).
162. P.K. Agrawal, "Determination of the Chemical Structure of Complex Polysaccharides by Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy," Phytochemistry, 31, 3307 (1992).
163. L.J. Berliner and J. Reuben, Eds., "In Vivo Spectroscopy," Biol. Magn. Reson., 11, 1 (1992).
164. L. Bolinger and R.E. Lenkinski, "Localization in Clinical NMR Spectroscopy," Biol. Magn. Reson., 11, 1 (1992).
165. C.A. Bush and P. Cagas, "Three-Dimensional Conformations of Complex Carbohydrates," Adv. Biophys. Chem., 2, 149 (1992).
166. J.R. Everett and S.A. Redshaw, "NMR Studies on the Structure and Dynamics of Nucleic Acids and Their Complexes with Ions and Other Molecules," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. B, 88, 3 (1992).
167. J.P. Kamerling and J.F.G. Vliegenthart, "High-Resolution Proton NMR Spectroscopy of Oligosaccharide-Alditols Released from Mucin-Type O-Glycoproteins," Biol. Magn. Reson., 10, 1 (1992).
168. A. Majumdar and R.V. Hosur, "Simulation of 2D NMR Spectra for Determination of Solution Conformations of Nucleic Acids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 109 (1992).
169. M. Rudin, Ed., "In Vivo Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy, 1," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 26, articles therein (1992).
170. M. Rudin, Ed., "In Vivo Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy, 2," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 27, articles therein (1992).
171. M. Rudin, Ed., "In Vivo Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy, 3:," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 28, articles therein (1992).
172. M. Rudin and A. Sauter, "In Vivo NMR in Pharmaceutical Research," Mag. Reson. Imaging, 10, 723 (1992).
173. J.C. Veniero and R.K. Gupta, "NMR Measurements of Intracellular Ions in Living Systems," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 219 (1992).
174. D.E. Wemmer, "NMR Studies of Nucleic Acids and Their Complexes," Biol. Magn. Reson., 10, 195 (1992).
175. M. Williamson and J.P. Waltho, "Peptide Structure from NMR," Chem. Soc. Rev., 21, 227 (1992).
176. C. Abeygunawardana and A.C. Bush, "Determination of Chemical Structures of Complex Polysaccharides by Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Biophys. Chem., 3, 199 (1993).
177. J.L. Allis, "The Application of Cation NMR to Living Systems: 87Rb NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 211 (1993).
178. A. Bax and S. Grzesiek, "Methodological Advances in Protein NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 26, 131 (1993).
179. J.D. Bell and P.J. Sadler, "NMR-a Clinical Approach," Chem. Brit., 29, 597 (1993).
180. J. Cavanagh and M. Rance, "Sensitivity-Enhanced NMR Techniques for the Study of Biomolecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 1 (1993).
181. J. Feeney, "New Dimensions in Biology," Chem. Brit., 29, 605 (1993).
182. S.W. Fesik, "NMR Structure Based Drug Design," J. Biomol. NMR, 3, 261 (1993).
183. Y. Inoue, "NMR Studies of the Structure and Properties of Cyclodextrins and Their Inclusion Complexes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 59 (1993).
184. C. Jones and B. Mulloy, "Applications of NMR to Structural Studies on Polysaccharides," Methods Mol. Biol., 17, 1 (1993).
185. A.N. Lane, "NMR Studies of Dynamics in Nucleic Acids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 25, 481 (1993).
186. D. Neuhaus and P.A. Evans, "Structural Studies of Proteins in Solution Using 1H NMR," Methods Mol. Biol., 17, 15 (1993).
187. J.H.B. Pease and D.E. Wemmer, "NMR Resonance Assignments," in "Molecular Structure & Biology," R. Diamond, Ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1993, p. 27.
188. M.S. Searle, "NMR Studies of Drug-DNA Interactions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 25, 403 (1993).
189. A. Shoji, S. Ando, S. Kuroki, I. Ando, and G.A. Webb, "Structural Studies of Peptides and Polypeptides in the Solid State by Nitrogen-15 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 55 (1993).
190. M.P. Williamson, "Peptide Structure Determination by NMR," Methods Mol. Biol., 17, 69 (1993).
191. M.P. Williamson, "NMR of Proteins," Nat. Prod. Rep., 10, 207 (1993).
192. K. Wüthrich, "Biopolymers: An NMR Survey," in "Molecular Structure and Biology," R. Diamond, Ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1993, p. 20.
193. P.S. Belton, "NMR Studies of Protein Hydration," Prog. Biophys. Mol. Biol., 61, 61, (1994).
194. I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, and M. Piccioli, "Copper-Zinc Superoxide Dismutase: A Paramagnetic Protein that Provides a Unique Frame for the NMR Investigation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 91 (1994).
195. J.L. Bock, "NMR in Clinical Chemistry: Where Do We Stand?," Clin. Chem., 40, 1215 (1994).
196. R. Brüschweiler and D.A. Case, "Characterization of Biomolecular Structure and Dynamics by NMR Cross Relaxation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 27 (1994).
197. T.A. Cross, "Structural Biology of Peptides and Proteins in Synthetic Membrane Environments by Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 123 (1994).
198. J.T. Gerig, "Fluorine NMR of Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 293 (1994).
199. I.P. Gerothanassis, "Multinuclear & Multidimensional NMR Methodology for Studying Individual Water Molecules Bound to Peptides & Proteins in Solution: Principles & Applications," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 171 (1994).
200. I.P. Gerothanassis, "17O NMR Studies of Hemoproteins & Synthetic Model Compounds in the Solution & Solid States," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 239 (1994).
201. M.G. Hinds and R.S. Norton, "NMR Spectroscopy of Peptides and Proteins," Method. Mol. Biol., 36, 131 (1994).
202. M. Holz, "Electrophoretic NMR," Chem. Soc. Rev., 23, 165 (1994).
203. J. Jonas and A. Jonas, "High Pressure NMR Spectroscopy of Proteins and Membranes," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 23, 287 (1994).
204. R.A. Komoroski, "In Vivo NMR of Drugs," Anal. Chem., 66, 1024A (1994).
205. D.M. LeMaster, "Isotope Labeling in Solution Protein Assignment and Structural Analysis," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 371 (1994).
206. G. Lindblom and G. Orädd, "NMR Studies of Translational Diffusion in Lyotropic Liquid Crystals and Lipid Membranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 483 (1994).
207. S.J. Opella, "Solid State NMR Structural Studies of Proteins," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 45, 659 (1994).
208. H. Oschkinat, T. Müller, and T. Dieckmann, "Protein Structure Elucidation with 3D and 4D NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 33, 277 (1994).
209. C.R. Sanders II, B.J. Hare, K.P. Howard, and J.H. Prestegard, "Magnetically-Oriented Phospholipid Micelles as a Tool for the Study of Membrane-Associated Molecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 421 (1994).
210. O. Söderman and P. Stilbs, "NMR Studies of Complex Surfactant Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 445 (1994).
211. H. Van Halbeek, "NMR Developments in Structural Studies of Carbohydrates and Their Complexes," Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol., 4, 697 (1994).
212. E.R.P. Zuiderweg and S.R. Van Doren, "Modern Multidimensional Protein NMR Spectroscopy. Part I. Resonance Assignment Methods," Trends Anal. Chem., 13, 24 (1994).
213. E.R.P. Zuiderweg and S.R. Van Doren, "Modern Multidimensional Protein NMR Spectroscopy. Part II. New Experimental Approaches," Trends Anal. Chem., 13, 73 (1994).
214. M. Ala-Korpela, "1H NMR Spectroscopy of Human Blood Plasma," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 475 (1995).
215. J.D. Augspurger and C.E. Dykstra, "Calculation and Prediction of Structural NMR Shifts in Respiratory Proteins," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 30, 1 (1995).
216. M. Billeter, "Hydration Water Molecules Seen by NMR and by X-Ray Crystallography," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 635 (1995).
217. W.H. Braunlin, "NMR Studies of Cation Binding Environments on Nucleic Acids," Adv. Biophys. Chem., 5, 89 (1995).
218. H. Cheng and J.L. Markley, "NMR Spectroscopic Studies of Paramagnetic Proteins," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 24, 209 (1995).
219. J.S. Cohen, J.W. Jaroszewski, O. Kaplan, J. Ruiz-Cabello, and S.W. Collier, "A History of Biological Applications of NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 53 (1995).
220. T.M. Eads, "Wide-Line and High-Resolution 1H NMR of Food Materials," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 143 (1995).
221. M. Englehard and B. Bechinger, "Application of NMR Spectroscopy to Retinal Proteins," Isr. J. Chem., 35, 273 (1995).
222. A.M. Gronenborn and M.G. Clore, "Structures of Protein Complexes by Multidimensional Heteronuclear NMR," Crit. Rev. Biochem. Mol. Biol., 30, 351 (1995).
223. F.D. Gunstone and V.K.S. Shukla, "NMR of Lipids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 219 (1995).
224. E.F. Hounsell, "1H NMR in the Structural and Conformational Analysis of Oligosaccharides and Glcyoconjugates," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 445 (1995).
225. T.L. James, Ed., "NMR and Nucleic Acids," Methods Enzymol., 261, 1 (1995).
226. N. Magnus Wahlgren and T. Drakenberg, "Milk," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 275 (1995).
227. G.J. Martin and M.L. Martin, "Stable Isotope Analysis of Food and Beverages by NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 81 (1995).
228. P.B. Moore, "Determination of RNA Conformation by NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 28, 251 (1995).
229. G. Otting and E. Liepinsh, "Protein Hydration Viewed by High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy: Implications for Magnetic Resonance Image Contrast," Acc. Chem. Res., 28, 171 (1995).
230. J.-P. Renou, "NMR Studies in Meat," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 313 (1995).
231. H. Saito, "Conformational Characterization of Polysaccharides as Studied by High-Resolution 13C Solid-State NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 157 (1995).
232. G.M. Smith, "Studies of Protein Structure by NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 172 (1995).
233. L. Szilagyi, "Chemical Shifts in Proteins Come of Age," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 325 (1995).
234. X. Sun and S.J. Schmidt, "Probing Water Relations in Foods Using Magnetic Resonance Techniques," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 239 (1995).
235. C. Tellier and F. Mariette, "On-Line Applications in Food Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 105 (1995).
236. P.K. Agrawal and A.K. Pathak, "NMR Spectroscopic Approaches for the Determination of Interglycosidic Linkage and Sequence in Oligosaccharides," Phytochem. Anal., 7, 113 (1996).
237. S.J. Archer, P.J. Domaille, and E.D. Laue, "New NMR Methods for Structural Studies of Proteins to Aid in Drug Design," Annu. Rep. Med. Chem., 31, 299 (1996).
238. J.D. Bell, "Clinical Applications of NMR Spectroscopy," Spectrosc. Eur., 8, 18 (1996).
239. S.J. Berners-Price and P.J. Sadler, "Coordination Chemistry of Metallodrugs: Insights into Biological Speciation from NMR Spectroscopy," Coord. Chem. Rev., 151, 1 (1996).
240. C.A. Bush, "Polysaccharides and Complex Oligosaccharides," Encyclopedia of NMR, Wiley, NY, 3746, 1996.
241. D.J. Craik, K.J. Nielsen, and K.A. Higgins, "Pharmaceutical Applications of NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 32, 143 (1996).
242. K.T. Dayie, G. Wagner, and J.-F. Lefevre, "Theory and Practice of Nuclear Spin Relaxation in Proteins," Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem., 47, 243 (1996).
243. J.D. de Certaines, "High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy in Clinical Biology: Application in Oncology," Anticancer Res., 16, 1325 (1996).
244. J.D. de Certaines, L. Nadal, G. Leray, H. Serrai, and C.J. Lewa, "Proton NMR Spectroscopy of Plasma Lipoprotein: Technical Problems & Potential Interest in Cancer Disease," Anticancer Res., 16, 1451 (1996).
245. H.J. Dyson and P.E. Wright, "Insights into Protein Folding from NMR," Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem., 47, 369 (1996).
246. T.W.-M. Fan, "Metabolite Profiling by One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Analysis of Complex Mixtures," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 161 (1996).
247. R.J. Ferrier, R. Blattner, K. Clinch, R.H. Furneaux, J.M. Gardiner, P.C. Tyler, R.H. Wightman, and N.R. Williams, "NMR Spectroscopy and Conformational Features of Sugars," Carbohydr. Chem., 28, 307 (1996).
248. A.M. Gil, P.S. Belton, and B.P. Hills, "Applications of NMR to Food Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 32, 1 (1996).
249. A. Gräslund and M. Sahlin, "EPR and NMR Studies of Class I Ribonucleotide Reductase," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 25, 295 (1996).
250. M. Grootveld, A. Sheerin, M. Atherton, A.D. Millar, E.J. Lynch, D.R. Blake, and D.P. Naughton, "Applications of High Resolution NMR Analysis to the Study of Inflammatory Diseases at the Molecular Level," Adv. Spectrosc., 25, 295 (1996).
251. L.E. Lerner, "Carbohydrate Structure and Dynamics from NMR," in "NMR Spectroscopy and Its Application to Biomedical Research," Elsevier, NY, 1996, Ch. 7, pp. 313-344.
252. B. Mulloy, "High-Field NMR as a Technique for the Determination of Polysaccharide Structures," Mol. Biotechnol., 6, 244 (1996).
253. T. Peters and B.M. Pinto, "Structure and Dynamics of Oligosaccharides: NMR Modeling and Studies," Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol., 6, 710 (1996).
254. A. Ramamoorthy, F.M. Marassi, and S.J. Opella, "Applications of Multidimensional Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy to Membrane Proteins," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A, 288, 237 (1996).
255. F. Schick, "Bone Marrow NMR in vivo," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 169 (1996).
256. L.J. Smith and C.M. Dobson, "Insights into Protein Dynamics by NMR Techniques," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A, 288, 127 (1996).
257. C.M. Spickett, W.E. Smith, and J. Reglinski, "Proton NMR Studies of Oxidative Stress in Disease," Adv. Spectrosc., 25, 267 (1996).
258. H. Van Halbeek, "Carbohydrates and Glycoconjugates," Encyclopedia of NMR, Wiley, NY, 1107, 1996.
259. G. Varani, F. Aboul-ela, and F.H.-T. Allain, "NMR Investigation of RNA Structure," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 29, 51 (1996).
260. P.A. Bottomley, "The Rise of Human In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 9, 29 (1997).
261. V.A. Daragan and K.H. Mayo, "Motional Model Analyses of Protein and Peptide Dynamics Using 13C and 15N NMR Relaxation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 63 (1997).
262. R.R. Ernst, "NMR, a Powerful Tool for the Study of Biomolecular Dynamics," Chimica, 51, 33 (1997).
263. E.F. Hounsell and D. Bailey, "Approaches to the Structural Determination of Oligosaccharides and Glcyopeptides by NMR," in "Glycopeptides and Related Compounds," Marcel Dekker, NY, 1997, Ch. 13, pp. 631-660.
264. L.E. Kay, "NMR Methods for the Study of Protein Structure and Dynamics," Biochem. Cell Biol., 75, 1 (1997).
265. L.E. Kay and K.H. Gardner, "Solution NMR Spectroscopy Beyond 25 kDa," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 7, 722 (1997).
266. R. Kemp-Harper, S.P. Brown, C.E. Hughes, P. Styles, and S. Wimperis, "Na-23 NMR Methods for Selective Observation of Sodium Ions in Ordered Environments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 157 (1997); 31, 287 (1997).
267. H. Kessler, "Structure-Activity Relationships by NMR: A New Procedure for Drug Discovery by a Combinatorial-Rational Approach," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 36, 829 (1997).
268. R. Kreis, "Quantitative Localized Proton NMR for Clinical Use," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 155 (1997).
269. J.C. Lindon and J.K. Nicholson, "Recent Advances in High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopic Methods in Bioanalytical Chemistry," TrAC, Trends Anal. Chem., 16, 190 (1997).
270. G. Otting, "NMR Studies of Water Bound to Biological Molecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 293 (1997).
271. A. Poveda, J.L. Anensio, J.F. Espinosa, M. Martin-Pastor, J. Canada, and J. Jimenez-Barbero, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy and Molecular Modeling to the Study of Protein-Carbohydrate Interactions," J. Mol. Graphics Modell., 15, 9 (1997).
272. A.D. Robertson and K.P. Murphy, "Protein Structure and the Energetics of Protein Stability," Chem. Rev., 97, 1251 (1997).
273. B. Schneider, "In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy of Low Molecular Weight Compounds in Plant Cells," Planta, 203, 1 (1997).
274. D. Uhrin, "Concatenation of Polarization Transfer Steps in 1 D Homonuclear Chemical Shift Correlated Experiments. Applications to Oligo- and Polysaccharides," in "Methods for Structure Elucidation by High-Resolution NMR," Elsevier, NY, 1997, Ch. 3, pp.51-89.
275. A.R. Waldeck, P.W. Kuchel, A.J. Lennon, and B.E. Chapman, "NMR Diffusion Measurements to Characterize Membrane Transport and Solute Binding," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 39 (1997).
276. S. Aime, M. Botta, M. Fasano, and E. Terreno, "Lanthanide(III) Chelates for NMR Biomedical Applications," Chem. Soc. Rev., 27, 19 (1998).
277. I. Ando, T. Kameda, N. Asakawa, S. Kuroki, and H. Kurosu, "Structure of Peptides and Polypeptides in the Solid State as Elucidated by NMR Chemical Shifts," J. Mol. Struct., 441, 213 (1998).
278. C.H. Arrowsmith and Y.-S. Wu, "NMR of Large (>25 kDa) Proteins and Protein Complexes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 277 (1998).
279. N. Asakawa, T. Kameda, S. Kuroki, H. Kurosu, S. Ando, I. Ando, and A. Shoji, "Structural Studies of Hydrogen-Bonded Peptides and Polypeptides by Solid-State NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 35, 55 (1998).
280. P. Bachert, "Pharmacokinetics Using Fluorine NMR in vivo," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 1 (1998).
281. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Determining the Structures of Large Proteins and Protein Complexes by NMR," Trends Biotechnol., 16, 22 (1998).
282. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "Determining Structures of Large Proteins and Protein Complexes by NMR," Biol. Magn. Reson., 16, 3 (1998).
283. G.M. Clore and A.M. Gronenborn, "NMR Structure Determination of Proteins and Protein Complexes Larger than 20 kDa," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 8, 564 (1998).
284. V. Dotsch and G. Wagner, "New Approaches to Structure Determination by NMR Spectroscopy," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 8, 619 (1998).
285. M.W.F. Fischer, A. Majumdar, and E.R.P. Zuiderweg, "Protein NMR Relaxation: Theory, Applications and Outlook," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 207 (1998).
286. K.H. Gardner and L.E. Kay, "Use of 2H, 13C, 15N Multidimensional NMR to Study the Structure and Dynamics of Proteins," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 27, 357 (1998).
287. W.H. Gmeiner, "NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool to Investigate the Structural Basis of Anticancer Drugs," Curr. Med. Chem., 5, 115 (1998).
288. M.J. Howard, "Protein NMR Spectroscopy," Curr. Biol., 8, R331 (1998).
289. O. Jardetzky, Ed., NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A, 301 (1998).
290. L.E. Kay, "Protein Dynamics from NMR," Biochem. Cell Biol., 76, 145 (1998).
291. L.E. Kay, "Development of NMR Methods to Study Protein Structure and Dynamics," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 510, 285 (1998).
292. L.E. Kay, "Protein Dynamics from NMR," Nat. Struct. Biol., 5(Suppl.), 513 (1998).
293. F.M. Marassi and S.J. Opella, "NMR Structural Studies of Membrane Proteins," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 8, 640 (1998).
294. A. Poveda and J. Jimenez-Barbero, "NMR Studies of Carbohydrate-Protein Interactions in Solution," Chem. Soc. Rev., 27, 133 (1998).
295. H. Saito, S. Tuzi and A. Naito, "Empirical versus Nonempirical Evaluation of Secondary Protein Structure of Fibrous & Membrane Proteins by Solid-State NMR: A Practical Approach," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 36, 79 (1998).
296. H.-J. Schneider, F. Hacket, V. Rüdiger, and H. Ikeda, "NMR Studies of Cyclodextrins and Cyclodextrin Complexes," Chem. Rev., 98, 1755 (1998).
297. D. Sitkoff and D.A. Case, "Theories of Chemical Shift Anisotropies in Proteins and Nucleic Acids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 165 (1998).
298. B.J. Stockman, "NMR Spectroscopy as a Tool for Structure-Based Drug Design," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 109 (1998).
299. N.A.J. Van Nuland, V. Forge, J. Balbach, and C.M. Dobson, "Real-TIme NMR Studies of Protein Folding," Acc. Chem. Res., 31, 773 (1998).
300. G. Wider, "Technical Aspects of NMR Spectroscopy with Biological Macromolecules and Studies of Hydration in Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 193 (1998).
301. G. Widmalm, "Physical Methods in Carbohydrate Research," in "Carbohydrate Chemistry," Blackie Academic & Professional, London, 1998, Ch. 11, pp. 448-502.
302. S.S. Wijmenga and B.N.M. van Buuren, "Use of NMR Methods for Conformational Studies of Nucleic Acids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 287 (1998).
303. K. Wüthrich, "The Second Decade (of NMR Spectroscopy Applied to Structural Biology) into the Third Millennium," Nat. Struct. Biol., 5(Suppl.), 492 (1998).
304. Y. Yamamoto, "NMR Study of Active Sites in Paramagmetic Haemoproteins," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 36, 1 (1998).
305. K.L. Brown, "NMR Spectroscopy of B12," in "Chemistry and Biochemistry of B12," R. Banerjee, Ed., Wiley, NY, 1999, p. 197.
306. I. Bertini, A. Rosato, and C. Luchinat, "NMR Studies on Iron-Sulfur Proteins," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 47, 251 (1999).
307. C.A. Bush, M. Martin-Pastor, and A. Imberty, "Structure & Conformation of Complex Carbohydrates of Glycoproteins, Glycolipids, and Bacterial Polysaccharides," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 28, 269 (1999).
308. J.H. Davis and M. Auger, "Static and Magic Angle Spinning NMR of Membrane Peptides and Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 1 (1999).
309. R. Fu and T.A. Cross, "Solid-State NMR Investigation of Protein and Polypeptide Structure," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 28, 235 (1999).
310. B.J. Goodfellow and A.L. Macedo, "NMR Structural Studies of Iron-Sulfur Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 37, 119 (1999).
311. J.F. Hinton, "NMR Studies of Ion-Transporting Biological Channels," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 89 (1999).
312. P.A. Keifer, "NMR Tools for Biotechnology," Curr. Opinion Biotechnol., 10, 34 (1999).
313. C. De Los Santos, "Probing DNA Structure by NMR Spectroscopy," in "Comprehensive Natural Products Chemistry: DNA and Aspects of Molecular Biology," E.T. Kool, Ed., Elsevier Science, NY, 2000, Vol. 7, p. 55.
314. J.C. Lindon, J.K. Nicholson, and J.R. Everett, "NMR Spectroscopy of Biofluids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 1 (1999).
315. J.P. Marino, H. Schwalbe, and C. Griesinger, "J-Coupling Restraints in RNA Structure Determination, Acc. Chem. Res., 32, 614 (1999).
316. J.M. Moore, "NMR Screening in Drug Discovery," Curr. Opinion Biotechnol., 10, 54 (1999).
317. H.N.B. Moseley and G.T. Montelione, "Automated Analysis of NMR Assignments and Structures for Proteins," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 9, 635 (1999).
318. A. Ramos and H. Santos, "NMR Studies of Wine Chemistry and Wine Bacteria," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 37, 179 (1999).
319. G.C.K. Roberts, "NMR Spectrosopy in Structure-Based Drug Design," Curr. Opinion Biotechnol., 10, 42 (1999).
320. C. Roumestand, D. Delay, J.A. Gavin, and D. Canet, "Practical Approach to the Implemenation of Selectivity in Homonuclear Multidimensional NMR with Frequency Selective-Filtering Techniques. Application to the Chemical Structure Elucidation of Complex Oligosaccharides," Magn. Reson. Chem., 37, 451 (1999).
321. M. Sattler, J. Schleucher, and C. Griesinger, "Heteronuclear Multidimensional NMR Experiments for the Structure Determination of Proteins in Solution Employing Pulsed Field Gradients," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 93 (1999).
322. G. Siegal, J. Van Duynhoven, and M. Baldus, "Biomolecular NMR: Recent Advances in Liquids, Solids and Screening," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 3, 530 (1999).
323. M.J. Shapiro and J.R. Wareing, "High Resolution NMR for Screening Ligand/Protein Binding," Curr. Opinion Drug Discovery Dev., 2, 396 (1999).
324. A. Watts, "NMR of Drugs and Ligands Bound to Membrane Receptors," Curr. Opinion Biotechnol., 10, 48 (1999).
325. G. Wider and K. Wüthrich, "NMR Spectroscopy of Large Molecules and Multimolecular Assemblies in Solution," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 9, 594 (1999).
326. S. Williams, "Cerebral Amino Acids Studied by NMR Spectroscopy in vivo," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 34, 301 (1999).
327. M. Auger, "Biological Membrane Structure by Solid-State NMR," Curr. Issues Mol. Biol., 2, 119 (2000).
328. J.-N. Barbotin and J.-C. Portais, Eds., "NMR in Microbiology: Theory and Applications," Horizon Scientific Press, Wymondham, UK, 2000.
329. A.L. Breeze, "Isotope-Filtered NMR Methods for the Study of Biomolecular Structure and Interactions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 323 (2000).
330. D.J. Craik and M.J. Scanlon, "Pharmaceutical Applications of NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 42, 115 (2000).
331. J.O. Duus, C.H. Gotfredsen, and K. Bock, "Carbohydrate Structural Determination by NMR Spectroscopy: Modern Methods and Limitations," Chem. Rev., 100, 4589 (2000).
332. P. Gilbert, "NMR in Drug Metabolism," in "Principles and Practice of Bioanalysis," R.F. Benn, Ed., Taylor & Francis, London, 2000, p. 278.
333. N.K. Goto and L.E. Kay, "New Developments in Isotope Labeling Strategies for Protein Solution NMR Spectroscopy," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 10, 585 (2000).
334. D. Grucker, "Oxymetry by Magnetic Resonance: Applications to Animal Biology and Medicine," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 241 (2000).
335. P.E. Hansen, "Isotope Effects on Chemical Shifts of Proteins and Peptides," Magn. Reson. Chem., 38, 1 (2000).
336. S.W. Homans, "Conformational Analysis in Solution by NMR," in "Carbohydrates in Chemistry and Biology," B. Ernst, G.W. Hart, and P. Sinay, Eds., Wiley/VCH, NY, 2000, Vol. 2, p. 947.
337. G. Kogan and D. Uhrin, "Current NMR Methods in the Structural Elucidation of Polysaccharides," in "New Advances in Analytical Chemistry," Atta-ur-Rahman, Ed., Harwood Academic, NY, 2000, p. P1/73.
338. L.-J. Ming, "NMR of Paramagnetic Metal Centers in Proteins and Synthetic Complexes," in "Physical Methods in Bioinorganic Chemistry," L. Que Jr., Ed., University Science Books, Sausalito, CA, 2000, p. 375.
339. E.T. Mollova and A. Pardi, "NMR Solution Structure Determination of RNAs," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 10, 298 (2000).
340. G.T. Montelione, D. Zheng, Y.J. Huang, K.C. Gunsalus, and T. Szyperski, "Protein NMR Spectroscopy in Structural Genomics," Nat. Struct. Biol., 7, 982 (2000).
341. W.S. Price, "NMR Gradient Methods in the Study of Proteins," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 96, 3 (2000).
342. G.C.K. Roberts, "Applications of NMR in Drug Discovery," Drug Discovery Today, 5, 230 (2000).
343. K. Wüthrich, "Protein Recognition by NMR," Nat. Struct. Biol., 7, 188 (2000).
344. K. Akasaka, H. Li, P. Dubovskii, H.-R. Kalbitzer, and H. Yamada, "High Resolution-High Pressure NMR Spectroscopy: Application to Protein Structure, Dynamics and Folding," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A, 315, 77 (2001).
345. C.H. Arrowsmith, G.-S. Yi, and A. Ayed, "NMR of Large (>25 kDa) Proteins and Protein Complexes," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A, 315, 133 (2001).
346. W.W. Bachovchin, "Contributions of NMR Spectroscopy to the Study of Hydrogen Bonds in Serine Protease Active Sites," Magn. Reson. Chem., 39, S199 (2001).
347. C.E. Bell and M. Lewis, "The Lac Repressor: A Second Generation of Structural and Functional Studies," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 11, 19 (2001).
348. I. Bertini and I.C. Felli, "NMR of Paramagnetic Proteins: Structure, Dynamics and Stability," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A, 315, 117 (2001).
349. R. Bligny and R. Douce, "NMR and Plant Metabolism," Curr. Opinion Plant Biol., 4, 191 (2001).
350. E. Brunner, "Residual Dipolar Couplings in Protein NMR," Concepts Magn. Reson., 13, 238 (2001).
351. S. Capuani, G. Garreffa, M.A. Marci, S. Mangia, F. Di Salle, and B. Maraviglia, "NMR Approaches to Brain Function Studies," Appl. Magn. Reson., 20, 85 (2001).
352. C.E. Dempsey, "Hydrogen Exchange in Peptides and Proteins Using NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 135 (2001).
353. T. Diercks, M. Coles, and H. Kessler, "Applications of NMR in Drug Discovery," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 5, 285 (2001).
354. M.L. Garcia-Martin, P. Ballesteros, and S. Cerdán, "Metabolism of Water in Cells and Tissues as Detected by NMR Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 41 (2001).
355. J.-P. Grivet, "NMR and Microorganisms," Curr. Issues Mol. Biol., 3, 7 (2001).
356. A.M. Gronenborn, "Exploiting Magnetic Field Induced Alignment: Residual Dipolar Coupling for NMR Structure Determination ," J. Jonas, "High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy at High Pressure," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series A, 315, 107 (2001).
357. U. Heinemann, G. Illing, and H. Oschkinat, "High-Throughput Three-Dimensional Protein Structure Determination," Curr. Opinion Biotechnol., 12, 348 (2001).
358. M. Heller and H. Kessler, "NMR Spectroscopy in Drug Design," Pure Appl. Chem., 73, 1429 (2001).
359. R.P. Hicks, "Recent Advances in NMR: Expanding its Role in Rational Drug Design," Curr. Med. Chem., 8, 627 (2001).
360. N. Jamin and F. Toma, "NMR Studies of Protein-DNA Interactions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 83 (2001).
361. D.M. Korzhnev, M. Billeter, A.S. Arseniev, and V.Y. Orekhov, "NMR Studies of Brownian Tumbling & Internal Motions in Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 38, 197 (2001).
362. A.N. Lane, "NMR Studies of Drug-DNA Complexes in Solution," in "Drug-Nucleic Acid Interactions," J.B. Claires and M.J. Waring, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 2001.
363. L.-Y. Lian and D.A. Middleton, "Labeling Approaches for Protein Structural Studies by Solution-State and Solid-State NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 171 (2001).
364. J.C. Lindon, E. Holmes, and J.K. Nicholson, "Pattern Recognition Methods and Applications in Biomedical Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 1 (2001).
365. M. Nilges, "Applications of Molecular Modeling in NMR Structure Determination," in Computational Biochemistry and Biophysics," O.M. Becker, A.D. MacKerell, B. Roux, and M. Watanabe, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2001, p. 253.
366. A.G. Palmer III, "NMR Probes of Molecular Dynamics: Overview and Comparison with Other Techniques," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 30, 129 (2001).
367. J.-M. Perez-Canadillas and G. Varani, "Recent Advances in RNA-Protein Recognition," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 11, 53 (2001).
368. S.S. Popchapsky and T.C. Popchapsky, "NMR as a Tool in Drug Discovery," Curr. Top. Med. Chem., 1, 427 (2001).
369. J.H. Prestegard and A.I. Kishore, "Partial Alignment of Biomolecules: An Aid to NMR Characterization," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 5, 584 (2001).
370. R.G. Ratcliffe, A. Roscher, and Y. Shachar-Hill, "Plant NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 267 (2001).
371. R.G. Ratcliffe and Y. Shachar-Hill, "Probing Plant Metabolism with NMR," Annu. Rev. Plant Physiol., 52, 499 (2001).
372. M. Roden, "Non-Invasive Studies of Glycogen Metabolism in Human Skeletal Muscle Using NMR Spectroscopy," Curr. Opinion Clin. Nutr. Metab. Care, 4, 261 (2001).
373. G. Slosarek, "NMR of Peptides," Mol. Phys. Rep., 34, 61 (2001).
374. S. Srivastava and G. Govil, "Application of NMR to the Study of Cells and Body Fluids," Curr. Org. Chem., 5, 1039 (2001).
375. D.S. Sem and M. Pellecchia, "NMR in the Acceleration of Drug Discovery," Curr. Opinion Drug Discovery, 4, 479 (2001).
376. J.V. Shanks, "In Situ NMR Systems," Curr. Issues Mol. Biol., 3, 15 (2001).
377. I. Wawer and S. Witkowski, "Analysis of Solid State 13C NMR Spectra of Biologically Active Compounds," Curr. Org. Chem., 5, 987 (2001).
378. L. Zidek, R. Stefl, and V. Sklenar, "NMR Methodology for the Study of Nucleic Acids," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 11, 275 (2001).
379. E. de Alba and N.J. Tjandra, "NMR Dipolar Couplings for the Structure Determination of Biopolymers in Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 175 (2002).
380. M. Baldus, "Correlation Experiments for Assignment & Structure Elucidation of Immobilized Polypeptides Under Magic Angle Spinning," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 1 (2002).
381. G.M. Clore and C.D. Schwieters, "Theoretical and Computational Advances in Biomolecular NMR Spectroscopy," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 12, 146 (2002).
382. R.J. Cushley and M. Okon, "NMR Studies of Lipoprotein Structure," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 31, 177 (2002).
383. Y.R. Du, S. Zhao, and L.F. Shen, "NMR Studies of Micelles," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 48, 145 (2002).
384. D. Frueh, "Internal Motions in Proteins & Interference Effects in NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 305 (2002).
385. K. Gawrisch, N.V. Eldho, and I.V. Polozov, "Novel NMR Tools to Study Structure and Dynamics of Biomembranes," Chem. Phys. Lipids, 116, 135 (2002).
386. J. Jonas, "High-Resolution NMR Studies of Proteins," Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1595, 145 (2002).
387. M.A. Keniry and J.A. Carver, "NMR Spectroscopy of Large Proteins," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 48, 31 (2002).
388. P. Luginbühl and K. Wüthrich, "Semi-Classical Nuclear Spin Relaxation Theory Revisited for Use with Biological Macromolecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 199 (2002).
389. E. Oldfield, "Chemical Shifts in Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins: From Quantum Chemistry to Drug Design," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 53, 349 (2002).
390. S.J. Opella, A. Nevzorov, M.F. Mesleh, and F.M. Marassi, "Structure Determination of Membrane Proteins by NMR Spectroscopy," Biochem. Cell Biol., 80, 597 (2002).
391. M. Pellecchia, D.S. Sem, and K. Wüthrich, "NMR in Drug Discovery," Nature Reviews Drug Discovery, 1, 211 (2002).
392. R. Powers, "Applications of NMR to Structure-Based Drug Design in Structural Genimics," J. Struct. Funct. Genom., 2, 113 (2002).
393. G.S. Rule and T.K. Hitchens, "Protein NMR Spectroscopy," in "Modern Protein Chemistry," G.C. Howard and W.E. Brown, Eds., CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2002, p. 37.
394. H. Saito, S. Tuzi, M. Tanio, and A. Naito, "Dynamic Aspects of Membrane Proteins and Membrane-Associated Peptides as Revealed by 13C NMR: Lessons from Bacteriorhodopsin as an Intact Protein," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 47, 39 (2002).
395. Y. Shachar-Hill, "NMR and Plant Metabolic Engineering," Matab. Eng., 4, 90 (2002).
396. A. Shoji, H. Kimura, and H. Sugisawa, "Structural Studies of Amino Acids, Polypeptides and Proteins in the Solid State by 1H CRAMPS NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 45, 69 (2002).
397. B.J. Stockman and C. Dalvit, "NMR Screening Techniques in Drug Discovery & Drug Design," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 187 (2002).
398. D. Tolkatchev, A. Koutychenko, and F. Ni, "Dissecting Functional Interactions in Coagulation Protein Complexes by Use of NMR Spectroscopy," Curr. Protein Peptide Sci., 3, 275 (2002).
399. R.A. Venters, R. Thomson, and J. Cavanagh, "Current Approaches for the Study of Large Proteins by NMR," J. Mol. Struct., 602-603, 275 (2002).
400. M.R. Wormald, A.J. Petrescu, Y.-L. Pao, A. Glithero, T. Elliott, and R.A. Dwek, "Conformational Studies of Oligosaccharides and Glycopeptides: Complementarity of NMR, X-Ray Crystallography, and Molecular Modeling," Chem. Rev., 102, 371 (2002).
401. Y. Yamamoto, "NMR Study of Internal Hydrogen Bonding in Metalloproteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 45, 189 (2002).
402. E.R.P. Zuiderweg, "Mapping Protein-Protein Interactions in Solution by NMR Spectroscopy," Biochemistry, 41, 1 (2002).
403. E. Alberti, R. Consonni, and L. Zetta, "Applications of NMR to Thermostable Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 121 (2003).
404. M. Bjerring, T. Vosegaard, A. Malmendal, and N.C. Nielsen, "Methodological Development of Solid-State NMR for Characterization of Membrane Proteins," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 18, 111 (2003).
405. W. Braun, "Developing Computational Tools for NMR: The Early Days of Protein NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 41(Special Issue), S51 (2003).
406. W.A. Bubb, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Carbohydrates: Characterizing the Structural Complexity," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 19, 1 (2003).
407. A. Cherubini and A. Bifone, "Hyperpolarised Xenon in Biology," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 42, 1 (2003).
408. L. Ciobanu, A.G. Webb, and C.H. Pennington, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Biological Cells," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 42, 69 (2003).
409. P.B. Crowley and M. Ubbink, "Close Encounters of the Transient Kind: Protein Interactions in the Photosynthetic Redox Chain Investigated by NMR Spectroscopy," Acc. Chem. Res., 36, 723 (2003).
410. G.P. Drobny, J.R. Long, T. Karlsson, W. Shaw, J. Popham, N. Oyler, P. Bower, J. Stringer, D. Gregory, M. Mehta, and P.S. Stayton, "Structural Studies of Biomaterials Using Double-Quantum Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 54, 531 (2003).
411. B.M. Fung, "New Angles for NMR Studies of Biological Molecules," Biophys. J., 85, 3429 (2003).
412. E. Gaggelli, N. D'Amelio, D. Valensin, and G. Valensin, "1H NMR Studies of Copper Binding by Histidine-Containing Peptides," Magn. Reson. Chem., 41, 877 (2003).
413. R. Gruetter, G. Adriany, I.-Y. Choi, P.-G. Henry, H. Lei, and G. Oz, "Localized in vivo 13C NMR Spectroscopy of the Brain," NMR Biomed., 16, 313 (2003).
414. P. Güntert, "Automated NMR Protein Structure Calculation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 43, 105 (2003).
415. T.F. Havel, "Metric Matrix Embedding in Protein Structure Calculations, NMR Spectra Analysis, and Relaxation Theory," Magn. Reson. Chem., 41(Special Issue), S37 (2003).
416. B.P. Hills and C.J. Clark, "Quality Assessment of Horticultural Products by NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 75 (2003).
417. N.R. Krishna and L.J. Berliner, Eds., "Protein NMR for the Millenium," Biol. Magn. Reson., 20 (2003).
418. G. Lancelot and F. Paquet, "NMR Studies of lac Operator and lac Repressor," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 49, 169 (2003).
419. S. Luca, H. Heise, and M. Baldus, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Applied to Polypeptides and Membrane Proteins," Acc. Chem. Res., 36, 858 (2003).
420. J. Machann, G. Steidle, C. Thamer, I. Mader, and F. Schick, "In Vivo Proton NMR Studies of Skeletal Musculature," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 1 (2003).
421. K.I. Momot and P.W. Kuchel, "Pulsed Field Gradient NMR as a Tool for Studying Drug Delivery Systems," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 19, 51 (2003).
422. K. Murata, S. Kuroki, E. Katoh, and I. Ando, "A Study of Conformational Stability of Polypeptide Blends by Solid State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 51, 1 (2003).
423. X. Salvatella and E. Giralt, "NMR-Based Methods and Strategies for Drug Discovery," Chem. Soc. Rev., 32, 365 (2003).
424. S.P. Sarma, "Determination of Structure of Proteins in Solution Using NMR," Resonance, 8, 86 (2003).
425. D. Staunton, J. Owen, and I.D. Campbell, "NMR and Structural Genomics," Acc. Chem. Res., 36, 207 (2003).
426. J.R. Tolman and H.M. Al-Hashimi, "NMR Studies of Biomolecular Dynamics and Structural Plasticity Using Residual Dipolar Couplings," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 51, 105 (2003).
427. D.A. Torchia and R. Ishima, "Molecular Structure and Dynamics of Proteins in Solution: Insights Derived from High-Resolution NMR Approaches," Pure Appl. Chem., 75, 1371 (2003).
428. R. Tycko, "Applications of Solid State NMR to the Structural Characterization of Amyloid Fibrils: Methods and Results," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 42, 53 (2003).
429. C. Wang and A.G. Palmer III, "Solution NMR Methods for Quantitative Identification of Chemical Exchange in 15N-Labeled Proteins," Magn. Reson. Chem., 41, 866 (2003).
430. R. Winter, "High Pressure NMR Studies on Lyotropic Lipid Mesophases and Model Biomembranes," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 50, 163 (2003).
431. K. Wüthrich, "NMR Structures of Biological Macromolecules," Magn. Reson. Chem., 41(Special Issue), S89 (2003).
432. K. Wüthrich, "NMR Studies of Structure and Function of Biological Macromolecules (Nobel Lecture)," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 42, 3340 (2003).
433. K. Wüthrich and G. Wider, "Transverse Relaxation-Optimized NMR Spectroscopy with Biomacromolecular Structures in Solution," Magn. Reson. Chem., 41(Special Issue), S80 (2003).
434. O.N. Antzutkin, "Amyloidosis of Alzheimer's Amyloid beta Peptides: Solid-State NMR, EPR, TEM, STEM, and AFM Studies," Magn. Reson. Chem., 42, 231 (2004).
435. R.A. Atkinson and B. Kieffer, "Role of Protein Motions in Molecular Recognition: Insights from Heteronuclear NMR Relaxation Measurements," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 141 (2004).
436. M.C. Baran, Y.J. Huang, H. Moseley, G.T. Montelione, and R. Wood, "Automated Analysis of Protein NMR Assignments and Structures," Chem. Rev., 104, 3541 (2004).
437. I. Bertini and R. Pierattelli, "Copper(II) Proteins Are Amenable for NMR Investigations," Pure Appl. Chem., 76, 321 (2004).
438. H.C. Bertram and H.J. Andersen, "Applications of NMR in Meat Science," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 53, 157 (2004).
439. L.A. Cardoza, A.K. Korir, W.H. Otto, C.J. Wurrey, and C.K. Larive, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy in Environmental Science," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 209 (2004).
440. H.J. Dyson and P.E. Wright, "Unfolded Proteins and Protein Folding Studied by NMR," Chem. Rev., 104, 3607 (2004).
441. S. Grzesiek, F. Cordier, V. Jaravine, and M. Barfield, "Insights into Biomolecular Hydrogen Bonds from Hydrogen Bond Scalar Couplings," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 275 (2004).
442. P.G.W. Gettins, M. Backovic, and F.C. Peterson, "Use of NMR to Study Serpin Function," Methods (San Diego, CA, United States), 32, 120 (2004).
443. R. Grütter, "Principles of the Measurement of Neuro-Glial Metabolism Using in vivo 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Mol. Cell Biol., 31, 409 (2004).
444. W. Gronwald and H.R. Kalbitzer, "Automated Structure Determination of Proteins by NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 33 (2004).
445. T. Hiraoki, S. Kitazawa, and A. Tsutsumi, "Local Dynamics in Polypeptides Studied by Solid State 2H NMR: Side Chain Dynamics of Poly(g-benzyl L-glutamate) and Racemic Poly(g-benzyl glutamate)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 53, 297 (2004).
446. S.W. Homans, "NMR Spectroscopy Tools for Structure-Aided Drug Design," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 43, 290 (2004).
447. M.A. Johnson and B.M. Pinto, "NMR Spectroscopic and Molecular Modeling Studies of Protein-Carbohydrate and Protein-Peptide Interactions," Carbohydr. Res., 339, 907 (2004).
448. C.G. Kalodimos, R. Boelens, and R. Kaptein, "Toward an Integrated Model of Protein-DNA Recognition as Inferred from NMR Studies on Lac Repressor System," Chem. Rev., 104, 3567 (2004).
449. T.K.S. Kumar and C. Yu, "Monitoring Protein Folding at Atomic Resolution," Acc. Chem. Res., 37, 929 (2004).
450. C.A. Lepre, J.M. Moore, and J.W. Peng, "Theory and Applications of NMR-Based Screening in Pharmaceutical Research," Chem. Rev., 104, 3641 (2004).
451. J.C. Lindon, E. Holmes, and J.K. Nicholson, "Toxicological Applications of Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 109 (2004).
452. R.S. Lipsitz and N.J. Tjandra, "Residual Dipolar Couplings in NMR Structure Analysis," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 33, 387 (2004).
453. C.E. Mountford, S. Doran, C.L. Lean, and P. Russell, "Proton MRS Can Determine the Pathology of Human Cancers with a High Level of Accuracy," Chem. Rev., 104, 3677 (2004).
454. A.A. Nevzorov, M.F. Mesleh, and S.J. Opella, "Structure Determination of Aligned Samples of Membrane Proteins by NMR Spectroscopy," Magn. Reson. Chem., 42, 162 (2004).
455. S.J. Opella and F.M. Marassi, "Structure Determination of Membrane Proteins by NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 104, 3587 (2004).
456. G. Orädd and G. Lindblom, "Lateral Diffusion Studied by Pulsed Field Gradient NMR on Oriented Lipid Membranes," Magn. Reson. Chem., 42, 123 (2004).
457. A.G. Palmer III, "NMR Characterization of the Dynamics of Biomacromolecules," Chem. Rev., 104, 3623 (2004).
458. J.W. Peng, J. Moore, and N. Abdul-Manan, "NMR Experiments for Lead Generation in Drug Discovery," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 225 (2004).
459. P. Permi, "Aspects of Coherence Transfer in High Molecular Weight Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 53, 245 (2004).
460. P. Permi and A. Annila, "Coherence Transfer in Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 97 (2004).
461. A.R. Pickford and I.D. Campbell, "NMR Studies of Modular Protein Structures and Their Interactions," Chem. Rev., 104, 3557 (2004).
462. J.H. Prestegard, C.M. Bougault, and A.I. Kishore, "Residual Dipolar Couplings in Structure Determination of Biomolecules," Chem. Rev., 104, 3519 (2004).
463. M. Rivera and G.A. Caignan, "Recent Developments in the 13C NMR Spectroscopic Analysis of Paramagnetic Hemes and Heme Proteins," Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 378, 1464 (2004).
464. K.-H. Ruan, "High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy-Guided Mutagenesis for Characterization of Membrane-Bound Proteins: Experimenal Designs and Applications," Spectroscopy, 18, 13 (2004).
465. B. Simon and M. Sattler, "Speeding Up Biomolecular NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 43, 782 (2004).
466. O. Söderman, P. Stilbs, and W.S. Price, "NMR Studies of Surfactants," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 23, 121 (2004).
467. C.A.E.M. Spronk, S.B. Babuurs, E. Krieger, G. Vriend, and G.W. Vuister, "Validation of Protein Structures Derived by NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 315 (2004).
468. E. Strandberg and A.S. Ulrich, "NMR Methods for Studying Membrane-Active Antimicrobial Peptides," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 23, 89 (2004).
469. M. Zeeb and J. Balbach, "Protein Folding Studied by Real-Time NMR Spectroscopy," Methods, 34, 65 (2004).
470. M. Blackledge, "Recent Progress in the Study of Biomolecular Structure & Dynamics in Solution from Residual Dipolar Couplings," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 23 (2005).
471. T. Carlomagno, "Ligand-Target Interactions: What Can We Learn from NMR?," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct., 34, 245 (2005).
472. M. Grootveld and C.J.L. Silwood, "1H NMR Analysis as a Diagnostic Probe for Human Saliva," Biochem. Bioph. Res. Co., 329, 1 (2005).
473. C.E. Hughes and M. Baldus, "Magic-Angle Spinning Solid-State NMR Applied to Polypeptides and Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 121 (2005).
474. D. Huster, "Investigations of the Structure & Dynamics of Membrane-Associated Peptides by Magic Angle Spinning NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 79 (2005).
475. L.E. Kay, "NMR Studies of Protein Structure and Dynamics," J. Magn. Reson., 173, 193 (2005).
476. C.D. Mackereth, B. Simon, and M. Sattler, "Extending the Size of Protein-RNA Complexes Studied by NMR Spectroscopy," ChemBioChem., 6, 1578 (2005).
477. D. Malmodin and M. Billeter, "High-Throughput Analysis of Protein NMR Spectra," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 109 (2005).
478. I. Marcotte and M. Auger, "Bicelles as Model Membranes for Solid- and Solution-State NMR Studies of Membrane Peptides and Proteins," Concepts Magn. Reson., B, 24, 17 (2005).
479. R. Marek and V. Sklenar, "NMR Studies of Purines," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 54, 201 (2005).
480. M. Pellecchia, "Solution NMR Spectroscopy Techniques for Probing Intermolecular Interactions," Chem. Biol., 12, 961 (2005).
481. S. Reckel, F. Loehr, and V. Doetsch, "In-Cell NMR Spectroscopy," ChemBioChem., 6, 1601 (2005).
482. I. Schnell, "Merging Concepts from Liquid-State and Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy for the Investigation of Supra- and Biomolecular Systems," Curr. Anal. Chem., 1, 3 (2005).
483. A.M.S. Silva and D.C.G.A. Pinto, "Structure Elucidation of Xanthone Derivatives. Studies of NMR Spectroscopy," Curr. Med. Chem., 12, 2481 (2005).
484. G. Simonneaux and A. Bondon, "Mechanism of Electron Transfer in Heme Proteins and Models: The NMR Approach," Chem. Rev., 105, 2627 (2005).
485. A.C. Siversten, M. Bjerring, C.T. Kehlet, T. Vosegaard, and N.C. Nielsen, "Numerical Simulations in Biological Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 54, 243 (2005).
486. C. Sun, J.R. Huth, and P.J. Hajduk, "NMR in Pharmacokinetic and Paramacodynamic Profiling," ChemBioChem., 6, 1592 (2005).
487. A.S. Ulrich, "Solid State 19F NMR Methods for Studying Biomembranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 1 (2005).
488. T.L. Whitehead and T. Kieber-Emmons, "Applying in vitro NMR Spectroscopy and 1H NMR Metabonomics to Breast Cancer Characterization and Detection," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 165 (2005).
489. W. Bermel, I. Bertini, I.C. Felli, M. Piccioli, and R. Pierattelli, "13C-Detected Protonless NMR Spectroscopy of Proteins in Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 25 (2006).
490. S.J. Berners-Price, L. Ronconi, and P.J. Sadler, "Insights into the Mechanism of Action of Platinum Anticancer Drugs from Multinuclear NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 65 (2006).
491. M. Dadiani, E. Furman-Haran, and H. Degani, "Application of NMR in Tumor Angiogenesis Research," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 27 (2006).
492. J. Flinders and T. Dieckmann, "NMR Spectroscopy of Ribonucleic Acids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 137 (2006).
493. M. Hologne, V. Chevelkov, and B. Reif, "Deuterated Peptides and Proteins in MAS Solid-State NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 211 (2006).
494. M. Hong, "Solid-State NMR Studies of Structure, Dynamics, and Assembly of b-Sheet Membrane Peptides and a-Helical Membrane Proteins with Antibiotic Activities," Acc. Chem. Res., 39, 176 (2006).
495. W. Hu and L. Wang, "Residual Dipolar Couplings: Measurements and Applications to Biomolecular Studies," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 231 (2006).
496. T.I. Igumenova, K.K. Frederick, and A.J. Wand, "Characterization of the Fast Dynamics of Protein Amino Acid Side Chains Using NMR Relaxation in Solution," Chem. Rev., 106, 1672 (2006).
497. V.A. Jarymowycz and M.J. Stone, "Fast Time Scale Dynamics of Protein Backbones: NMR Relaxation Methods, Applications, and Functional Consequences," Chem. Rev., 106, 1624 (2006).
498. W. Kremer, "High-Pressure NMR Studies in Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 57, 177 (2006).
499. M. Lukin and C. de los Santos, "NMR Structures of Damaged DNA," Chem. Rev., 106, 607 (2006).
500. A.G. Palmer III and F. Massi, "Characterization of the Dynamics of Biomacromolecules Using Rotating-Frame Spin Relaxation NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 106, 1700 (2006).
501. N.R. Krishna and V. Jayalakshmi, "Complete Relaxation and Conformational Exchange Matrix Analysis of STD-NMR Spectra of Ligand-Receptor Complexes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 1 (2006).
502. H. Saito, "Site-Directed Solid-State NMR on Membrane Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 57, 100 (2006).
503. C.R. Sanders and F. Sönnichsen, "Solution NMR of Membrane Proteins: Practice and Challenges," Magn. Reson. Chem., 44, S24 (2006).
504. C.D. Schwieters, J.J. Kuszewski, and G.M. Clore, "Using Xplor-NIH for NMR Molecular Structure Determination," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 47 (2006).
505. D. Staunton, R. Schlinkert, G. Zanetti, S.A. Colebrook, and I.D. Campbell, "Cell-Free Expression and Selective Isotope Labelling in Protein NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 44, S2 (2006).
506. H. Takashima, "High-Resolution Protein Structure Determination by NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 59, 235 (2006).
507. L.K. Tamm and B. Liang, "NMR of Membrane Proteins in Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 201 (2006).
508. J.R. Tolman and K. Ruan, "NMR Residual Dipolar Couplings as Probes of Biomolecular Dynamics," Chem. Rev., 106, 1720 (2006).
509. D.D. Boehr, H.J. Dyson, and P.E. Wright, "An NMR Perspective on Enzyme Dynamics," Chem. Rev., 106, 3055 (2006).
510. M. Fragai, C. Luchinat, and G. Parigi, "Four-Dimensional Protein Structures: Examples from Metalloproteins," Acc. Chem. Res., 39, 909 (2006).
511. A.G. Webb, "Advances in Probe Design for Protein NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 1 (2006).
512. R.A. Wind and J.Z. Hu, "In Vivo and Ex Vivo High-Resolution 1H NMR in Biological Systems Using Low-Speed Magic Angle Spinning," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 207 (2006).
513. Y. Yamamoto, "NMR Studies of b-Type Haemoproteins Reconstituted with a Ring-Fluorinated Haem," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 57, 52 (2006).
514. W. Zhang, T. Sato, and S.O. Smith, "NMR Spectroscopy of Basic/Aromatic Amino Acid Clusters in Membrane Proteins," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 183 (2006).
515. C. Faber, "Resolution Enhancement in In Vivo NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 61, 1 (2007).
516. L. Fielding, "NMR Methods for the Determination of Protein-Ligand Association Constants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 219 (2007).
517. P.F. Flynn, A.K. Simorellis, and W.D. Van Horn, "NMR Studies of Encapsulated Macromolecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 62, 179 (2007).
518. S.L. Grace and A. Watts, "Applications of REDOR for Distance Measurements in Biological Solids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 191 (2007).
519. D.A. Middleton, "NMR Methods for Characterising Ligand-Receptor and Drug-Membrane Interactions in Pharmaceutical Research," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 39 (2007).
520. K. Mopper, A. Stubbins, J.D. Ritchie, H.M. Bialk, and P.G. Hatcher, "Advanced Instrumental Approaches for Characterization of Marine Dissolved Organic Matter: Extraction Techniques, Mass Spectrometry, and NMR Spectroscopy," Chem. Rev., 107, 419 (2007).
521. G. Pintacuda, M. John, X-C. Su, and G. Otting, "NMR Structure Determination of Protein-Ligand Complexes by Lanthanide Labeling," Acc. Chem. Res., 40, 206 (2007).
522. S. Reckel, R. Hensel, F. Lehr, and V. Detsch, "In-Cell NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 91 (2007).
523. B. Schneider, "NMR Spectroscopy in Biosynthetic Studies," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 155 (2007).
524. P.-W. So, H.G. Parkes, and J.D. Bell, "Application of Magnetic Resonance Methods to Studies of Gene Therapy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 49 (2007).
525. T.W.-M. Fan and A.N. Lane, "Structure-Based Profiling of Metabolites and Isotopomers by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 69 (2008).
526. J.-P. Grivet and A.-M. Delort, "NMR for Microbiology: in vivo and in situ Applications," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
527. C. Gröger, K. Lutz, and E. Brunner, "NMR Studies of Biomineralization," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
528. D.M. Korzhnev and L.E. Kay, "Probining Invisible, Low-Populated States of Protein Molecules by Relaxation Dispersion NMR Spectroscopy: An Application to Protein Folding," Acc. Chem. Res., 41, 442 (2008).
529. J.P. Loria, R.B. Berlow, and E.D. Watt," Characterization of Enzyme Motions by Solution NMR Relaxation Dispersion," Acc. Chem. Res., 41, 214 (2008).
530. S.P. Mielke and V.V. Krishnan, "Characterization of Protein Secondary Structure from NMR Chemical Shifts," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
531. S. Ohki and M. Kainosho, "Stable Isotope Labeling Methods for Protein NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
532. M. Ouellet and M. Auger, "Structure and Membrane Interactions of Antimicrobial Peptides as Viewed by Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 1 (2008).
533. G. Zhu and X. Yao, "TROSY-Based NMR Experiments for NMR Studies of Large Biomolecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 52, 49 (2008).
VIII. MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING
1. R. Damadian, M. Goldsmith, and L. Minkoff, "NMR Scanning," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 19, 1 (1981).
2. L. Kaufman, L.E. Crooks, and A.R. Margulis, Eds., "NMR Imaging in Medicine," Igaku-Shoin, NY, 1981.
3. R.W. Redington and W.H. Berninger, "Medical Imaging Systems," Phys. Today, 34(8), 36 (1981).
4. P.A. Bottomley, "NMR Imaging Techniques and Applications: A Review," Rev. Sci. Instrum., 53, 1319 (1982).
5. G.L. Brownell, T.F. Budinger, P.C. Lauterbur, and P.L. McGeer, "Positron Tomography and NMR Imaging," Science (Washington, DC), 215, 619 (1982).
6. R.E. Gordon, P.E. Henley, and D. Shaw, "Topical Magnetic Resonance," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 1 (1982).
7. R.A. Iles, A.N. Stevens, and J.R. Griffiths, "NMR Studies of Metabolites in Living Tissues," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 49 (1982).
8. P. Mansfield and P.G. Morris, "NMR Imaging in Biomedicine," Academic Press, NY, 1982 (Supplement No. 2 to Adv. Magn. Reson.).
9. I.L. Pykett, "NMR Imaging in Medicine," Sci. Am., 246(5), 78 (1982).
10. E.R. Andrew, "NMR Imaging," Acc. Chem. Res., 16, 114 (1983).
11. E. Edelson, "Scanning the Body Magnetic," Science 83, 4(6), 60 (1983).
12. C.L. Partain, A.E. James, Jr., F.D. Rollo, and R.R. Price, Eds., "NMR Imaging," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1983.
13. D. Shaw, "In Vivo Topical Magnetic Resonance," Org. Magn. Reson., 21, 225 (1983).
14. R.N. Bryan, S.C. Bushong, and M.R. WIllcott, "Medical NMR Imaging," C.V. Mosby Co., St. Louis, MO, 1984.
15. T.F. Budinger and P.C. Lauterbur, "NMR Technology for Medical Studies," Science (Washington, DC), 226, 288 (1984).
16. W.R. Hendee and C. Morgan, "Introduction to Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Multi-Media Publishing Inc., Denver, CO, 1984.
17. J. Jaklovsky and W.H. Oldendorf, "NMR Imaging: A Comprehensive Bibliography," A.W. Anderson, Needham, MA, 1984.
18. H.Y. Kressel, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance Annual," Raven Press, NY, 1984.
19. C.L. Partain, Ed., "NMR and Correlative Imaging Modalities," Society of Nuclear Medicine Inc., 1984.
20. R.G. Ramsey, "Diagnostic Radiology of the Brain: CT, DSA, NMR," 2nd ed., Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1984.
21. K. Roth, "NMR Tomography and Spectroscopy in Medicine," Springer Verlag, NY, 1984.
22. S.W. Young, "NMR Imaging: Basic Principles," Raven Press, NY, 1984.
23. F. Gerstenbrand, N. Grcevic, and F. Aichner, "Neuroimaging," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1985.
24. R.E. Gordon, "Magnets, Molecules, and Medicine," Phys. Med. Biol., 30, 741 (1985).
25. M.D. Ogan and R.C. Brasch, "Contrast Enhancing Agents in NMR Imaging," Annu. Rep. Med. Chem., 20, 277 (1985).
26. R.A. Robb, Ed., "Three-Dimensional Biomedical Imaging," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1985 (two volumes).
27. W.P. Rothwell, "NMR Imaging," Appl. Opt., 24, 3958 (1985).
28. S.L. Smith, "NMR Imaging," Anal. Chem., 57, 595A (1985).
29. J. Stepisnik, "Measuring and Imaging of Flow by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 187 (1985).
30. A.D. Elster, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Reference Guide and Atlas," J.B. Lippincott, Philadelphia, PA, 1986.
31. D.M. Kean and M.A. Smith, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Principles and Applications," W. Heinemann Medical Books, London, 1986.
32. S. Kleinfield, "A Machine Called Indomitable," Times Books, NY, 1986.
33. P.G. Morris, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Medicine and Biology," Oxford University Press, NY, 1986.
34. F.A. Mettler, Jr., L.R. Muroff, and M.V. Kulkarni, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Spectroscopy," Churchill Livingstone, 1986.
35. E.R. Andrew and J.R. Fitzsimmons, "Developments in NMR Imaging," Bull. Magn. Reson., 9, 53 (1987).
36. M. Brant-Zawadzki and D. Norman, "MRI of the Central Nervous System," Raven Press, NY, 1987.
37. D.L. Daniels, V.M. Haughton, and T.P. Naidich, "Cranial and Spinal MRI: An Atlas and Guide," Raven Press, NY, 1987.
38. R.R. Ernst, "Methodology of Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Quart. Rev. Biophys., 19, 183 (1987).
39. R.B. Lauffer, "Paramagnetic Metal Complexes as Water Proton Relaxation Agents for NMR Imaging," Chem. Rev., 87, 901 (1987).
40. V.R. McCready, M. Leach, and P.J. Ell, Eds., "Functional Studies Using NMR," Springer Verlag, NY, 1987.
41. H. Panepucci, N. Beckmann, A. Tannus, and T.J. Bonagamba, "NMR Imaging," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 13.
42. G.H. Stimac, P. Pinz, B. Reifler, R. Gerlach, and M. Genton, "MR Imaging in the Evaluation of Dementia of the Alzheimer Type," Bull. Magn. Reson., 9, 119 (1987).
43. S.W. Young, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Basic Principles, " 2nd ed., Raven Press, NY, 1987.
44. J.C. Weinreb and H.C. Redman, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Body," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1987.
45. W.S. Wong, J.S. Tsuruda, K.E. Kortman, and W.G. Bradley, Jr., "Practical MRI: A Case Study Approach," Aspen Publishing Co., Rockville, MD, 1987.
46. A.J. Christoforidis, "Atlas of Axial, Sagittal and Coronal Anatomy with CT and MRI," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1988.
47. M.E. Kricun, "Imaging Modalities in Spinal Disorders," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1988.
48. P. Mansfield, "Imaging by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," J. Phys. E: Sci. Instrum., 21, 18 (1988).
49. C.L. Partain, R.R. Price, J.A. Patton, M.V. Kulkarni, and A.E. James, Jr., Eds., "Magnetic Resonance Imaging", 2nd ed., Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1988 (two volumes).
50. C.E. Putman and C.E. Ravin, "Textbook of Diagnostic Imaging," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1988 (three volumes).
51. F.W. Wehrli, D. Shaw, and J.B. Kneeland, Eds., "Biomedical Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Principles, Methodology, and Applications," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1988.
52. C.N. Chen and D.I. Hoult, "Biomedical Magnetic Resonance Technology," Adam Hilger, Bristol, UK, 1989 (Medical Science Series).
53. S.J. Pomeranz, "Craniospinal Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1989.
54. S.W. Atlas, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Brain and Spine," Raven Press, NY, 1990.
55. E.B. Cady, "Clinical Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Plenum Press, NY, 1990.
56. W. Kuhn, "NMR Microscopy-Fundamentals, Limits and Possible Applications," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 29, 1 (1990).
57. C.T.W. Moonen, P.C.M. Van Zijl, J.A. Frank, D. Le Bihan, and E.D. Becker, "Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Medicine and Physiology," Science (Washington, DC), 250, 53 (1990).
58. P.T. Callaghan, "Principles of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Microscopy," Oxford University Press, NY, 1991.
59. K.H. Hausser and H.R. Kalbitzer, Eds., "NMR in Medicine and Biology: Structure Determination by Tomography, in vivo Spectroscopy," Springer Verlag, NY, 1991 (Physics in Life Sciences).
60. P. Jezzard, J.J. Attard, T.A. Carpenter, and L.D. Hall, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Imaging in the Solid State," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 1 (1991).
61. R. Turner and P. Keller, "Angiography and Perfusion Measurements by NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 93 (1991).
62. J.K. Udupa and G.T. Herman, Eds., "3D Imaging in Medicine," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1991.
63. D.G. Cory, "Solid State NMR Imaging," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 87 (1992).
64. T. Schleich, G.H. Caines, and J.M. Rydzewski, "Off-Resonance Rotating Frame Spin-Lattice Relaxation: Theory, and in vivo MRS & MRI Applications," Biol. Magn. Reson., 11, 55 (1992).
65. Z.H. Cho, J.P. Jones, and M. Singh, "Foundations of Medical Imaging," Wiley, NY, 1993.
66. R.P. Crease, "Biomedicine in the Age of Imaging," Science (Washington, DC), 261, 554 (1993).
67. R.A. Komoroski, "Nonmedical Applications of NMR Imaging," Anal. Chem., 65, 1068 (1993).
68. C.E. Mountford, C.L. Lean, W.B. Mackinnon, and P. Russell, "The Use of Proton MR in Cancer Pathology," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 173 (1993).
69. R.G. Shulman, A.M. Blamire, D.L. Rothman, and G. McCarthy, "NMR Imaging and Spectroscopy of Human Brain Function," NMR Biomed., 5, 329 (1993).
70. M.S. Went and L.W. Jelinski, "Chemical Aspects of NMR Imaging," Pract. Spectrosc., 16, 421 (1993).
71. M.A. Brown and R.C. Semelka, "MRI: Basic Principles & Applications," Wiley, NY, 1995.
72. M.J. McCarthy and M.K. Cheung, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 19 (1995).
73. H.A. Nasrallah and J.W. Pettegrew, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy in Psychiatric Brain Disorders," American Psychiatric Press, 1995 (Prog. Psychiatry, No. 47).
74. R.A. Robb, Ed., "Three-Dimensional Biomedical Imaging," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1995.
75. C.K. Roth and W. Faulkner, "Review Questions for MRI," Wiley/Blackwell, NY, 1995.
76. F.W. Wehrli, "From NMR Diffraction and Zeugmatography to Modern Imaging and Beyond," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 87 (1995).
77. X. Zhou, T.L. Peck, and J.B. Litchfield, "Magnetic Resonance Microscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 31, 32 (1995).
78. R.R. Edelman, M.B. Zlatkin, and J.R. Hesselink, Eds., "Clinical Magnetic Resonance Imaging," 2nd ed., Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1996 (2 volumes).
79. D.G. Gadian, "NMR and Its Applications to Living Systems," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1996.
80. S. Hafner, D.E. Demco, and R. Kimmich, "Magic Echoes and NMR Imaging of Solids," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 6, 275 (1996).
81. J. Mattson and M. Simon, "The Pioneers of NMR and Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Medicine," Bar-Ilan University Press, Israel, 1996.
82. M.T. Vlaardingerbroek and J.A. Den Boer, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Theory and Practice," Springer Verlag, NY, 1996.
83. Y. Xia, "Contrast in NMR Imaging and Microscopy," Concepts Magn. Reson., 8, 205 (1996).
84. P. Blümler and B. Blümich, "NMR Imaging of Elastomers; A Review," Rubber Chem. Technol., 70, 468 (1997).
85. J.A. Chudek and G. Hunter, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Plants," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 43 (1997).
86. R. Kimmich, "NMR: Tomography, Diffusometry, Relaxometry," Springer Verlag, NY, 1997.
87. P.J. Mcdonald, "Stray Field Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 69 (1997).
88. J.W. Rathke, R.J. Klingler, R.E. Gerald II, K.W. Kramarz, and K. Wölk, "Toroids in NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 30, 209 (1997).
89. P.A. Rinck, "MRI in Infectious Diseases," Blackwell Science, Oxford, UK, 1997.
90. N.M. Salibi and M.A. Brown, "Clinical MR Spectroscopy," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1997.
91. R.C. Semelka, S.M. Ascher, and C. Reinhold, Eds., "MRI of the Abdomen and Pelvis," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1997.
92. R.C. Smith and R.C. Lange, "Understanding Magnetic Resonance Imaging," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1997.
93. D.W. Stoller, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Orthopaedics and Sports Medicine," 2nd ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 1997.
94. A.T. Watson and C.T.P. Chang, "Characterizing Porous Media with NMR Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 31, 343 (1997).
95. P. Blümler, B. Blümich, R. Botto, and F. Fukushima, Eds., "Spatially Resolved Magnetic Resonance," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.
96. B. Blümich, "Contrast in Solid-State NMR Imaging. Part 1: Principles," Concepts Magn. Reson., 10, 19 (1998).
97. H.K. Huang, "PACS: Basic Principles and Applications," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.
98. B. Hills, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Food Science," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.
99. T. Kaibara, R.L. Tyson, and G.R. Sutherland, "Human Cerebral Neoplasms Studied Using MR Spectroscopy: a Review," Biochem. Cell Biol., 76, 477 (1998).
100. J. Klinowski, "A Primer of Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Imperial College Press, London, 1998.
101. J.B. Miller, "NMR Imaging of Materials," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 33, 273 (1998).
102. S.K. Mukherji, Ed., "Clinical Applications of Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," VCH-Wiley, NY, 1998.
103. W.S. Price, "NMR Imaging," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 35, 139 (1998).
104. W.J. Schempp, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1998.
105. V. Comblin, D. Gilsoul, M. Hermann, V. Humblet, V. Jacques, M. Mesbahi, C. Sauvage, and J.F. Desreux, "Designing New MRI Contrast Agents: a Coordination Chemistry Challenge," Coord. Chem. Rev., 185-186, 451 (1999).
106. A. Haase, D. Leibfritz, and L. Marti-Bonmati, Eds., "Methodology, Spectroscopy and Clinical MRI: 16th Annual Scientific Meeting ESMRMB '99," Springer Verlag, NY, 1999.
107. E.M. Haacke, R.W. Brown, M.R. Thompson, and R. Venkatesan, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Physical Principles and Sequence Design," Wiley, NY, 1999.
108. J. Jin, "Electromagnetic Analysis and Design in Magnetic Resonance Imaging," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1999.
109. C. Westbrook, "Handbook of MRI Technique," 2nd ed., Wiley/Blackwell, NY, 1999.
110. B. Blümich and M.S. Conradi, "NMR Imaging of Materials, " Oxford University Press, NY, 2000.
111. W.V. Brown, "Clinical NMR Imaging," C.V. Mosby Co., St. Louis, MO, 2000.
112. D.E. Demko and B. Blümich," Solid-State NMR Imaging Methods. 1. Strong Field Gradients," Concepts Magn. Reson., 12, 188 (2000).
113. D.E. Demko and B. Blümich," Solid-State NMR Imaging Methods. 2. Line Narrowing," Concepts Magn. Reson., 12, 269 (2000).
114. Z.-P. Liang and P.C. Lauterbur, "Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging: A Signal Processing Perspective," IEEE Inc, NY, 2000.
115. P. Sprawls, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Principles, Methods and Techniques," Medical Physics Pub. Corp., 2000.
116. R.B. Buxton, "Introduction to Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Principles and Techniques," Cambridge University Press, New York, NY, 2001.
117. D.E. Demko and B. Blümich," NMR Imaging of Materials," Curr. Opinion Solid State Mater. Sci., 5, 195 (2001).
118. A.D. Elster and J. Burdette, "Questions & Answers in Magnetic Resonance Imaging," 2nd ed., C.V. Mosby Co., St. Louis, MO, 2001.
119. W. Faulkner and E. Seeram, "Rad Tech's Guide to MRI: Basic Physics, Instrumentation, and Quality Control," Wiley/Blackwell, NY, 2001.
120. P. Jezzard, P.M. Matthews, and S.M. Smith, Eds., "Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging: An Introduction," Oxford University Press, NY, 2001.
121. W. Krause, "Magnetic Resonance Contrast Agents," Top. Curr. Chem., 221, (2001).
122. A.F. Merbach and E. Toth, Eds. "Chemistry of Contrast Agents in Medical Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Wiley, NY, 2001.
123. P. Rinck, "Magnetic Resonance in Medicine," Blackwell Science, Oxford, UK, 2001.
124. E. Toth, L. Burai, and A.E. Merbach, "Similarities and Differences between the Isoelectronic GdIII and EuII Complexes with Regard to MRI Contrast Agent Applications," Coord. Chem. Rev., 215, 216 (2001).
125. I.R. Young, Ed., "Methods in Biomedical Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 2001 (two volumes).
126. E.T. Ahrens, P.T. Narasimhan, T. Nakada, and R.E. Jacobs, "Small Animal Neuroimaging Using Magnetic Resonance Microscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 275 (2002).
127. B. Blümich and M.S. Conradi, "NMR Imaging of Materials, " Rev. Sci. Instrum., 73, 232 (2002).
128. F.A. Burgener, S.P. Meyers, R.K. Tan, and W. Zaunbauer, "Differential Diagnosis in Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Thieme, NY, 2002.
129. J.A. Chudek and G. Hunter, "Stray Field (STRAFI) and Single Point (SPI) Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 45, 151 (2002).
130. R.B. Clarkson, "Blood-Pool MRI Contrast Agents: Properties and Characteization," Top. Curr. Chem., 221, 201 (2002).
131. W.R. Hendee and E.R. Ritenour, "Medical Imaging Physics," 4th ed., Wiley, NY, 2002.
132. S. Kadlecek, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging with Polarized Gases," Am. Scientist, 90, 540 (2002).
133. C.L. Lean, R.L. Somorjai, I.C.P. Smith, P. Russell, and C.E. Mountford, "Accurate Diagnosis & Prognosis of Human Cancers by Proton MRS & a Three-Stage Classification Strategy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 48, 71 (2002).
134. I.C.P. Smith and L.C. Stewart, "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Medicine: Clinical Impact," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 1 (2002).
135. H. Yan, Ed., "Signal Processing for Magnetic Resonance Imaging & Spectroscopy," Marcel Dekker, NY, 2002.
136. T. Bert, M.D. Moeller, and E. Reif, "MRI Parameters and Positioning," Thieme Medical Publishers, NY, 2003.
137. B. Blümich, "NMR Imaging of Materials," Oxford University Press, NY, 2003 (Monogr. Phys. Chem. Materials, Vol. 57).
138. M.A. Brown and R.C. Semelka, "MRI: Basic Principles and Applications," 3rd ed., Wiley, NY, 2003.
139. M.S. Chunasamy, "MRI Guide for Technologists: A Step-By-Step Approach," 1st Books Library, 2003.
140. L. Ciobanu, A.G. Webb, and C.H. Pennington, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Biological Cells," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 42, 69 (2003).
141. R. Freeman, "Magnetic Resonance in Chemistry and Medicine," Oxford University Press, NY, 2003.
142. M.L. Grey and J.M. Ailinani, "CT and MRI Pathology: A Pocket Atlas," McGraw-Hill, NY, 2003.
143. M.D. Mantle and A.J. Sederman, "Dynamic MRI in Chemical Process and Reaction Engineering," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 43, 3 (2003).
144. T. Schulte-Herbrüggen, "Imaging Techniques Boost NMR Spectroscopy: How to Remove Zero-Quantum Artifacts," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 42, 5270 (2003).
145. D. Weishaupt, V.D. Koechli, B. Marincek, and P.D. Ax, "How Does MRI Work," Springer Verlag, NY, 2003.
146. M.A. Bernstein, K.F. King, and X.J. Zhou, "Handbook of MRI Pulse Sequences," Academic Press, NY, 2004.
147. J. Frahm, P. Dechent, J. Baudewig, and K.D. Merboldt, "Advances in Functional MRI of the Human Brain," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 1 (2004).
148. C.G. Fry, "Nobel Prize in Medicine for Magnetic Resonance Imaging," J. Chem. Educ., 81, 922 (2004).
149. R.H. Hashemi, W.G. Bradley, and C.J. Lisanti, "MRI: The Basics," 2nd ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA, 2004.
150. S.A. Huettel, A.W. Song, and G. McCarthy, "Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Sinauer Associates, 2004.
151. P. Mansfield, "Snapshot Magnetic Resonance Imaging (Nobel Lecture)," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 43, 5456 (2004).
152. E. Toth, L. Helm, and A.E. Merbach, "Metal Complexes as MRI Contrast Enhancement Agents," in "Comprehensive Coordination Chemistry II," J.A. McCleverty and T.J. Meyer, Eds., Elsevier, NY, 2004, Vol. 9, p. 841.
153. S. Aime, M. Botta, and E. Terreno, "Gd(III)-Based Contrast Agents for MRI," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 173 (2005).
154. J.-M. Bonny, "Methods and Applications of Quantitative MRI," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 56, 213 (2005).
155. P. Caravan, "Targeted Molecular Imaging with MRI," in "Medicinal Inorganic Chemistry," J.L. Sessler, S.R. Doctrow, T.J. McMurry, and S.J. Lippard, Eds., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2005, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 903, p. 166.
156. S.J. Kadlecek, K. Emami, M.C. Fischer, M. Ishii, J. Yu, J.M. Woodburn, M. NikKhah, V. Vahdat, D.A. Lipson, J.E. Baumgardner, and R.R. Rizi, "Imaging Physiological Parameters with Hyperpolarized Gas MRI," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 187 (2005); Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 233 (2006).
157. M.I. Kettunen and K.M. Brindle, "Apoptosis Detection Using Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 175 (2005).
158. J. Lowe, "Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Chem. Rev. (Deddington, U.K.), 14, 22 (2005).
159. P.T. Narasimhan and R.E. Jacobs, "Microscopy in Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 259 (2005).
160. S. Ramaprasad, "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopic Imaging Studies of Lithium," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 111 (2005).
161. D. Sakellariou, C.A. Meriles, R.W. Martin, and A. Pines, "NMR in Rotating Magnetic Fields: Magic-Angle Field Spinning," Magn. Reson. Imaging, 23, 295 (2005).
162. M. Baldus, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: Molecular Structure and Organization at the Atomic Level," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 45, 1186 (2006).
163. P.B. Barker and D.D.M. Lin, "In Vivo Proton MR Spectroscopy of the Human Brain," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 99 (2006).
164. M.S. Conradi, B.T. Saam, D.A. Yablonskiy, and J.C. Woods, "Hyperpolarized 3He and Perfluorocarbon Gas Diffusion MRI of Lungs," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 63 (2006).
165. G. Liney, "MRI in Clinical Practice," Springer, NY, 2006.
166. P.M. Robitaille and L. Berliner, Eds., "Ultra High Field Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Springer, NY, 2006 (Biol. Magn. Reson., 26 (2006)).
167. S. Stapf and S.-I. Han, Eds., "NMR Imaging in Chemical Engineering," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2006.
168. D. Weishaupt, V.D.Koechli, and B. Marincek, "How Does MRI Work?: An Introduction to the Physics and Function of MRI," 2nd ed., Springer, NY, 2006.
169. J. Zhou and P.C.M. van Zijl, "Chemical Exchange Saturation Transfer Imaging and Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 48, 109 (2006).
170. N. Beckmann, Ed., "In Vivo MR Techniques in Drug Discovery and Development," Informa Healthcare, NY, 2007.
171. G.B. Chavhan, "MRI Made Easy," Anshan Publishing, Kent, UK, 2007.
172. J.P. De Wilde, D. Grainger, D.L. Price, and C. Renaud, "MRI Safety Issues Including an Analysis of Recorded Incidents within the UK," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 37 (2007).
173. D.W. McRobbie, E.A. Moore, M.J. Graves, and M.R. Prince, "MRI from Picture to Proton," Cambridge University Press, NY, 2007.
174. M.L. Johns and K.G. Hollingsworth, "Characterization of Emulsion Systems Using NMR and MRI," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 50, 51 (2007).
175. M. Hertich, "Imaging of Groundwater with NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 227 (2008).
176. K.M. Koch, D.L. Rothman, and R.A. de Graaf, "Optimization of Static Magnetic Field Homogeneity in the Human and Animal Brain in Vivo," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 5x, xxx (2008).
177. S. Codd and J.D. Seymour, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance Microscopy: Spatially Resolved NMR Techniques and Applications," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2009 (ISBN 3-527-32008-3).
IX. SOLIDS
1. R.E. Richards, "NMR Spectra of Organic Solids," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods, Vol. 2, F.C. Nachod and W.D. Phillips, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1962, Ch. 8.
2. J. Jenner, "Thermodynamics of Spin Systems in Solids," Adv. Magn. Reson., 3, 205 (1968).
3. P.S. Allen, "NMR Studies of Molecular Motion in Solids," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser. 1, 4, 43 (1972).
4. E.R. Andrew, "The Narrowing of NMR Spectra of Solids by High-Speed Specimen Rotation and the Resolution of Chemical Shift and Spin Multiplet Structures for Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 8, 1 (1972).
5. P. Mansfield, "Pulsed NMR in Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 8, 41 (1972).
6. H. Pfeifer, "NMR and Relaxation of Molecules Adsorbed on Solids," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 7, 53 (1972).
7. A. Weiss, "NMR in Solid-State Chemistry," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 11, 607 (1972).
8. E.R. Andrew, "High-Resolution NMR in Solids," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser. 2, 4, 173 (1975).
9. J. Ebert and G. Seifert, "NMR in Solids," Hilger, London, 1975.
10. P.C. Taylor, J.F. Baugher, and H.M. Kriz, "Magnetic Resonance Spectra in Polycrystalline Solids," Chem. Rev., 75, 203 (1975).
11. U. Haeberlen, "High Resolution NMR in Solids: Selective Averaging," Academic Press, NY, 1976 (Supplement No. 1 to Adv. Magn. Reson.).
12. L. Van Gerven, Ed., "NMR in Solids," Plenum Press, NY, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series B, 22 (1977).
13. R.W. Vaughan, "High Resolution Solid State NMR," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 29, 397 (1978).
14. G.R. Hays, "High Resolution 13C Solid State NMR Spectroscopy," Analyst (London), 107, 241 (1982).
15. J.R. Layerla, C.S. Yannoni, and C.A. Fyfe, "Chemical Applications of Variable Temperature CP/MASS NMR Spectroscopy in Solids," Acc. Chem. Res., 15, 208 (1982).
16. F.P. Miknis, "NMR Studies of Solid Fossil Fuels," Magn. Reson. Rev., 7, 87 (1982).
17. S.J. Opella, "Solid State NMR of Biological Systems," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 33, 533 (1982).
18. F.A. Rushworth, "Wide-Line NMR and Relaxation Processes in Ionic and Molecular Solids," Magn. Reson. Rev., 7, 197 (1982).
19. R.E. Wasylishen and C.A. Fyfe, "High-Resolution NMR of Solids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 12, 1 (1982).
20. C.S. Yannoni, "High-Resolution NMR in Solids: The CPMAS Experiment," Acc. Chem. Res., 15, 201 (1982).
21. B.C. Gerstein, "High-Resolution NMR Spectrometry of Solids," Anal. Chem., 55 (1983). Part 1, 718A; Part 2, 899A.
22. C.A. Fyfe, "Solid State NMR for Chemists," CFC Press, Guelph, Ontario, 1983.
23. C.A. Fyfe, J.M. Thomas, J. Klinowski, G.C. Gobbi, S. Ramadas, and M.W. Anderson, "MASS-NMR Spectroscopy and the Structure of Zeolites," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 22, 259 (1983).
24. R.K. Harris, "High Resolution Solid-State NMR Studies of Group IV Elements," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 361 (1983).
25. M. Mehring, "Principles of High Resolution NMR in Solids," 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1983.
26. K.J. Packer, "NMR in Solids," in "The Multinuclear Approach to NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and F.G. Riddell, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 103, 111 (1983).
27. B.C. Gerstein, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of 13C," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 4, 123 (1984).
28. J. Klinowski, "NMR Studies of Zeolites," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 16, 237 (1984).
29. G.E. Maciel, "High-Resolution NMR of Solids," Science (Washington, DC), 226, 282 (1984).
30. D.E. Axelson, "Solid State NMR of Fossil Fuels: An Experimental Approach," Multiscience Publications, Montreal, Canada, 1985.
31. P.J. Bray, "NMR Studies of Glass Structure," J. Non-Cryst. Solids, 73, 19 (1985).
32. A.D.H. Clague, "High Resolution Solid State NMR: Theory and Applications," Catalysis, 7, 75 (1985).
33. C. Dybowski, "Solid State Investigations via NMR," CHEMTECH, 15, 186 (1985).
34. B.C. Gerstein and C.R. Dybowski, "Transient Techniques in NMR of Solids: An Introduction to Theory and Practice," Academic Press, Orlando, FL, 1985.
35. U. Haeberlen, "Multiple Pulse Techniques in Solid State NMR," Magn. Reson. Rev., 10, 81 (1985).
36. R.A. Kinsey, R.J. Kirkpatrick, J. Hower, K.A. Smith, and E. Oldfield, "High Resolution Al-27 and Si-29 NMR Spectroscopic Study of Layer Silicates, Including Clay Minerals," Am. Mineral., 70, 537 (1985).
37. R.J. Kirkpatrick, K.A. Smith, S. Schramm, G. Turner, and W.H. Yang, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Minerals," Annu. Rev. Earth Planet. Sci., 13, 29 (1985).
38. E. Oldfield and R.J. Kirkpatrick, "High-Resolution NMR of Inorganic Solids," Science (Washington, DC), 227, 1537 (1985).
39. E. Oldfield, H.K.C. Timken, B. Montez, and R. Ramachandran, "High-Resolution Solid State NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei," Nature (London), 318, 163 (1985).
40. S.J. Opella and L.M. Gierasch, "Solid State NMR of Peptides," Peptides, 7, 405 (1985).
41. J.M. Thomas and J. Klinowski, "The Study of Aluminosilicate and Related Catalysts by High Resolution Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Adv. Catalysis, 33, 199 (1985).
42. G.A. Webb, "NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. Prog. Chem., Sect. C, 82, 3 (1985).
43. R.A. Wind, M.J. Duijvestign, C. Van Der Lugt, A. Manenschijn, and J. Vriend, "Applications of Dynamic Nuclear Polarization in 13C NMR in Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 33 (1985).
44. P.J. Bray and M.L. Lui, "NMR Study of Structure and Bonding in Glasses," in "Structure and Bonding in Noncrystalline Solids," G.E. Walrafen and A.G. Revesz, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1986, p. 285.
45. L.W. Jelinski, "NMR of Plastics," CHEMTECH, 16, 186 and 312 (1986).
46. R.J. Kirkpatrick, T. Dunn, S. Schramm, K.A. Smith, R. Oestrike, and G. Turner, "Magic-Angle Sample-Spinning NMR Spectroscopy of Silicate Glasses: a Review," in "Structure and Bonding in Noncrystalline Solids," G.E. Walrafen and A.G. Revesz, Eds., Plenum Press, NY, 1986, p. 303.
47. J. Klinowski and J.M. Thomas, "The Magic Angle and All That: Probing the Structure of Solids Using NMR," Endeavour, 10, 2 (1986).
48. H. Saito, "Conformation-dependent 13C Chemical Shifts: A New Means of Characterization as Obtained by High-Resolution Solid-State 13C NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 24, 835 (1986).
49. C.P. Slichter, "Probing Phenomena at Metal Surfaces by NMR," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 37, 25 (1986).
50. T. Terao and F. Imashiro, "Stereochemical Studies in the Solid State," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 4.
51. L.W. Jelinski and M.T. Melchior, "High-Resolution NMR of Solids," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 6.
52. M.A. Wilson, "NMR Techniques and Applications in Geochemistry and Soil Chemistry," Pergamon Press, NY, 1987.
53. S. Aime, "Effects of Molecular Motions on NMR Parameters of Solid State Spectra," in "Time Domain in Surface and Structural Dynamics," G.J. Long and F. Grandjean, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 228, 65 (1988).
54. E.R. Andrew, "Time Domain NMR and Magic Angle Spinning," in "Time Domain in Surface and Structural Dynamics," G.J. Long and F. Grandjean, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 228, 31 (1988).
55. B. Blümich and H.W. Spiess, "Two-Dimensional Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: New Possibilities for the Investigation of the Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1655 (1988).
56. N.J. Clayden, "Chemical, Molecular and Spin Dynamics," in "Time Domain in Surface and Structural Dynamics," G.J. Long and F. Grandjean, Eds., Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 228, 49 (1988).
57. N.J. Clayden, "Solid State NMR Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," Chem. Scr., 28, 211 (1988).
58. G. Englehardt and D. Michel, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Silicates and Zeolites," Wiley, NY, 1988.
59. J.F. Haw, "Variable-Temperature Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Anal. Chem., 60, 559A (1988).
60. R.J. Kirkpatrick, "MAS NMR Spectroscopy of Minerals and Glasses," in "Spectroscopic Methods in Mineralogy and Geology," F.C. Hawthorne, Ed., Mineralogical Society of America, Washington, DC, 1988, p. 341.
61. J. Klinowski, "Recent Advances in Solid State NMR of Zeolites," Annu. Rev. Mater. Sci., 18, 189 (1988).
62. S.O. Smith and R.G. Griffin, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Proteins," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 39, 511 (1988).
63. R. Voelkel, "High-Resolution Solid-State 13C-NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1468 (1988).
64. R.L. Armstrong, "Displacive Order-Disorder Crossover in Perovskite and Antifluorite Crystals Undergoing Rotational Phase Transitions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 21, 151 (1989).
65. B.F. Chmelka and A. Pines, "Some Developments in NMR of Solids," Science (Washington, DC), 246, 71 (1989).
66. H. Saito and I. Ando, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Studies of Synthetic and Biological Macromolecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 21, 209 (1989).
67. J.F. Stebbins and I. Farnan, "NMR Spectroscopy in the Earth Sciences: Structure and Dynamics," Science (Washington, DC), 245, 257 (1989).
68. D.E. Woessner, "Characterization of Clay Minerals by Al-27 NMR Spectroscopy," Am. Mineral., 74, 203 (1989).
69. G.B. Manelis, L.N. Erofeev, B.N. Provotorov, and A.K. Khitrin, Eds., "Pulsed NMR Study of Molecular Motion in Solids," Vol. 14, Part 2, Harwood Academic, NY, 1989.
70. J.-Ph. Ansermet, C.P. Slichter, and J.H. Sinfelt, "Solid-State NMR Techniques for the Study of Surface Phenomena," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 401 (1990).
71. T.M. Duncan, "A Compilation of Chemcial Shift Anisotropies," Farragut Press, Chicago, IL, 1990.
72. J. Klinowski and M.W. Anderson, "Solid-State NMR Studies of the Structure & Reactivity of Molecular Sieve Catalysts," Magn. Reson. Chem., 28, S68 (1990).
73. A.J. Vila, C.M. Lagier, and A.C. Olivieri, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Study of Reversible 1,5-Proton Shifts in Organic Solids," Magn. Reson. Chem., 28, S29 (1990).
74. A.E. Derome and S. Bowden, "Low-Temperature Solid-State NMR of Proteins," Chem. Rev., 91, 1307 (1991).
75. C.A. Fyfe, Y. Feng, H. Grondey, G.T. Kokotailo, and H. Gies, "One- and Two-Dimensional High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Studies of Zeolite Lattice Structures," Chem. Rev., 91, 1525 (1991).
76. R.K. Harris and P. Jackson, "High-Resolution Fluorine-19 Magnetic Resonance of Solids," Chem. Rev., 91, 1427 (1991).
77. J. Klinowski, "Solid-State NMR Studies of Molecular Sieve Catalysts," Chem. Rev., 91, 1459 (1991).
78. V.M. Mastikhin, I.L. Mudrakovsky, and A.V. Nosov, "1H NMR Magic Angle Spinning Studies of Heterogeneous Catalysis," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 23, 259 (1991).
79. L.J. Mathias, Ed., "Solid State NMR of Polymers," Plenum Press, NY, 1991.
80. H.W. Spiess, "Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers from 2D- and 3D-NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1321 (1991).
81. D. Brinkmann, "NMR Studies of Superionic Conductors," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 527 (1992).
82. N.J. Clayden, "Developments in Solid State NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 1 (1992).
83. D.G. Cory, "Solid State NMR Imaging," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 87 (1992).
84. H. Eckert," Structural Characterization of Noncrystalline Solids & Glasses Using Solid State NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 159 (1992).
85. R.K. Harris and A.C. Olivieri, "Quadrupolar Effects Transferred to Spin-1/2 Magic-Angle Spinning Spectra of Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 435 (1992).
86. O.B. Lapina, V.M. Mastikhin, A.A. Shubin, V.N. Krasilnikov, and K.I. Zamaraev, "51V Solid State NMR Studies of Vanadia Based Catalysts," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 24, 457 (1992).
87. E. Wrenn Wooten, K.T. Mueller, and A. Pines, "New Angles in NMR Sample Spinning," Acc. Chem. Res., 25, 209 (1992).
88. R.E. Botto and Y. Sanada, Eds., "Magnetic Resonance of Carbonaceous Solids," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1993, Adv. Chem. Ser., 229.
89. D. Freude and J. Haase, "Quadrupole Effects in Solid-State NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 29, 1 (1993).
90. J.M. Griffiths and R.G. Griffin, "NMR Methods for Measuring Dipolar Couplings in Rotating Solids," Anal. Chim. Acta, 283, 1081 (1993).
91. R.K. Harris, "State of the Art for Solids," Chem. Brit., 29, 601 (1993).
92. J. Klinowski, "Applications of Solid State NMR for the Study of Molecular Sieves," Anal. Chim. Acta, 283, 929 (1993).
93. G.E. Pake, "NMR in Bulk Matter," Phys. Today, 46, 46 (1993).
94. A. Shoji, S. Ando, S. Kuroki, I. Ando, and G.A. Webb, "Structural Studies of Peptides and Polypeptides in the Solid State by Nitrogen-15 NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 55 (1993).
95. J.S. Waugh, "NMR Spectroscopy in Solids: A Historical Perspective," Anal. Chem., 65, 725A (1993).
96. F.D. Blum, "NMR Studies of Organic Thin Films," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 28, 277 (1994).
97. P. Blümler and B. Blümich, "NMR Imaging of Solids," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 30, 209 (1994).
98. B. Blümich, Ed., "Solid-State NMR, 1: Methods," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 30, articles therein (1994).
99. B. Blümich, Ed., "Solid-State NMR, 2: Inorganic Matter," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 31, articles therein (1994).
100. B. Blümich, Ed., "Solid-State NMR, 3: Organic Matter," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 32, articles therein (1994).
101. B. Blümich, Ed., "Solid-State NMR, 4: Methods & Applications of Solid-State NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 33, articles therein (1994).
102. T.A. Cross, "Structural Biology of Peptides and Proteins in Synthetic Membrane Environments by Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 123 (1994).
103. G. Fleischer and F. Fujara, "NMR as a Generalized Incoherent Scattering Experiment," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 30, 159 (1994).
104. S.L. Gann, J.H. Baltisberger, E.W. Wooten, H. Zimmermann, and A. Pines, "Cross Polarization and Dynamic Angle Spinning of 17O in L-Alanine," Bull. Magn. Reson., 16, 68 (1994).
105. A.R. Grimmer and B. Blümich, "Introduction to Solid State NMR," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 30, 1 (1994).
106. S. Hayashi, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Studies on Ceramics," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 28, 29 (1994).
107. H. Kawazoe, "Application of NMR Spectroscopy to the Science & Technology of Glasses & Ceramics," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 28, 1 (1994).
108. H. Kurosu, S. Ando, H. Yoshimizu, and I. Ando, "NMR Studies of Higher-Order Structures of Solid Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 28, 189 (1994).
109. H. Pfeifer and H. Ernst, "NMR Studies of Zeolites," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 28, 91 (1994).
110. K. Schmidt-Rohr and H.W. Spiess, "Multidimensional Solid-State NMR of Polymers," Academic Press, NY, 1994.
111. E.O. Stejskal and J.D. Memory, "High Resolution NMR in the Solid State: Fundamentals of CP/MAS," Oxford University Press, NY, 1994.
112. E.R. Andrew and E. Szczesniak, "A Historical Account of NMR in the Solid State," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 28, 11 (1995).
113. P.J. Barrie, "NMR Applications to Porous Solids," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 30, 37 (1995).
114. K.D.M. Harris and A.E. Aliev, "Solid Dynamics," Chem. Brit., 31, 132 (1995).
115. T.P. Jarvie and K.T. Müller, "Solid State NMR and Geochemistry," Adv. Anal. Geochem., 2, 141 (1995).
116. A.C. de Dios and E. Oldfield, "Recent Progress in Understanding Chemical Shifts," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 6, 101 (1996).
117. S. Hafner, D.E. Demco, and R. Kimmich, "Magic Echoes and NMR Imaging of Solids," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 6, 275 (1996).
118. J.F. Haw, J.B. Nicholas, T. Xu, L.W. Beck, and D.B. Ferguson, "Physical Organic Chemistry of Solid Acids: Lessons from in Situ NMR and Theoretical Chemistry," Acc. Chem. Res., 29, 259 (1996).
119. F. Prigl and U. Haeberlen, "Theoretical and Practical Limits of Resolution in Multiple-Pulse High-Resolution NMR of Solids," Adv. Magn. Opt. Reson., 19, 1 (1996).
120. J.A. Ripmeester and C.I. Ratcliffe, "Solid-State NMR in Inclusion Compounds. Synoptic Approaches to Structure Determination," NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 480, 101 (1996).
121. G.A. Bowmaker, R.K. Harris, and S.-W. Oh, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Mercury Compounds," Coord. Chem. Rev., 159, 49 (1997).
122. C.P. Grey, "Solid State NMR Spectroscopy of Non-Integer Spin Nuclei," Reidel, Hinghmam, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series C, 498, 111 (1997).
123. F.P. Miknis, "Applications of Solid-State NMR in Oil Shale Research," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 33, 207 (1997).
124. C. Ye, S. Ding, and J. Zhou, "Progress in High-Resolution NMR in Solids," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 33, 37 (1997).
125. N. Asakawa, T. Kameda, S. Kuroki, H. Kurosu, S. Ando, I. Ando, and A. Shoji, "Structural Studies of Hydrogen-Bonded Peptides and Polypeptides by Solid-State NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 35, 55 (1998).
126. E. Brunner and U. Sternberg, "Solid-State NMR Investigations on the Nature of Hydrogen Bonds," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 21 (1998).
127. R. Bruschweiler, "Dipolar Averaging in NMR Spectroscopy: from Polarization Transfer to Cross Relaxation," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 32, 1 (1998).
128. P. Colombet, "NMR Spectroscopy of Cement-Based Materials," Springer Verlag, NY, 1998.
129. C. Dybowski, "Solid-State NMR," Anal. Chem., 70, 1R (1998).
130. J. Grandjean, "NMR Studies of Interfacial Phenomena," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 35, 217 (1998).
131. G. Jeschke and M. Jansen, "High-Resolution 14N Solid State NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 37, 1282 (1998).
132. J. Klinowski and W. Kolodziejski, "Solid-State NMR Techniques," World Science, Signapore, 1998.
133. K.J. Kramer, T.L. Hopkins, and J. Schaefer, "Analysis of Interactable Biological Samples by Solids NMR," F.A. Walker," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1998, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 707, p. 14.
134. T. Terao, "Structural Measurements by Solid-State NMR," J. Mol. Struct., 441, 283 (1998).
135. G. Wu, "Recent Developments in Solid-State NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei & Applications to Biological Systems," Biochem. Cell Biol., 76, 429 (1998).
136. O.N. Antzutkin, "Sideband Manipulation in Magic-Angle Spinning NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 35, 203 (1999).
137. T. Baba and Y. Ono, "Variable Temperature 1H MAS NMR: a Powerful Tool for the Investigation of Dynamic Properties of Acidic Protons in Zeolites and Heteropoly Compounds," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 38, 355 (1999).
138. M.J. Duer, "Solid State NMR," in "Solid State Organometallic Chemistry," M. Gielen, R. Willem, and B. Wrackmeyer, Eds., " Wiley, NY, 1999 (Physical Organometallic Chemistry, Vol. 2).
139. J.J. Fitzgerald, Ed., "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Inorganic Materials," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1999, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 717.
140. A.M. Gil and C. Pascoal Neto, "Solid-State NMR Studies of Wood and Other Lignocellulosic Materials," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 37, 75 (1999).
141. A. Putnis and V. Vinograd, "Principles of Solid State NMR Spectroscopy and Applications to Determining Local Order in Minerals," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 543, 389 (1999).
142. J.A. Ripmeester and C.I. Ratcliffe, "Contributions of NMR Spectroscopy to Clathrate Science," J. Struct. Chem., 40, 654 (1999).
143. J.A. Ripmeester and C.I. Ratcliffe, "Applications of Solid State NMR Spectroscopy to the Study of Crystalline Materials," Kluwer, Boston, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 539, 251 (1999).
144. H.J.M. de Groot, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy Applied to Membrane Proteins," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 10, 593 (2000).
145. S. Dusold and A. Sebald, "Dipolar Recoupling Under Magic-Angle Spinning Conditions," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 41, 185 (2000).
146. C. Dybowski and S. Bai, "Solid-State NMR," Anal. Chem., 72, 1R (2000).
147. A.N. Frenetz and G. Wagner, "NMR Spectroscopy: A Multifaceted Approach to Macromolecular Structure," Q. Rev. Biophys., 33, 29 (2000).
148. P. Hodgkinson and L. Emsley, "Numerical Simulation of Solid-State NMR Experiments," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 36, 201 (2000).
149. L.W. Jelinski and M.T. Melchoir, "High-Resolution NMR of Solids," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 35, 25 (2000).
150. R. Tycko, "Solid-State NMR as a Probe of Amyloid Fibril Structure," Curr. Opinion Chem. Biol., 4, 500 (2000).
151. C. Ye, S. Ding, and C.A. McDowell, "Recent Progress in Solid-State NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 42, 60 (2000).
152. S.P. Brown and H.W. Spiess, "Advanced Solid-State NMR Methods for the Elucidation of Structure and Dynamics of Molecular, Macromolecular, and Supramolecular Systems," Chem. Rev., 101, 4125 (2001).
153. D.L. Bryce, G.M. Bernard, M. Gee, M.D. Lumsden, K. Eichele, and R.E. Wasylishen, "Practical Aspects of Modern Routine Solid-State Multinuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: One-Dimensional Experiments," Can. J. Anal. Sci. Spectrosc., 46, 46 (2001).
154. M.J. Duer, "Solid-State NMR Studies of Molecular Motion," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 43, 1 (2001).
155. L. Frydman, "Spin-1/2 and Beyond: A Perspective in Solid State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 52, 463 (2001).
156. S.R. Kiihne and H.J.M. de Groot, Eds., "Perspectives on Solid-State NMR in Biology (Focus on Structural Biology)," Springer Verlag, NY, 2001.
157. J. Klinowski and M. Kolodziejski, "Solid State NMR Techniques," Imperial College Press, London, 2001.
158. H. Schwalbe and A. Bielecki, "Recent Advances in High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 40, 2045 (2001).
159. M.E. Smith, "Recent Progress in Solid-State NMR of Low-gNuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 43, 121 (2001).
160. R. Tycko, "Biomolecular Solid State NMR: Advances in Structural Methodology & Applications to Peptide & Protein Fibrils," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 52, 575 (2001).
161. R. Blinc and T. Apih, "NMR in Multidimensionally Modulated Incommensurate & CDW Systems," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 49 (2002).
162. D.E. Bugay, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," in "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis," L. Ohanessian and A.J. Streeter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2002, p. 467, Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences, Vol. 117.
163. M.J. Duer, Ed., "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: Principles and Applications," Blackwell Science, Oxford, UK, 2002.
164. A. Goldbourt and P.K. Madhu, "Multiple-Quantum Magic-Angle Spinning: High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Half-Integral Quadrupolar Nuclei," Monatsh. Chem., 133, 1497 (2002).
165. S. Hafner and D.E. Demco, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy Under Periodic Modulation by Fast Magic-Angle Sample Spining and Pulses: A Review," Solid State Nucl. Magn. Reson., 22, 247 (2002).
166. A. Jerschow, "Dipolar and Scalar Couplings in Solid State NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei," Monatsh. Chem., 133, 1481 (2002).
167. W. Kolodziejski and J. Klinowski, "Kinetics of Cross-Polarization in Solid-State NMR: A Guide for Chemists," Chem. Rev., 102, 613 (2002).
168. D.D. Laws, H.-M.L. Bitter, and A. Jerschow, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopic Methods in Chemistry," Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 41, 3096 (2002).
169. Z. Luz, P. Tekely, and D. Reichert, "Slow Exchange Involving Equivalent Sites in Solids by One-Dimensional MAS NMR Techniques," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 83 (2002).
170. K.J.D. MacKenzie and M.E. Smith, "Multinuclear Solid-State NMR of Inorganic Materials," Elsevier Science, NY, 2002, Pergamon Materials Series, Vol. 6.
171. D. Massiot, F. Fayon, M. Capron, I. King, S. Le Calve, B. Alonso, J.-O. Durand, B. Bujoli, Z. Gan, and G. Hoatson, "Modeling One- and Two-Dimensional Solid-State NMR Spectra," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, 70 (2002).
172. C. Mayer, "NMR on Dispersed Nanoparticles," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 307 (2002).
173. S.M. Reutzel-Edens and J.K. Bush, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy of Small Molecules: From NMR Crystallography to the Characterization of Solid Oral Dosage Forms," Am. Pharm. Rev., 5, 112 (2002).
174. L.K. Thomson, "Solid-State NMR Studies of the Structure and Mechanisms of Proteins," Curr. Opinion Struct. Biol., 12, 661 (2002).
175. A.T. Watson, J.T. Hollenshead, J. Uh, and C.T.P. Chang, "NMR Determination of Porous Media Property Distribution," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 48, 113 (2002).
176. M. Eden, "Computer Simulations in Solid-State NMR. I. Spin Dynamics Theory," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 17, 117 (2003).
177. S. Luca, H. Heise, and M. Baldus, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Applied to Polypeptides and Membrane Proteins," Acc. Chem. Res., 36, 858 (2003).
178. N. Müller and P.K. Madhu, Eds., "Current Developments in Solid State NMR Spectroscopy," Springer Verlag, NY, 2003.
179. M.J. Potrzebowski, "What High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy Can Offer to Organic Chemists," Eur. J. Org. Chem., 8, 1367 (2003).
180. W.P. Power, "High Resolution Magic Angle Spinning: Applications to Solid Phase Synthetic Systems and Other Semi-Solids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 51, 261 (2003).
181. D. Reichert, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy and Its Application in Analytical Chemistry," Anal. Bioanal. Chem., 376, 308 (2003).
182. H.W. Spiess, "NMR Spectroscopy in Macromolecular Science," Macromol. Chem. Phys., 204, 340 (2003).
183. F. Taulelle, "NMR Crystallography. Crystallochemical Formula and Space Group Selection," Solid State Sci., 6, 1053 (2003).
184. P.A. Tishmack, D.E. Bugay, and S.R. Byrn, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy-Pharmaceutical Applications," J. Pharm. Sci., 92, 441 (2003).
185. A.E. Aliev and K.D.M. Harris, "Probing Hydrogen Bonding in Solids Using Solid State NMR Spectroscopy," Struct. Bonding, 108, 1 (2004).
186. S.E. Ashbrook and S. Wimperis, "High-Resolution NMR of Quadrupolar Nuclei in Solids: the Satellite-Transition Magic Angle Spinning (STMAS) Experiment," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 53 (2004).
187. V. Brouet, H. Alloul, S. Gàràj, and L. Forrò, "NMR Studies of Insulating, Metallic, and Superconducting Fullerides: Importance of Correlations and Jahn-Teller Distortions," Struct. Bonding, 109, 165 (2004).
188. P. Conte, R. Spaccini, and A. Piccolo, "State of the Art of CPMAS 13C-NMR Spectroscopy Applied to Natural Organic Matter," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 44, 215 (2004).
189. M.J. Duer, "Introduction to Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Blackwell Science, Oxford, UK, 2004.
190. C. Dybowski, S. Bai, and S. Van Bramer, "Solid-State NMR," Anal. Chem., 76, 3263 (2004).
191. C. Gardiennet and P. Tekely," Solid-State NMR Spectra with Sharp Principal Value Features of the Chemical Shift Tensor," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 22, 106 (2004).
192. C.P. Grey and N. Dupré, "NMR Studies of Cathode Materials for Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Batteries," Chem. Rev., 104, 4493 (2004).
193. R.K. Harris, "NMR Crystallography. Use of Chemical Shifts," Solid State Sci., 6, 1025 (2004).
194. D. Johnels and H. Günther, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy in Organolithium Chemistry," in "The Chemistry of Organolithium Compounds," Z. Rappoport and I. Marek, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 2004, Part 1, Ch. 4, p. 137.
195. Y.Z. Khimyak, "Solid-State NMR Studies of Novel Porous Solids Structure and Dynamics," in "Spectroscopy of Emerging Materials," Springer Verlag, NY, NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, 165, 261 (2004).
196. K.J.D. MacKenzie, "Solid State Multinuclear NMR: A Versatile Tool for Studying the Reactivity of Solid Systems," Solid State Ionics, 172, 383 (2004).
197. K. Miyagawa, K. Kanoda, and A. Kawamoto, "NMR Studies on Two-Dimensional Molecular Conductors and Superconductors: Mott Transition in k-(BEDT-TTF)2X," Chem. Rev., 104, 5635 (2004).
198. A. Ramamoorthy, Y. Wei, and D.-K. Lee, "PISEMA Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 52, 1 (2004).
199. I. Schnell, "Dipolar Recoupling in Fast-MAS Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 45, 145 (2004).
200. S.K. Straus, "Recent Developments in Solid-State Magic-Angle Spinning: NMR of Fully and Significantly Isotopically Labelled Peptides and Proteins," Philos. T. Roy. Soc., Part B, 359, 997 (2004).
201. R.E. Taylor, "Setting Up 13C CP/MAS Experiments," Concepts Magn. Reson., Part A, 22, 37 (2004).
202. J. Yao, Y. Nakazawa, and T. Asakura, "Structures of Bombyx mori and Samia cynthia ricini Silk Fibroins Studied with Solid-State NMR," Biomacromolecules, 5, 680 (2004).
203. A.J. Fagan and D.J. Lurie, "Continuous-Wave NMR Imaging in the Solid State," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 56, 97 (2005).
204. R. Glaser, I. Ergaz, G. Levi-Ruso, D. Shiftan, A. Novoselsky, and S. Geresh, "Solution- and Solid-State NMR Studies of Eight- and Nine-Membered Medium Ring Cis-Cycloalkene Stereochemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 56, 141 (2005).
205. A. Goldbourt and P.K. Madhu, "Multiple-Quantum Magic-Angle Spinning: High-Resolution Solid-State NMR of Half-Integer Spin Quadrupolar Nuclei," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 53, 81 (2005).
206. T. Gullion and A.J. Vega, "Measuring Heteronuclear Dipolar Couplings for I=1/2, S>1/2 Spin Pairs by REDOR and REAPDOR NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 123 (2005).
207. P. Hodgkinson, "Heteronuclear Decoupling in the NMR of Solids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 159 (2005).
208. C.E. Hughes and M. Baldus, "Magic-Angle Spinning Solid-State NMR Applied to Polypeptides and Proteins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 121 (2005).
209. J. Klinowski, Ed., "New Techniques in Solid-State NMR," Top. Curr. Chem., 246 (2005).
210. A. Krushelnitsky and D. Reichert, "Solid-State and Protein Dynamics," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 1 (2005).
211. D. Reichert, "NMR Studies of Dynamic Processes in Organic Solids," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 159 (2005).
212. R. Siegel, T.T. Nakashima, and R.E. Wasylishen, "Signal-to-Noise Enhancement of NMR Spectra of Solids Using Multiple-Pulse Spin-Echo Experiments," Concepts Magn. Reson., A, 26, 62 (2005).
213. A.S. Ulrich, "Solid State 19F NMR Methods for Studying Biomembranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 46, 1 (2005).
214. M.J. Duer, "Solid-State NMR Studies of Molecular Motion," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 59, 41 (2006).
215. J. Tegenfeldt, "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: An Introduction," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2006.
216. I. Schnell, "NMR Experiments for Organic Solids," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2006.
217. R. Behmer, K.R. Jeffrey, and M. Vogel, "Solid-State Li NMR with Applications to the Translational Dynamics in Ion Conductors," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 50, 87 (2007).
218. C. Bonhomme, C. Coelho, N. Baccile, C. Gervais, T. Azais, and F. Babonneau, "Advanced Solid State NMR Techniques for the Characterization of Sol-Gel-Derived Materials," Acc. Chem. Res., 40, 738 (2007).
219. S.P. Brown, "Probing Proton-Proton Proximities in the Solid State," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 50, 199 (2007).
220. P.D. Ellis and A.S. Lipton, "Low-Temperature Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy. A Strategy for the Direct Observation of Quadrupolar Nuclides of Biological Interest," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 1 (2007).
221. G. Goobes, P.S. Stayton, and G.P. Drobny, "Solid-State NMR Studies of Molecular Recognition at Protein-Mineral Interfaces," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 50, 71 (2007).
222. T. Gullion, "Introduction to High-Resolution Solid-State NMR," Elsevier, NY 2007. (ISBN 978-0444527202)
223. A. Iuga, C. Ader, C. Cröger, and E. Brunner, "Applications of Solid-State 31P NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 60, 145 (2007).
224. A.M. Orendt and J.C. Facelli, " Solid-State Effects on NMR Chemical Shifts," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 62, 115 (2007).
225. J.L. White and M.J. Truitt, "Heterogeneous Catalysis in Solid Acids," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 139 (2007).
226. F. Blanc, C. Copéret, A. Lesag, and L. Emsley, "High-Resolution Solid State NMR Spectroscopy in Surface Organometallic Chemistry: Access to Molecular Understanding of Active Sites of Well-Defined Heterogeneous Catalysts," Chem. Soc. Rev., 37, 518 (2008).
227. M. Hunger, "In situ Flow MAS NMR Spectroscopy: State of the Art and Applications in Heterogeneous Catalysis," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 105 (2008).
228. O.B. Lapina, D.F. Khabibulin, A.A. Shubin, and V.V. Terskikh, "Practical Aspects of 51V and 93Nb Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy and Applications to Oxide Materials," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 53, 128 (2008).
229. M. Ouellet and M. Auger, "Structure and Membrane Interactions of Antimicrobial Peptides as Viewed by Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 63, 1 (2008).
230. J. Tegenfeldt, Ed., "Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2008 (ISBN 3-527-31306-0).
X. POLYMERS
1. F.A. Bovey, "The Stereochemical Configuration of Vinyl Polymers and Its Observation by NMR," Acc. Chem. Res., 1, 175 (1968).
2. P.R. Sewell, "The NMR Spectra of Polymers," Annu. Rev. NMR Spectrosc., 1, 165 (1968).
3. W.P. Slichter, "High Resolution NMR in Polymers," J. Chem. Educ., 45, 10 (1968).
4. I. Ya Slonium and A.N. Lyubimov, "The NMR of Polymers," Plenum Press, NY, 1970.
5. F.A. Bovey, "High Resolution NMR of Macromolecules," Academic Press, NY, 1971.
6. F.A. Bovey, "High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," Prog. Polym. Sci., 3, 1 (1971).
7. M.E.A. Cudby and H.A. Willis, "The NMR Spectra of Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 4, 363 (1971).
8. D.W. McCall, "NMR Studies of Molecular Relaxation Mechanisms in Polymers," Acc. Chem. Res., 4, 223 (1971).
9. V.D. Mochel, "13C NMR of Polymers," J. Macromol. Sci., Rev. Macromol. Chem., C8, 289 (1972).
10. J. Mitchell, Jr., and J. Chiu, "Analysis of High Polymers,"Anal. Chem., 45, 273R (1973).
11. J. Schaefer, "The Carbon-13 NMR Analysis of Synthetic High Polymers," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 1, 150 (1974).
12. A.R. Katritzky and D.E. Weiss, "Polymer Microstructures and 13C NMR," Chem. Brit., 12, 45 (1976).
13. R.A. Komoroski, I.R. Peat, and G.C. Levy, "13C NMR Studies of Biopolymers," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 2, 179 (1976).
14. J.C. Randall, "Polymer Sequence Determination: Carbon-13 NMR Method," Academic Press, NY, 1977.
15. F. Heatley, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation of Synthetic Polymers in Dilute Solution," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 13, 47 (1979).
16. J.D. Memory and D. Lawing, "Broadline NMR of Polymers," Magn. Reson. Rev., 5, 69 (1979).
17. W.M. Pasika, Ed., "Carbon-13 NMR in Polymer Science," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1979, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 103.
18. J. Schaefer and E.O. Stejskal, "High Resolution 13C NMR of Solid Polymers," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 283 (1979).
19. I. Ando and T. Asakura, "NMR Chemical Shift Calculations and Stereochemical Structures of Synthetic Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 10A, 81 (1980).
20. A.F. Woodward and F.A. Bovey, Eds., "Polymer Characterization by ESR and NMR," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1980, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 142.
21. V.J. McBrierty and D.C. Douglass, "Recent Advances in the NMR of Solid Polymers," Macromol. Rev., 16, 295 (1981).
22. A.E. Tonelli and F.C. Schilling, "13C NMR Chemical Shifts and the Microstructure of Polymers," Acc. Chem. Res., 14, 233 (1981).
23. F.A. Bovey, "The Carbon-13 NMR Study of Polymer Structure and Dynamics," Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 559 (1982).
24. J.R. Havers and J.L. Koening, "Applications of High Resolution 13C NMR Spectroscopy to Solid Polymers," Appl. Spectrosc., 37, 226 (1983).
25. V.J. McBrierty, "NMR of Synthetic Polymers," Magn. Reson. Rev., 8, 165 (1983).
26. J.C. Randall, Jr., Ed., "NMR and Macromolecules: Sequence, Dynamic and Domain Structure," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1984, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 247.
27. Y.E. Shapiro, "Analysis of Chain Microstructures by Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Bull. Magn. Reson., 7, 27 (1985).
28. F. Heatley, "Nuclear Magnetic Relaxation and Models for Backbone Motions of Macromolecules in Solution," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 17, 179 (1986).
29. R.A. Komoroski, "High Resolution NMR Spectroscopy of Synthetic Polymers in Bulk," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986.
30. A.J. Brandolini, "Chemical and Physical Characterization of Polymer Systems by 13C NMR Spectroscopy," in "NMR Spectroscopy Techniques," C. Dybowski and R.L. Lichter, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1987, Ch. 7.
31. E.P. Mazzola and B.B. Jarvis, "Structure and Characterization of Trichothecenes," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch. 11.
32. B. Blümich and H.W. Spiess, "Two-Dimensional Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy: New Possibilities for the Investigation of the Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1655 (1988).
33. R. Voelkel, "High-Resolution Solid-State 13C-NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 27, 1468 (1988).
34. V.D. Fedotov and H. Schneider, "Structure and Dynamics of Bulk Polymers by NMR Methods," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 21, 1 (1989).
35. H. Saito and I. Ando, "High-Resolution Solid-State NMR Studies of Synthetic and Biological Macromolecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 21, 209 (1989).
36. A.E. Tonelli, "NMR Spectroscopy and Polymer Microstructure," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1989.
37. I. Ando, T. Yamanobe, and T. Asakura, "Primary & Secondary Structures of Synthetic Polymer Systems as Studied by 13C NMR Spectroscopy," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 349 (1990).
38. A.K. Roy and P.T. Inglefield, "Solid State NMR Studies of Local Motions in Polymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 22, 569 (1990).
39. J.L. Koenig, "Spectroscopy of Polymers," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1991.
40. L.J. Mathias, Ed., "Solid State NMR of Polymers," Plenum Press, NY, 1991.
41. Q.T. Pham, R. Pétiaud, H. Waton, and M.-F. Liauro-Darricades, "Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Polymers," Penton, London, 1991.
42. H.W. Spiess, "NMR Methods for Solid Polymers," Annu. Rev. Mater. Sci., 21, 131 (1991).
43. H.W. Spiess, "Structure and Dynamics of Solid Polymers from 2D- and 3D-NMR," Chem. Rev., 91, 1321 (1991).
44. P.A. Mirau, "2D NMR Studies of Synthetic Polymers," Bull. Magn. Reson., 13, 109 (1992).
45. A. Bunn, "Solution NMR of Synthetic Polymers," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 29, 127 (1993).
46. N.J. Clayden, "Solid State NMR of Synthetic Polymers," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 29, 91 (1993).
47. J.P. Cohen Addad, "NMR and Fractal Properties of Polymeric Liquids and Gels," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 25, 1 (1993).
48. K. Hatada, T. Kitayama, and K. Ute, "Application of High-Resolution NMR Spectroscopy to Polymer Chemistry," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 99 (1993).
49. R.N. Ibbett, "NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," Chapman & Hall, NY, 1993.
50. V.J. McBrierty and K.J. Packer, "NMR in Solid Polymers," Cambridge University Press, New York, NY, 1993.
51. T. Nose, "Pulsed-Field-Gradient NMR Studies of the Diffusion of Chain Molecules in Polymer Matrices," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 27, 217 (1993).
52. R.L. Silvestri and J.L. Koenig, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Solid State Polymers," Anal. Chim. Acta, 283, 997 (1993).
53. T. Asakura, M. Demura, and T. Hayashi, "13C NMR Assignments of Polyolefins and Olefine Copolymers Based on the 13C NMR Chemical Shift Calculations and 2D INADEQUATE NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 325 (1994).
54. I. Chuang and G.E. Maciel, "NMR Characterization of Complex Organic Resins," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 169 (1994).
55. H.N. Cheng and T.A. Early, Eds., "Advances in NMR Studies of Polymeric Materials," Huethig & Wepf, Zug, 1994.
56. H. Kurosu, S. Ando, H. Yoshimizu, and I. Ando, "NMR Studies of Higher-Order Structures of Solid Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 28, 189 (1994).
57. F. Laupretre, "High Resolution 13C NMR Investigations of Local Dynamics in Bulk Polymers at Temperatures Below and Above the Glass Transition Temperature," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 30, 63 (1994).
58. G. Moad, "Applications of Labelling and Multidimensional NMR in the Characterization of Synthetic Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 29, 287 (1994).
59. K. Schmidt-Rohr and H.W. Spiess, "Multidimensional Solid-State NMR of Polymers," Academic Press, NY, 1994.
60. N. Vasanthan, I.D. Shin, C.P. Howe, and A.E. Tonelli, "NMR Observations of Isolated & Stretched Polymer Chains in Their Crystalline Inclusion Compounds Formed with Small-Molecule Host Clathrates," Magn. Reson. Chem., 32, S61 (1994).
61. P. Blümler and B. Blümich, "NMR of Polymers in the Solid State," Spectrosc. Eur., 7(3), articles therein (1995).
62. P. Dais and A. Spyros, "13C NMR and Local Dynamics of Synthetic Polymers in Dilute Solution and in the Bulk State," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 27, 555 (1995).
63. K. Takegoshi, "Miscibility, Morphology and Molecular Motion in Polymer Blends," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 30, 97 (1995).
64. M.W. Urban and T. Provder, Eds., "Multidimensional Spectroscopy of Polymers: Vibrational, NMR and Fluorescence Techniques," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 1995, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 598.
65. D.D. Werstler, "Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy for the Structural Characterization of Polymers," in "Comprehensive Polymer Science, Second Supplement," S.L. Aggarwal and S. Russo, Eds., Elsevier, NY, 1996, p. 197.
66. F.A. Bovey and P.A. Mirau, "NMR of Polymers," Academic Press, San Diego, CA 1996.
67. A.H. Fawcett, Ed., "Polymer Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1996.
68. K. Matsuzaki, T. Uryu, and T. Asakura, "NMR Spectroscopy and Stereoregularity of Polymers," Japan Scientific Society Press, Tokyo, Japan, 1996.
69. B.D. Nageswara Rao and M.D. Kemple, Eds., "NMR as a Structural Tool for Macromolecules," Plenum, New York, NY, 1996.
70. A.E. Tonelli, "NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," in "Physical Properties of Polymers Handbook," J.E. Mark, Ed., AIP Press, Woodbury, NY, 1996, p. 39.
71. T. Asakura, M. Demura, and N. Nishikawa, "Structural Analysis of Oriented Polymers by Solid-State NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 34, 302 (1997).
72. R. Born and H.W. Spiess, "Ab Initio Calculations of Conformational Effects on 13C NMR Spectra of Amorphous Polymers," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 35 (1997).
73. M. Mori and J.L. Koenig, "A Review of High-Resolution NMR Studies of Vulcanized Elastomers," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 34, 231 (1997).
74. H.W. Spiess, "Multidimensional NMR Methods for Elucidating Structure & Dynamics of Polymers," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 34, 1 (1997).
75. A.E. Tonelli, "Conformational Connection Between the Microstructures of Polymers and Their NMR Spectra," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 34, 185 (1997).
76. A.K. Whittaker, "NMR Studies of Crosslinked Polymers," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 34, 106 (1997).
77. H. Yasunaga, M. Kobayashi, S. Matsukawa, H. Kirosu, and I. Ando, "Structures and Dynamics of Polymer Gel Systems Viewed Using NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 34, 40 (1997).
78. I. Ando and T. Asakura, "Solid-State NMR of Polymers," Elsevier, NY, 1998 (Studies in Physical & Theoretical Chemistry, Vol. 84).
79. F.D. Blum, "NMR of Surface Polymers," in "Colloid-Polymer Interactions: From Fundamentals to Practice," R.S. Farinato and P.L. Dubin, Eds., Wiley, NY, 1999, p. 207.
80. I. Ando, M. Kobayashi, M. Kanekiyo, S. Kuroki, S. Ando, S. Matsukawa, H. Kurosu, H. Yasanaga, and S. Amiya, "NMR Spectroscopy in Polymer Science," in "Experimental Methods in Polymer Science," T. Tanaka, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 2000, p. 261.
81. P.A. Mirau, "NMR Characterization of Polymers," in "Applied Polymer Science: 21st Century," C.D. Craver and C.E. Carraher Jr., Eds., Pergamon Press, NY, 2000, p. 787.
82. I. Ando, S. Kuroki, H. Kurosu, and T. Yamanobe, "NMR Chemical Shift Calculations & Structural Characterizations of Polymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 39, 79 (2001).
83. H. Yoshimizu and Y. Tsujita, "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to the Structure and Ionic Aggregates of Ionomers," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 44, 1 (2001).
84. I. Ando, S. Kuroki, M. Kobayashi, C. Zhao, and S. Matsukawa, "Structure and Dynamic Behavior of Polymer Gels as Elucidated by NMR Spectroscopy," in "Polymer Gels and Networks," Y. Osada and A.R. Khokholov, Eds., Marcel Dekker, NY, 2002, p. 235.
85. H.N. Cheng and A.D. English, Eds., "NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers in Solution and in the Solid State," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2002, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 834.
86. P.C. Griffiths, A.Y.F. Cheung, J.A. Davies, A. Paul, C.N. Tipples, and A.L. Winnington, "Probing Interactions Within Complex Colloidal Systems Using PGSE-NMR," Magn. Reson. Chem., 40, S40 (2002).
87. D.J.T. Hill and A.K. Whittaker, "NMR Studies of the Radiation Modification of Polymers," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 46, 1 (2002).
88. I.M. Khan, Ed., "Synthetic Macromolecules with Higher Structural Order," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC, 2002, ACS Symp. Ser. No. 812.
89. J. Lu, P.A. Mirau, and A.E. Tonelli, "Chain Conformations and Dynamics of Crystalline Polymers as Observed in Their Inclusion Compounds by Solid-State NMR," Prog. Polymer Sci., 27, 357 (2002).
90. Q.T. Pham, R. Pétiaud, H. Waton, and M.-F. Liauro-Darricades, "Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Polymers," 5th ed., Wiley, NY, 2002.
91. K. Schmidt-Rohr and H.W. Spiess, "Dynamics of Polymers from One- and Two-Dimensional Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 48, 1 (2002).
92. P.G. Klein and M.E. Ries, "Dynamics and Physical Structure of Polymers Above the Glass Transition: Transverse Relaxation Studies of Linear Chains, Star Polymers and Networks," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 42, 31 (2003).
93. P.A. Mirau, "NMR Spectroscopy," in "Comprehensive Desk Reference of Polymer Characterization and Analysis," R.F. Brady, Jr., Ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 2003, p. 181.
94. R.A. Newmark, "Two-Dimensional NMR of Polymers," Polym. News, 28, 40 (2003).
95. K. Hatada and T. Kitayama, "NMR Spectroscopy of Polymers," Springer Verlag, NY, 2004.
96. S. Kuroki, H. Kimura, and I. Ando, "Structural Characterization of Si-Based Polymer Materials by Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 52, 201 (2004).
97. H. Kurosu and Q. Chen, "Structural Studies of Polymer Blends by Solid-State NMR," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 52, 167 (2004).
98. H.W. Spiess, "Advanced Solid-State NMR for Polymer Science," J. Polym. Sci., Part A: Polym. Chem., 42, 5031 (2004).
99. P.A. Mirau, "Practical Guide to Understanding NMR of Polymers," Wiley, NY, 2005.
100. E. Ribeiro deAzevedo, T. José Bonagamba, and D. Reichert, "Molecular Dynamics in Solid Polymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 47, 137 (2005).
101. P.C. Griffiths, A. Paul, and N. Hirst, "Electrophoretic NMR Studies of Polymer and Surfactant Systems," Chem. Soc. Rev., 35, 134 (2006).
102. Y. Yamane, S. Kanesaka, S. Kim, K. Kamiguchi, M. Matsui, S. Kuroki, and I. Ando, "Diffusion in Soft Polymer Systems as Approached by Field-Gradient NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 58, 51 (2006).
103. Q. Chen and H. Kurosu, "Solid-State NMR Studies on Semicrystalline Polymers," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 61, 247 (2007).
104. K. Saalwächter, "Proton Multiple-Quantum NMR for the Study of Chain Dynamics and Structural Constraints in Polymeric Soft Materials," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 1 (2007).
XI. LIQUID CRYSTALS AND ORIENTED MOLECULES
1. A.D. Buckingham and K.A. McLaughlin, "High Resolution NMR in Partially Oriented Molecules," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 2, 63 (1967).
2. G.R. Luckhurst, "Liquid Crystals as Solvents in NMR," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 22, 179 (1968).
3. S. Meiboom and L.C. Snyder, "NMR in Liquid Crystals," Science (Washington, DC), 162, 1337 (1968).
4. A. Saupe, "Recent Results in the Field of Liquid Crystals," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 7, 97 (1968).
5. P. Diehl and C.L. Khetrapal, "NMR Studies of Molecules Oriented in the Nematic Phase of Liquid Crystals," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 1, 1 (1969).
6. P. Diehl, C.L. Khetrapal, and U. Lienhard, "Deceptive Simplicity in NMR Spectra of Oriented Molecules," Org. Magn. Reson., 1, 93 (1969).
7. S. Meiboom and L.C. Snyder, "NMR Spectra in Liquid Crystals and Molecular Structure," Acc. Chem. Res., 4, 81 (1971).
8. J. Bulthuis, C.W. Hilbers, and C. Maclean, "NMR and ESR in Liquid Crystals," MTP Int. Rev. Sci., Phys. Chem., Ser. 1, 4, 201 (1972).
9. S. Chandasekhar and N.V. Madhusudana, "Spectroscopy of Liquid Crystals," Appl. Spectrosc. Rev., 6, 189 (1972).
10. C.W. Hilbers and C. MacLean, "NMR of Molecules Oriented in Electric Fields," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 7, 1 (1972).
11. J. Jonas, "NMR Relaxation in Liquids and Liquid Crystals," Magn. Reson. Rev., 2, 203 (1973).
12. P. Diehl, "NMR Studies of Nonhydrogen Nuclei in Oriented Molecules," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 24.
13. J.W. Emsley and J.C. Lindon, "NMR Spectroscopy Using Liquid Crystal Solvents," Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1975.
14. C.L. Khetrapal, A.C. Kunwar, A.S. Tracy, and P. Diehl, "NMR Studies in Lyotropic Liquid Crystals," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 9, 1 (1975).
15. L. Lunazzi, "Molecular Structures by NMR in Liquid Crystals," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 6, F.C. Nachod, J.J. Zuckerman, and E.W. Randall, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1976, Ch. 6.
16. C.L. Khetrapal and A.C. Kunwar, "NMR Studies of Molecules Oriented in Thermotropic Liquid Crystals," Adv. Magn. Reson., 9, 302 (1977).
17. C.G. Wade, "NMR Relaxation in Thermotropic Liquid Crystals," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 28, 47 (1977).
18. J.W. Emsley, "NMR Spectra of Liquid Crystalline Solutions: A Route to Molecular Structures," Chem. Brit., 14, 243 (1978).
19. J.W. Doane, "NMR of Liquid Crystals," in "Magnetic Resonance of Phase Transitions," F.J. Owens, C.P. Poole, Jr., and H.A. Farach, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1979, p. 171.
20. J. Lounila and J. Jokisaari, "Anisotropies in Spin-Spin Coupling Constants and Chemical Shifts as Determined from the NMR Spectra of Molecules Oriented by Liquid Crystal Solvents," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 15, 249 (1982).
21. G.P. Drobny, "Multiple Quantum NMR: Studies of Molecules in Ordered Phases," Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem., 36, 451 (1985).
22. J.W. Emsley, Ed., "NMR of Liquid Crystals," Reidel, Hingham, MA, 1985.
23. C.L. Khetrapal, K.V. Ramanathan, and M.R. Lakshminarayana, "NMR Studies of Molecules Dissolved in Cholesteric Liquid Crystals," Bull. Magn. Reson., 7, 139 (1985).
24. K. Müller, P. Meier, and G. Kothe, "Multipulse Dynamic NMR of Liquid Crystal Polymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 17, 211 (1985).
25. P. Diehl and J. Jokisaari, "NMR Studies in Liquid Crystals: Determination of Solute Molecular Geometry," in "Applications of NMR Spectroscopy to Problems in Stereochemistry and Conformational Analysis," Y. Takeuchi and A.P. Marchand, Eds.,VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1986, Ch. 2.
26. F.Y. Fujiwara, "Molecular Structure Determinations by NMR Using Liquid Crystals," in "Recent Advances in Organic NMR Spectroscopy," J.B. Lambert and R. Rittner, Eds., Norell Press, Landisville, NJ, 1987, Ch.12.
27. C.L. Khetrapal and E.D. Becker, "NMR of Oriented Molecules," Magn. Reson. Rev., 16, 35 (1991).
28. J. Courtieu, J.P. Bayle, and B.M. Fung, "Variable Angle Sample Spinning NMR in Liquid Crystals," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 141 (1994).
29. R.Y. Dong, "NMR of Liquid Crystals," Springer Verlag, NY, 1994.
30. G. Lindblom and G. Orädd, "NMR Studies of Translational Diffusion in Lyotropic Liquid Crystals and Lipid Membranes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 26, 483 (1994).
31. R. Blinc, "The Impact of NMR on the Field of Liquid Crystals," Liq. Cryst., 26, 1295 (1999).
32. R.Y. Dong, "NMR of Liquid Crystals," 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 1997.
33. N. Suryaprakash, "Liquid Crystals as Solvents in NMR Spectroscopy: Current Developments in Structure Determination," Curr. Org. Chem., 4, 85 (2000).
34. R.Y. Dong, "Relaxation & Dynamics of Molecules in the Liquid Crystalline Phases," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 115 (2002).
35. B.M. Fung, "13C NMR Studies of Liquid Crystals," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 41, 171 (2002).
36. E.E. Burnell and C.A. De Lange, Eds., "NMR of Ordered Liquids," Kluwer, Boston, MA, 2003.
37. R.Y. Dong, "Advances in NMR Studies of Liquid Crystals," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 53, 67 (2004).
38. J.W. Emsley, "NMR Methods of Studying Orientational Order in Liquid Crystalline and Isotropic Phases of Mesogenic Samples," Liq. Cryst., 32, 1515 (2005).
39. B.M. Goodson, "Applications of Optical Pumping and Polarization Techniques in NMR: 1. Optical Nuclear Polarization in Molecular Crystals," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 55, 299 (2005).
40. L.D. Field, "Multiple Quantum NMR of Partially Aligned Molecules," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 59, 1 (2006).
41. V. Domenici, M. Geppi, and C.A. Veracini, "NMR in Chiral and Achiral Smectic Phases: Structure, Orientational Order and Dynamics," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 50, 1 (2007).
42. J. Farjon, L. Ziani, L. Beguin, D. Merlet, and J. Courtieu, "Selective NMR Excitations in Chiral Analysis," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 61, 283 (2007).
XII. IONS, RADICALS AND CHARGE-TRANSFER COMPLEXES
1. R.G. Pearson, "Exchange Rates of Ligands in Complex Ions," Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. Engl., 2, 53 (1963).
2. J.F. Hinton and E.S. Amis, "NMR Studies of Ions in Pure and Mixed Solvents," Chem. Rev., 67, 367 (1967).
3. R. Foster and C.A. Fyfe, "NMR of Organic Charge-Transfer Complexes," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 4, 1 (1969).
4. J. Burgess and M.C.R. Symons, "The Study of Ion-Solvent and Ion-Ion Interactions by Magnetic Resonance Techniques," Quart. Rev., Chem. Soc., 22, 276 (1968).
5. A. Fratiello, "NMR Cation Solvation Studies," Prog. Inorg. Chem., 17, 57 (1972).
6. R.W. Kreilick, "NMR Investigations of Organic Free Radicals," Adv. Magn. Reson., 6, 141 (1973).
7. J.W. Akitt, "A Multinuclear NMR Study of Aqueous Tetrafluoroborate Anion and Its Reaction with Al(H2O)63+," in "NMR Spectroscopy of Nuclei Other than Protons," T. Axenrod and G.A. Webb, Eds., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1974, Ch. 22.
8. D.G. Farnum, "Charge Density-NMR Chemical Shift Correlations in Organic Ions," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 11, 123 (1975).
9. R.N. Young, "NMR Spectroscopy of Carbanions and Carbocations," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 12, 261 (1979).
10. R.G. Bryant, "Cation Solvation," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 6.
11. B. Lindman, "Amphiphilic and Polyelectrolyte Systems," in "NMR of Newly Accessible Nuclei," Vol. 1, P. Laszlo, Ed., Academic Press, NY, 1983, Ch. 8.
12. W.H. Braunlin, T. Drakenberg, and S. Forsén, "Metal Ion NMR: Applications to Biological Systems," Curr. Top. Bioenerg., 14, 97 (1985).
13. M. Holz, "New Developments in NMR of Simple Electrolyte Solutions," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 18, 327 (1986).
14. P.P. Edwards, A. Ellaboudy, D.M. Holton, and N.C. Pyper, "NMR Studies of Alkali Anions in Non-Aqueous Solvents," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 20, 315 (1988).
15. C. Johansson and T. Drakenberg, "Metal-Ion NMR Studies of Ion Binding," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 22, 1 (1990).
16. L. Banci, M. Piccioli, and A. Scozzafava, "Advances in NMR Investigations of Paramagnetic Molecules in Solution," Coord. Chem. Rev., 120, 1 (1992).
17. J.C. Veniero and R.K. Gupta, "NMR Measurements of Intracellular Ions in Living Systems," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 24, 219 (1992).
18. J.L. Allis, "The Application of Cation NMR to Living Systems: 87Rb NMR," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 26, 211 (1993).
19. I. Bertini, P. Turano, and A.J. Vila, "NMR of Paramagnetic Metalloproteins," Chem. Rev., 93, 2833 (1993).
20. A. Sacco, "Structure & Dynamics of Electrolyte Solutions. A NMR Relaxation Approach," Chem. Soc. Rev., 23, 129 (1994).
21. I. Bertini and C. Luchinat, "NMR of Paramagnetic Substances," Coord. Chem. Rev., 151, 1 (1996).
22. L.-J. Ming, "NMR Studies of Paramagnetic Multinuclear Metalloproteins," Trends Inorg. Chem., 5, 205 (1998).
23. L.J. Berliner, V. Khramtsov, T.L. Clanton, and H. Fujii, "NMR and MRI Spin Trapping: Using NMR to Learn About Free Radical Reactions," Curr. Top. Biophys., 26, 21 (2002).
24. I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, and G. Parigi, "Magnetic Susceptibility in Paramagnetic NMR," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 40, 249 (2002).
25. K.K. Laali and T. Okazaki, "NMR of Persistent Carbocations from Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)," Annu. Reports NMR Spectrosc., 47, 149 (2002).
26. I. Bertini, C. Luchinat, and G. Parigi, "1H NMRD Profiles of Paramagentic Complexes and Metalloproteins," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 105 (2005).
27. J. Kowalewski, D. Kruk, and G. Parigi, "NMR Relaxation in Solution of Paramagnetic Complexes: Recent Theoretical Progress for S ≥ 1," Adv. Inorg. Chem., 57, 42 (2005).
28. P.S. Pregosin, "Ion Pairing Using PGSE Diffusion Methods," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 49, 261 (2006).
29. D. Bankmann and R. Giernoth, "Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Ionic Liquids," P.S. Pregosin," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 51, 63 (2007).
30. H.-U. Siehl, "Interplay Between Experiment and Theory: Computational NMR Spectroscopy of Carbocations," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 42, 125 (2008).
XIII. CIDNP
1. K.H. Hausser and D. Stehlik, "Dynamic Nuclear Polarization in Liquids," Adv. Magn. Reson., 3, 79 (1968).
2. H. Fischer and J. Bargon, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization during Thermal Decomposition of Peroxides and Azo Compounds," Acc. Chem. Res., 2, 110 (1969).
3. R.G. Lawler, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization (CIDNP). II. The Radical-Pair Model," Acc. Chem. Res., 5, 25 (1972).
4. S.H. Pine, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization," J. Chem. Educ., 49, 664 (1972).
5. H.R. Ward, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization (CIDNP). I. The Phenomenon, Examples and Applications," Acc. Chem. Res., 5, 18 (1972).
6. D. Bethell and M.R. Brinkman, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Spin Polarization and Its Applications," Adv. Phys. Org. Chem., 10, 53 (1973).
7. R.G. Lawler and H.R. Ward, "Chemically and Electromagnetically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization," in "Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods," Vol. 5, F.C. Nachod and J.J. Zuckerman, Eds., Academic Press, NY, 1973, Ch. 3.
8. A.R. Lepley and G.L. Closs, "Chemically Induced Magnetic Polarization," Wiley, NY, 1973.
9. G.L. Closs, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization," Adv. Magn. Reson., 7, 157 (1974).
10. C. Richard and P. Granger, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear and Electron Polarization, CIDNP and CIDEP," NMR Basic Prin. Prog., 8, 1 (1974).
11. R.G. Lawler, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Polarization," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 9, 145 (1975).
12. J.H. Freed and J.B. Pedersen, "The Theory of Chemically Induced Dynamic Spin Polarization," Adv. Magn. Reson., 8, 1 (1976).
13. L.T. Muus, P.W. Atkin, K.A. McLauchlan, and J.B. Pedersen, Eds., "Chemically Induced Magnetic Polarization," Reidel, Hingham, MA, NATO Advanced Study Institute Series, Series C, 34 (1977).
14. H.D. Roth, "Chemically Induced Dynamic Nuclear Spin Polarization in the Study of Carbene Reaction Mechanisms," Acc. Chem. Res., 10, 85 (1977).
15. R. Benn, "CIDNP in Organometallic Reactions," Rev. Chem. Intermed., 3, 45 (1979).
16. W.B. Moniz, C.F. Poranski, Jr., and S.A. Sojka, "13C CIDNP as a Mechanistic and Kinetic Probe," Top. C-13 NMR Spectrosc., 3, 361 (1979).
17. P.J. More, C.G. Joslin, and K.A. McLauchlan, "The Role of CIDEP in Chemistry," Chem. Soc. Rev., 8, 29 (1979).
18. Yu. N. Molin, Ed., "Spin Polarization and Magnetic Effects in Radical Reactions," Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1984.
19. G.L. Closs, R.J. Miller, and O.D. Redwine, "Time-Resolved CIDNP: Applications to Radical and Biradical Chemistry," Acc. Chem. Res., 18, 196 (1985).
20. R.D. Bates, "Dynamic Nuclear Polarization," Magn. Reson. Rev., 16, 237 (1993).
21. P.J. Hore and R.W. Broadhurst, "Photo-CIDNP of Biopolymers," Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc., 25, 345 (1993).
XIV. COMPILATIONS OF NMR DATA
1. Varian High Resolution NMR Spectra Catalog," Varian Associates, Palo Alto, CA, 1962 (two volumes).
2. API-TRC Compilation of NMR Spectra," Thermodynamics Research Center, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX.
3. F.A. Bovey, "NMR Data Tables for Organic Compounds," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1967.
4. W. Brügel, "NMR Spectra and Chemical Structure," Academic Press, NY, 1967.
5. "Sadtler Standard NMR Spectra," Sadtler Research Laboratories, Philadelphia, PA (proton and carbon-13 spectra).
6. H.A. Szymanski and R.E. Yelin, "NMR Band Handbook," Plenum Press, NY, 1968.
7. N.F. Chamberlain and J.J.R. Reed, "NMR Data of Sulfur Compounds," Part III, J.H. Karchmer, Ed., Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1971.
8. K. Light and P. Reich, "Literature Data for IR, Raman, and NMR Spectroscopy of Silicon, Germanium, Tin and Lead Compounds," Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, DDR, 1971.
9. C. Brown, "NMR Spectra of Sulfur Compounds," in "Sulfur in Organic and Inorganic Chemistry," A. Senning, Ed., Marcel Dekker, NY, 1972, Vol. 3, Ch. 25.
10. L.F. Johnson and W.C. Jankowski, "13C NMR Spectra: A Collection of Assigned, Coded and Indexed Spectra," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1972.
11. W.W. Simons and M. Zanger, "The Sadtler Guide to NMR Spectra," Heyden & Son, London, 1972.
12. J.G. Grasselli, Ed., "Atlas of Spectral Data and Physical Constants for Organic Compounds," CRC Press, Cleveland, OH, 1975.
13. P.W. Hickmott, "NMR Data on Organic-Metal Carbonyl Complexes (1965-1971)," Annu. Rep. NMR Spectrosc., 6C, 1 (1977).
14. B.L. Shapiro and L.E. Mohrmann, "NMR Spectral Data: A Compilation of Aromatic Proton Chemical Shifts in Mono- and Disubstituted Benzenes," J. Chem. Phys. Res. Data, 6, 919 (1977).
15. E. Breitmaier, G. Haas, and W. Voelter, "Atlas of Carbon-13 NMR Data," Heyden & Son, London, 1979 (data for 3017 compounds).
16. W. Brügel, "Handbook of NMR Spectral Parameters," Heyden & Son, London, 1979.
17. M. Shamma and D.M. Hindenlang, "Carbon-13 NMR Shift Assignments in Alkaloids and Amines," Plenum Press, NY, 1979.
18. A. Ault and M.R. Ault, "A Handy and Systematic Catalog of NMR Spectra," University Science Books, Mill Valley, CA, 1980.
19. H.M. Bell, D.B. Bowles, and F. Senese, "Additive NMR Chemical Shift Parameters for Deshielded Methine Protons," Org. Magn. Reson., 16, 285 (1981).
20. W. Bremser, L. Ernst, B. Franke, R. Gerhards, and A. Hardt, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Data," 3rd ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1981 (30,000 spectra on 175 microfiches).
21. Q.T. Pham and R. Petiaud, "Proton and Carbon-13 Spectra of Polymers," Vol. 1, Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1981.
22. A.A. Swigar and R.M. Silverstein, "Monoterpenes: Infrared, Mass, 1H, and 13C NMR Spectra, and Kovats Indices," Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, WI, 1981.
23. F. Toda, T. Oshima, Y. Ishida, Y. Takehira, K. Saito, and K. Tanaka, "13C NMR," Sanyo Publishing Inc., Tokyo, Japan, 1981 (handbook of carbon-13 spectra for 1796 organic compounds).
24. "Sadtler NMR Spectra: Handbook of Esters," Sadtler Research Laboratories, Philadelphia, PA, 1982.
25. W. Bremser, B. Franke, and H. Wagner, "Chemical Shift Ranges in Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1982 (companion tables for #20).
26. A.P. Marchand, "Stereochemical Applications of NMR Studies in Rigid Bicyclic Systems," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1982.
27. L.D. Quinn, "13C NMR Spectral Data of Heterocyclic Phosphorus Compounds," College Station, TX, 1982.
28. "Sadtler Guide to 13C NMR Spectra," Sadtler Research Laboratories, Philadelphia, PA, 1983.
29. Q.T. Pham, R. Petiaud, and H. Waton, "Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Polymers," Vol. 2, Wiley, NY, 1983.
30. C.J. Pouchert, "The Aldrich Library of NMR Spectra," 2nd ed., Aldrich Chemical Company, Milwaukee, WI, 1983 (8,500 60-MHz proton spectra in two volumes).
31. E.C. Friedrich and K.G. Runkle, "Correlations for Methyl and Methylene Protons," J. Chem. Educ., 61, 830 (1984).
32. Q.T. Pham, R. Petiaud, M.F. Llauro, and H. Waton, "Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectra of Polymers," Vol. 3, Wiley, NY, 1984.
33. "Handbook of Proton-NMR Spectra and Data," Asahi Research Center Co., Ltd., Academic Press, Tokyo, Japan, 1985-1987, ten volumes and index (proton NMR data for 35,000 compounds, with 90 MHz and some 400 MHz spectra).
34. D.W. Brown, "A Short Set of 13C-NMR Correlation Tables," J. Chem. Educ., 62, 209 (1985).
35. R.C. Weast and M.J. Astle, Eds., "Handbook of Data on Organic Compounds," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1985, two volumes (spectral data and physical properties for 24,000 organic compounds).
36. E.C. Friedrich and K.G. Runkle, "Empirical NMR Chemical Shift Correlations for Methine Protons," J. Chem. Educ., 63, 127 (1986).
37. W. Bremser, L. Ernst, W. Fachinger, R. Gerhards, A. Hardt, and P.M.E. Lewis, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Data," 4th ed., VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1987 (58,108 spectra on 235 microfiches).
38. F.J. Weigert and K.J. Karel, "A Fluorine NMR Database," J. Fluorine Chem., 37, 125 (1987).
39. R.C. West and J.G. Grasselli, Eds., "Handbook of Data on Organic Compounds," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1989, nine volumes.
40. L.J. Mathias, R.F. Colletti, R.J. Halley, W.L. Jarrett, C.G. Johnson, D.G. Powell, and S.C. Warren, "Solid-State NMR Polymer Spectra Collection," MRG Polymer Press, Hattiesburg, MS, 1990.
41. C.J. Pouchert and J. Behnke, "The Aldrich Library of 13C and 1H FT-NMR Spectra," Aldrich Chemical Company, Milwaukee, WI, 1992 (12,000 75-MHz carbon and 300-MHz proton spectra in three volumes; CD-ROM version).
42. D.M. Grant and R.K. Harris, Eds., "Encyclopedia of NMR," Wiley, NY, 1996 (nine volumes).
43. E. Pretsch, P. Bühlmann, and C. Affolter, "Structure Determination of Organic Compounds: Tables of Spectral Data ," 3rd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 2000.
44. J.C. Lindon, G.E. Tranter, and J.L. Holmes, Eds., "Encyclopedia of Spectroscopy and Spectrometry," Academic Press, NY, 2000 (three volumes).
45. W. Martienssen, Ed., "Landolt-Börnstein Numerical Data & Functional Relationships in Science & Technology," Springer Verlag, NY, 2000. Vol. 35, "NMR Data," R.R. Gupta and M.D. Lechner, Eds.
46. R.A. Nyquist, "Interpreting Infrared, Raman, and NMR Spectra," Academic Press, NY, 2001 (two volumes).
47. T.J. Bruno and P.D.N. Svoronos, "CRC Handbook of Spectroscopic Correlation Charts," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 2006. Chapter 3 contains1H, 13C, 15N, 19F, 29Si, 31P, and 119Sn data.
48. S. Trepalin and A. Yarkov, "HNMR of Organic Compounds, Vol. 2," Wiley, NY, 2006 (SpecData, CD-ROM).
49. C.J. Pouchert, "The Aldrich Library of 13C and 1H FT-NMR Spectra," Aldrich Chemical Company, Milwaukee, WI, 2008 (12,000 75-MHz carbon and 300-MHz proton spectra in three volumes).
50. Various authors, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy." The NMR literature is surveyed at two-year intervals in Anal. Chem., normally in the April issue of Analytical Reviews. These surveys appear in even-numbered years, beginning in 1966. Recent issues include comprehensive lists of review articles.
51. G.A. Webb, Senior Reporter, "Specialist Periodical Reports: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Royal Society of Chemistry, London. A comprehensive survey of current NMR literature appears in volumes 2-8, 10, and in each subsequent volume.
52. G. Davidson, Senior Reporter, "Specialist Periodical Reports: Spectroscopic Properties of Inorganic & Organometallic Compounds," Royal Society of Chemistry, London. A comprehensive survey of current literature appears in the early chapters of every volume except volume 37.
XV. STRUCTURAL ASSIGNMENT PROBLEMS
A. With Carbon-13 Spectra
1. R.J. Abraham and P. Loftus, "Proton and Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy: An Integrated Approach," Heyden, Philadelphia, PA, 1978. Proton and carbon-13 data are provided for 25 unknowns. Answers are given.
2. P.L. Fuchs and C.A. Bunnell, "Carbon-13 NMR Based Organic Spectral Problems," Wiley, NY, 1979. Spectral data are given for over 95 unknowns; answer key is available from the publisher.
3. D.L. Pavia, G.M. Lampman, and G.S. Kriz, Jr., "Introduction to Spectroscopy: A Guide for Students of Organic Chemistry," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA, 1979. Three problems contain C-13 data.
4. E.D. Becker, "High Resolution NMR: Theory and Chemical Applications," 2nd ed., Academic Press, NY, 1980. Proton and C-13 data are provided for 40 unknowns. Answers are given to odd-numbered problems.
5. J.W. Cooper, "Spectroscopic Techniques for Organic Chemists," Wiley/Interscience, NY, 1980. Spectral data are given for a variety of unknowns. Answers are provided.
6. D.H. Williams and I. Fleming, "Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry," 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, London, 1980. Carbon-13 data are provided for 12 problems.
7. R.B. Bates and W.A. Beavers, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectral Problems," Humana Press, Clifton, NJ, 1981. Spectral data are given for 125 unknowns. References are provided to the answers.
8. E. Breitmaier and G. Bauer, "13C NMR Spectroscopy: A Working Manual with Exercises," Harwood Academic Publishers, NY, 1984 (MMI Press Polymer Monograph Series, Vol. 3). The second part contains 76 exercises and solutions.
9. R. Davis and C.H.J. Wells, "Spectral Problems in Organic Chemistry," Chapman & Hall/Methuen, NY, 1984. Spectral data are given for 56 unknowns. References are provided to the answers.
10. P. Sohar, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1984. Volume 3 contains 78 structure determination problems, the last twelve with carbon-13 data. All answers are given.
11. Atta-ur-Rahman, "Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: Basic Principles," Springer Verlag, NY, 1986. Appendix A contains proton spectra for 26 unknowns, and carbon-13 spectra for 16 unknowns. All answers are given.
12. S. Sternhell and J.R. Kalman, "Organic Structures from Spectra," John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Chichester, England, 1986. Problems 1-115 are basic structure determination with all spectra shown, while Problems 116-131 deal with interpretation of 1H NMR spin-spin multiplets.
13. J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, D.A. Lightner, and R.G. Cooks, "Introduction to Organic Spectroscopy," Macmillan, NY, 1987. Part V contains twelve problems involving carbon-13 spectra.
14. C.H. Yoder and C.D. Schaeffer, Jr., "Introduction to Multinuclear NMR: Theory and Application," Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park, CA, 1987. Thirty unknowns are in the text, and 21 additional problems with solutions are in an accompanying instructor's guide.
15. R.J. Abraham, J. Fisher, and P. Loftus, "Introduction to NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1988. Nine problems include five COSY plots.
16. D.W. Brown, A.J. Floyd, and M. Sainsbury, "Organic Spectroscopy," Wiley, NY, 1988. Forty-two problems with answers.
17. G.E. Martin and A.S. Zektzer, "Two-Dimensional NMR Methods for Establishing Molecular Connectivity," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL, 1988. Chapter 6 contains nine 2-D problems, and Chapter 7 contains detailed solutions.
18. D.H. Williams and I. Fleming, "Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry," 4th ed., McGraw-Hill, NY, 1988. Chapter 5 contains four worked examples and twelve problems with answers.
19. D. Kealey, "NMR Spectrometry in Chemical Analysis," Wiley, NY, 1989. Carbon-13 and proton spectra for interactive use on IBM PC compatible computer.
20. Atta-Ur-Rahman, "One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy," Elsevier, NY, 1989. Problems and worked solutions are at the end of each chapter.
21. J.K.M. Sanders, E.C. Constable, and B.K. Hunter, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A Workbook of Chemical Problems," Oxford University Press, NY, 1989.
22. T.N. Sorrell, "Interpreting Spectra of Organic Molecules," Oxford University Press, NY, 1989.
23. R.V. Parish, "NMR, NQR, EPR, and Mössbauer Spectroscopy in Inorganic Chemistry," Ellis Horwood, NY, 1990, Ch. 2.
24. W. Kemp, "Organic Spectroscopy," 3rd ed., W.H. Freeman, New York, NY, 1991, Ch. 6. Thirty problems; all answers given.
25. R.M. Silverstein, T.C. Morrill, and G.C. Bassler, "Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds," 5th ed., Wiley, NY, 1991. Spectral data are given for 48 unknowns; answer key is available from the publisher.
26. H. Duddeck and W. Dietrich, "Structure Elucidation by Modern NMR: A Workbook," 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 1992. Includes 2-D problems.
27. R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd, "Organic Chemistry," 6th ed., Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1992, Ch. 17.
28. E. Breitmaier, "Structure Elucidation by NMR in Organic Chemistry," Wiley, NY, 1993. Fifty complicated problems.
29. J.K.M. Sanders, E.C. Constable, B.K. Hunter, and C. Pearce, "Modern NMR Spectroscopy: A Workbook of Chemical Problems," 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, NY, 1993.
30. K. Feinstein, "Guide to Spectroscopic Identification of Organic Compounds," CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fl, 1995. Ten "representative problems" with solutions and fifteen unknowns.
31. L.D. Field, S. Sternhell, and J.R. Kalman, "Organic Structures from Spectra," 2nd ed., Wiley, NY, 1995. Two hundred problems with IR, MS, UV-VIS, and NMR (including many with DEPT). Answer key is available from the authors.
32. D.H. Williams and I. Fleming, "Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry," 5th ed., McGraw-Hill, NY, 1995. Chapter 5 contains worked examples and twenty-seven problems with answers.
33. D.L. Pavia, G.M. Lampman, and G.S. Kriz, Jr., "Introduction to Spectroscopy: A Guide for Students of Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Saunders/Harcourt, Philadelphia, PA, 1996.
34. Atta-Ur-Rahman and M.I. Choudhary, "Solving Problems with NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, NY, 1996. Each of seven chapters concludes with problems emphasizing theory and spectral interpretation (including 2D experiments).
35. M. Hesse, H. Meier, and B. Zeeh, "Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry," Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany, 1997.
36. E. Pretsch and J.T. Clerc, "Spectra Interpretation of Organic Compounds," Wiley/VCH, NY, 1997.
37. P. Crews, J. Rodriguez, and M. Jaspars, "Organic Structure Analysis," Oxford University Press, NY, 1998.
38. J.B. Lambert, H.F. Shurvell, D.A. Lightner, and R.G. Cooks, "Organic Structural Spectroscopy," Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1998. Chapters 1-6.
39. R.M. Silverstein and F.X. Webster, "Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds," 6th ed., Wiley, NY, 1998. Spectral data are given for 55 unknowns; answer key is available from the publisher.
40. H. Duddeck, W. Dietrich, and G. Toth, "Structure Elucidation by Modern NMR: A Workbook," 3rd ed., Springer Verlag, NY, 1999. Includes 2-D problems.
41. D. Whittaker, "Interpreting Organic Spectra," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2000.
42. D.L. Pavia, G.M. Lampman, and G.S. Kriz, Jr., "Introduction to Spectroscopy: A Guide for Students of Organic Chemistry," 3rd ed., Saunders/Harcourt, Philadelphia, PA, 2001.
43. E. Breitmaier, "Structure Elucidation by NMR in Organic Chemistry: A Practical Guide," 3rd ed., Wiley, NY, 2002. Fifty-five problems with solutions.
44. L.D. Field, S. Sternhell, and J.R. Kalman, "Organic Structures from Spectra," 3rd ed., Wiley, NY, 2002. Nearly three hundred problems with IR, MS, UV-VIS, and NMR (including many with DEPT). Answer key is available from the authors.
45. E. Pretsch, G. Toth, M.E. Munk, and M. Badertscher, "Computer-Aided Structure Elucidation," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2002.
46. J.H. Nelson, "NMR Spectroscopy", Pearson/Prentice Hall, NJ, 2003. Answer key available.
47. R.J. Anderson, D.J. Bendell, and P.W. Groundwater, "Organic Spectroscopic Analysis," Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2004. Chapter 4.
48. J.B. Lambert and E.P. Mazzola, "NMR Spectroscopy: Introduction to Principles, Applications & Experimental Methods," Pearson/Prentice Hall, NJ, 2004. Answer key available.
49. T.N. Mitchell and B. Costisella, "NMR: From Spectra to Structures, an Experimental Approach," Springer Verlag, NY, 2004. Answer key is available from the authors.
50. Y.-C. Ning, "Structural Identification of Organic Compounds with Spectroscopic Techniques," Wiley/VCH, NY, 2005.
51. R.M. Silverstein, F.X. Webster, and D. Kiemie, "Spectrometric Identification of Organic Compounds," 7th ed., Wiley, NY, 2005.
52. L.D.S. Yadav, "Organic Spectroscopy," Kluwer, Boston, MA, 2005. Chapters 5 (proton) and 6 (carbon-13 NMR). Problems with solutions.
53. D.F. Taber, "Organic Spectroscopic Structure Determination: a Problem-Based Learning Approach," Oxford University Press, NY, 2007.
54. L.D. Field, S. Sternhell, and J.R. Kalman, "Organic Structures from Spectra," 4th ed., Wiley, NY, 2008. Nearly three hundred problems with IR, MS, UV-VIS, and NMR (including many with DEPT). Answer key is available from the authors.
55. J.H. Simpson, "Organic Structure Determination Using 2-D NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2008. Chapters 11-14 contain assignment problems of various levels of difficulty.
B. Without Carbon-13 Spectra
1. J.R. Dyer, "Application of Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Compounds," Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1965.
2. B.M. Trost, "Problems in Spectroscopy: Organic Structure Determination by NMR, IR, UV, and Mass Spectra," Benjamin, NY, 1967.
3. D.J. Pasto and C.R. Johnson, "Organic Structure Determination," Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1969.
4. C.J. Creswell, O. Runquist, and M.M. Campbell, "Spectral Analysis of Organic Compounds: An Introductory Programmed Text," 2nd ed., Burgess, Minneapolis, MN, 1972.
5. R.A. Lalancette, "NMR Spectral Interpretation: A Workbook," Huley, Merion, PA, 1972.
6. A.J. Baker, T. Cairns, G. Eglinton, and F.J. Preston, "More Spectroscopic Problems in Organic Chemistry," 2nd ed., Heyden & Son, Philadelphia, PA, 1975.
7. S.F. Dyke, A.J. Floyd, M. Sainsbury, and R.S. Theobald, "Organic Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., Longman, NY, 1978.
XVI. SERIAL PUBLICATIONS
1. S.W. Atlas, Ed., "Topics in Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA.
2. R.A. Bauman, Ed., "Journal of Digital Imaging," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA.
3. L.J. Berliner and J. Reuben, Eds., "Biological Magnetic Resonance," Plenum Press, NY.
4. J.S. Cohen, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance in Biology," Wiley, NY.
5. P.J. Cozzone, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance Materials in Physics, Biology and Medicine," Springer Verlag, NY.
6. G. Davidson, Senior Reporter, "Specialist Periodical Reports: Spectroscopic Properties of Inorganic and Organometallic Compounds," Royal Society of Chemistry, London (Ch. 1, NMR Spectroscopy in the Liquid & Gas Phase, B.E. Mann, Reporter; Ch. 2, Solid State NMR Spectroscopy, B.E. Mann, Reporter).
7. P. Diehl, E. Fluck, and R. Kosfeld, Eds., "NMR: Basic Principles and Progress," Springer Verlag, NY.
8. J.W. Emsley and J. Feeney, Eds., "Progress in Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy," Elsevier Science Publishers, NY.
9. R.J. Ferrier, Senior Reporter, "Specialist Periodical Reports: Carbohydrate Chemistry," The Royal Society of Chemistry, London.
10. P.T. Fox, Ed., "Human Brain Mapping," Wiley/VCH, NY.
11. G.D. Fullerton, Ed., "Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Wiley/VCH, NY.
12. J.C. Gore, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance Imaging," Elsevier Science Publishers, NY.
13. D.G. Gorenstein, Ed., "Bulletin on Magnetic Resonance," International Society for Magnetic Resonance, Chicago, IL.
14. J.R. Griffiths, Ed., "NMR in Biomedicine," Wiley/VCH, NY.
15. H. Günther, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance in Chemistry," Wiley/VCH, NY (formerly, "Organic Magnetic Resonance").
16. J. Klinowski, Ed., "Solid State Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Elsevier Science Publishers, NY.
17. G.C. Levy, Ed., "Topics in Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," Wiley/Interscience, NY.
18. A.P. Marchand, Ed., "Methods in Stereochemical Analysis," VCH Publishers, Deerfield Beach, FL.
19. L.A. Nafie, Ed., "Biospectroscopy," Wiley/VCH, NY.
20. S.J. Opella, Ed., "Journal of Magnetic Resonance," Academic Press, Orlando, FL.
21. G.M. Pohost, Ed., "Journal of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance," Marcel Dekker, NY.
22. C.P. Poole, Jr., Ed., "Magnetic Resonance Reviews," Gordon and Breach, NY.
23. K.M. Salikhov, Ed., "Applied Magnetic Resonance," Springer Verlag, NY.
24. R.H. Sarma and M.H. Sarma, Eds., "Biomolecular Stereodynamics," Adenine Press, NY.
25. J.V. Talano, Ed., "American Journal of Cardiac Imaging," Saunders, Philadelphia, PA.
26. D.D. Traficante, Ed., "Concepts in Magnetic Resonance, Parts A & B," Wiley/VCH, NY.
27. G. Wade, E. Robinson, and H. Lee, Eds., "International Journal of Imaging Systems and Technology," Wiley, NY.
28. W.S. Warren, Ed., "Advances in Magnetic and Optical Resonance, Academic Press, Orlando, FL (formerly, "Advances in Magnetic Resonance," J.S. Waugh, Ed.).
29. G.A. Webb, Ed., "Annual Reports on NMR Spectroscopy," Academic Press, Orlando, FL (formerly, "Annual Review of NMR Spectroscopy").
30. G.A. Webb, Senior Reporter, "Specialist Periodical Reports: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance," Royal Society of Chemistry, London.
31. F.W. Wehrli, Ed., "Magnetic Resonance in Medicine," Wiley/VCH, NY.
32. K. Wüthrich, Ed., "Journal of Biomolecular NMR," Kluwer, Boston, MA.
33. "Magnetic Resonance Quarterly," Raven Press, NY.
34. "CA Selects: Carbon & Heteroatom NMR," Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, OH.
35. "CA Selects: Proton Magnetic Resonance," Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, OH.
36. "CA Selects: Solid State NMR," Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, OH.
37. Various authors and editors, "Annual Reports on Progress in Chemistry."
38. Various authors and editors, "Annual Review of Physical Chemistry," Palo Alto, CA.
XVII. AUDIO CASSETTE COURSES
1. B. Gilbert and R. Norman, "An Introduction to NMR Spectroscopy," The Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1977.
2. A. Vincent, "Solving Inorganic Spectroscopic Problems," The Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 1981.
3. J.D. Coyle, E.J. Haws, K. Miller, and K. Norton, "Interpretation of NMR Spectra-An Introductory Audiovisual Program," Wiley, NY, 1984.
4. E.D. Becker, "Fourier Transform NMR," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.
5. L.F. Johnson and R.H. Bible, Jr., "Interpretation of NMR Spectra-Introductory and Advanced Concepts," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.
6. J.B. Lambert, "Intermediate NMR Spectroscopy," 2nd ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.
7. G.C. Levy and G.L. Nelson, "Carbon-13 NMR Spectroscopy," American Chemical Society, Washington, DC.
XVIII. ON-LINE BOOKS
1. J.P. Hornak, "The Basics of NMR [Online]; 1997-1999." http://www/cis.rit.edu/htbooks/nmr/bnmr.htm (accessed March 2008).